Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D01-085 - NORDSTROM - ESPRESSO BAR
NORDSTROM ESPRESSO 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL D01-085 City of Tukwila Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 * Tukwila, Washington c818SS WARNING: IF CONSTRUCTION BEGINS BEFORE APPEAL PERIOD EXPIRES. APPLICANT IS PROCEEDING AT THEIR OWN RISK. Parcel No: 262304 -9004 Address: 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL Suite No: Location: Category: ARET Type: DEVPERM Zoning: Const Type: Occupancy: STORE Gas /Elec.: UBC: 1997 Units: 000 Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS Setbacks: North: .0 South: .0 East: .0 West: .0 Water: N/A Sewer: N/A Wetlands: Slopes: N Streams: Contractor License No: TENANT NORDSTROM ESPRESSO BAR 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL, TUKWILA WA 98188 OWNER SOUTHCENTER JOINT VENTURE ATTN:, 25425 CENTER RIDGE RD, CLEVELAND OH 44145 CONTACT BRIAN PERCY Phone: 206 -328 -2700 1417 31 AV S, SEATTLE WA 98144 ******************** k**** k**************** k* *k * * * * *k*** * * *** ** *** * ** * * * *kk* *kkkkkk *k Permit Description: CONSTRUCT AN ESPRESSO BAR. PUBLIC WORKS ACTIVITY INCLUDE: POSSIBLE ON PREMISE BACKFLOWS AND FUTURE GREASE INTERCEPTOR FOR 3RD FLOOR CAFE (GREASE INTERCEPTOR PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS A REVISION). *** k******** k****** k*** k** k*** k************ *kk *kkkk *k * * *k *kk *kkkkk *kk *kkkk k* *kkkkkk* Construction Valuation: $ 175,000.00 PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS: *(Water Meter Permits Listed Separate) Eng. Appr: JJS Curb Gut /Access /Sidewalk /CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N No: Size(in): .00 Flood Control Zone: N Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: N Cut: Fill: Landscape Irrigation: N Moving Oversized Load: N Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Y No: Sewer Main Extension: N Private: N Public: N Storm Drainage: N Street Use: N Water Main Extension: N Private: N Public: N **** k*********** k* * *kk **k * *k * * * *kk *k * * * *k *k *k * ** ** kkk*kkkk *kk *k *AAkkkk*kkkk** *k *k k* TOTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FEES: $ 2,357. 9 *** k*************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** *k * *k* *k * *k * *k ** *k ** *kkk * *k *kk *k *kk *k *k *kk * * * * * *k Permit Center Authorized SignatTr�:1f Signature:_ Print Print Name:_ TAZ L ?*(4-61 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Date: (206) 43 - 3670 Permit No: D01 -085 Status: ISSUED Issued: 05/01/2001 Expires: 10/28/2001 Date: :5 I hereby certify that I have rea d examined tftiis permit and know the same to be true and correct. All pro sions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of 7 t is permit •.es not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the , rovision of any oth-.r state or local laws regulating construction or the per 'rmance of work. I m authorized to sign for and obtain this developmen pe pit. This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. Z F et 6 .j L) U O J = i-- U. W � LL Q co 3 W Z � I- 0 Z 1- W • W U� O — Ca W W u . W Z • = H� 0 Z ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01 -085 DATE: 4 -17 -01 PROJECT NAME: NORDSTROM EXPRESSO BAR SITE ADDRESS: 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL SUITE NO: Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter 11 1 DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP C DETERMINATION OF COMPI.ETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route C Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved Approve ith Conditions VI Not Approved (attach comme ts) n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: C ei DATE: 4 y e) CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved ■I' ROI l[[XX: Structural Incomplete I I Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Fire Prevention Planning Division !.a n Response to Incomplete Letter If Revision # AFTER Permit Is Issued Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 4- 19-2001 Not Applicable ri No further Review Required C n DATE: DUE DATE 5-17 -2001 DUE DATE Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: z w tv 0 mw w W j w U � O- cs w 9 W z U O ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01 - 085 DATE: 3 - - PROJECT NAME: S/C NORDSTROM EXPRESSO BAR SITE ADDRESS: 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL SUITE NO: Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works winimismomir Complete Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP REVIEWER'S INITIALS: , Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 3-27 -2001 Incomplete n Structural Revrjew Required APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved n Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: C No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE 4- 24-2001 Not Approved (att h co ments) n DATE: Planning Division Permit Coordinator Not Applicable n Fl / ® 1111171111.111• CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved tXx Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DUE DATE Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: z w 0 in 0 CO a. w 0 u_ I- w U O N O I- =w � - U. W Z • = O ~ z PERMIT NO.: DOI — 055 BUILDING PERMITS INSPECTIONS O 00001 Progress Inspection Status 0 00002 Pre - construction 0 00003 Investigation ❑ 00004 OK to Occupy ❑ 00005 Remove Stop Work Order ❑ 00006 Follow -up ❑ 00007 Pre -Move Inspection ❑ 00050 WSEC Residential ❑ 00060 \VA Ventilation/Indoor AQC ❑ 00070 NLEA Inspection /Modular Stntct ❑ 00071 Mobile !lame Tie Down Insp O 00072 Marriage Lines 00090 Rested ❑ 00095 Footing Drains ❑ 00100 Foundation Footings ❑ 00200 Foundation Walls ❑ 00250 Foundation Insulation ❑ 00300 Concrete Slab /Slab Insulation ❑ 00350 Crawl Space ❑ 00400 Shear Wall Nailing ❑ 00.150 Plywood Wall Sheathing ❑ 00500 Roof Sheathing Nailing ❑ 00525 Plywood Deck Nailing ❑ 00550 Exterior Wall Sheathing ❑ 00600 Masonry Chimney 006I0 Chimney Installation /All Types 00700 Framing 00750 Roof /Ceiling Insulation ❑ 00800 Floor Insulation ❑ 00801 Wall Insulation ❑ 00802 Exterior Roof Insulation ❑ 00803 Glazing Inspection ❑ 00815 Lighting and Controls , 00900 Suspended Ceiling 01000 Interior Wallboard Fastening ❑ 01001 Exterior Wallboard Fastening ❑ 01 110 Pre-Move Inspection ❑ 01115 Motor Inspection ❑ 01120 Pre-Demo ❑ 01 140 Pre- reroof AK ) 491400 Final -Fire 1)I700 Final - Building 01900 Final - Reroof ❑ 03100 Site Visit ❑ 04000 Special - Concrete ❑ 04001 Special -Bolts in Concrete ❑ 04001 Special - Mom/Resist Cone Frame ❑ 04003 Special -Reinf Steel Prestress O 04004 Special - Welding ❑ 0.1005 Special -I ligh- Strength Bolting ❑ 04006 Special- Structural Masonry ❑ 04007 Special -Reinf Gypsum Concrete ❑ 04008 Special - Insulating Conc. Fill ❑ 04009 Special -Spray Fireproofing 0 04010 Special - Piling, Piers, Caissons ❑ 04011 Special - Shotcrete ❑ 0401 Special- Grading, Excav /Fill ❑ 04013 Special- Retaining Wall ❑ 04014 Special - Panels ❑ 04015 Special -Smoke Control System TENANT NAME: CONDITIONS Plan Reviewer: Permit Tech: 000I No changes to plans unless approved by Bldg Div ❑ 0010 I Special inspector shall submit Special inspection required, notify Bldg Div ❑ 001 final signed report ❑ 0012 New ceiling grid & light fixture shall meet lateral bracing ❑ 0013 Partition walls attached to ceiling grid ❑ 0014 Readily accessible access to roof mounted equipment ❑ 0015 Engineered truss drawings & cities shall be on site ❑ 0016 Exposed insulation hacking material ❑ 0017 Subgrade preparation including drainage, excavation ❑ 0018 Statement from roofing contractor verifying tire retardant class of roof X0019 All construction to he done in conformance w /approved plans ❑ ,"No work shall be done in addition to those modifications..." 0002 Plumbing permits shall be obtained through King Co 0020 Structural observation shall be provided for this project 0021 AII food preparation establishments must have King Co 0 1)022 Fire retardant treated wood shall have flame spread of ❑ 0023 Notify Building Division prior to placing any concrete ❑ 0024 All spray applied fireproofing shall be special inspected ❑ 0025 All wood to remain in placed concrete shall be treated ❑ ,0026 All structural masonry shall he special inspected 0027 Validity of Permit 0028 Rack storage requites separate permit (1003 Electrical permits obtained through I, & 0030 No occupancy of building until final insp by Bldg Div ❑ • 0032 Reprove all weeds, concrete, stone foundations, flat concrete ❑ 0036 Manufacturers installation instructions tequired on site ❑ "Bill maximum allowed per 1997 WA State Energy ('ode" ❑ 0035 Contact P \V Div to obtain insp for water /sew'et connect ❑ 0038 A C Of 0 will be required for this permit ❑ 0039 Final approval for all TI v/in the limits of the S(: Mall ❑ 0004 All mechanical work shall be under separate permit ❑ 0(140 All construction noise to he in compliance with 8.2'I'1�IC ❑ 00.11 Ventilation is required hor all new rooms & spaces 0005 All permits, insp records & approved plans available 0006 All structural concrete shall be special inspected ❑ "Applicant shall obtain a separate plumbing permit from King Co" ❑ "Anchoring — All new construct and substantial improvement shall be anchored to prevent flotation" [] 0007 All structural welding shall be done by WABO certified inspector ❑ 0008 All high - strength bolting shall he special inspected ❑ 0009 Bolts installed in concrete shall be special inspected ❑ 0031 Comply with requirements of 'MC 16.04 ❑ 0034 Removal of septic tanks require approval and compliance with King Co I lealth Dept. ❑ "Obtain required inspections from appropriate water & sewer districts" ❑ "Fuel burning appliances ❑ "Appliances, which generate...." ❑ "Water heater shall be anchored...." ❑ "Reroor Date: Date: PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01 -085 DATE: 3 -23 -01 PROJECT NAME: SIC NORDSTROM EXPRESSO BAR SITE ADDRESS: 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL SUITE NO: Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works n DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 3- 27-2001 Complete E Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route ! t Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved [- REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Approved with Conditions 3 ) 0 CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved Structural Incomplete C Approved with Conditions I I Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: 'Mkt/Ulf WC SP, • Fire Prevention 01 Planning Division Permit Coordinator No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE 4 -24 -2001 Not Approved (attach comments) I I DATE: DUE DATE Not Applicable Fi DATE: n n n PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01 -085 DATE: 3 -23 -01 PROJECT NAME: SIC NORDSTROM EXPRESSO BAR SITE ADDRESS: 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL SUITE NO: Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter it DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works C n Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 3-27-2001 Complete Comments: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved n Approved with Conditions CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved n Incomplete C REVIEWER'S INITIALS: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Response to Incomplete Letter j #__ n n Revision It After Permit Is Issued Planning Division Permit Coordinator Not Applicable ri TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route ri Structural Review Required No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: C DATE: ` Z 7 - n Not Approved (attach comments) Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) DUE DATE 4- 24-2001 DATE: DUE DATE DATE: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01-085 DATE: 3-23-01 PROJECT NAME: S/C NORDSTROM EXPRESSO BAR SITE ADDRESS: 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL SUITE NO: Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works Complete Comments: PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP n Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route E)r Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS!_' APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved n Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved n Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: 'Frtllulgt tXx V/1 C C C Planning Division Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 3-27 -2001 n Not Applicable C No further Review Required DATE: c3,a4.e, 1 n DUE DATE 4- 24-2001 Not Approved (atta h comments) K DATE: DUE DATE Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: !'t t DATE: PERMIT NO.: D01 -085 JJS:ad Idac494) city of Tukwila Department of Public Works PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT COMMENTS March 29, 2001 PROJECT: NORDSTROM ESPRESSO BAR Southcenter Mall PLAN REVIEWER: Contact Joanna Spencer at (206) 433 -0179 if you have any \questions regarding the following comments. 1) Submit Non- Residential Sewer Use Certification form. Please itemize all the new plumbing fixtures. James F Morrow, P.E., Director 2) Clarify the meaning of PW symbol since it's not included in the plumbing legend nor in plumbing abbreviations on sheet P1.01 - see attached mark -up. 3) City of Tukwila requires grease interceptors on all buildings where food preparation occurs. The existing Nordstrom cafeteria located on the third floor does not have a grease interceptor and creates a huge problem maintaining the entire sewer system north of the mall. Much of the grease accumulates in the Bon pump station. Section 16.04.020 of the Tukwila Municipal Code states that effective July 1, 1998, the Uniform Building Code and Uniform Plumbing Code are adopted as is fully set forth. Section 1014.1 of the Uniform Plumbing Code requires the installation of a grease trap where grease may be introduced into drainage or sewage system in quantities that can affect the proper flow of sewers or hinder sewage treatment or private sewage disposal. Therefore, an outside double baffle grease interceptor shall be installed and its tank shall be sized per Appendix H of the Uniform Plumbing Code to collect grease generated by the Nordstrom cafeteria. See attached City of Tukwila grease interceptor detail SS -12. Please note that plans and calculations shall be prepared by a licensed professional engineer and sealed. Steven M. Mullet, Mayor If you have any questions regarding the current sewer system serving the Nordstrom facility, please contact Mr. John Howat, Public Works Sewer /Surface Water Superintendent, at (206) 433 -1864. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 -433 -0179 • Fax: 206- 431 -3665 ST Al UP SSIRICN J 1 V t.1 WASTE PIPING BELOW THE FLOOR i cf / 4 EC / y i (E) WH-2 p ( A ) r) 0 4- i KaLAdcks2.0 v � f ✓ \ rl _(X} » - -,V� ate ( f 1 ST($ULE i ` 1 I 1 (E) 3/4" CW UP 1 I / (E) 1 1/ ", V UP 2" / .tP! SI=RY 13175 S.F. 11017 S.1= . SALE $ 7 ;(E) 2" W UP i I 5F1T l' i. Ot PLANTER (E) 4" W BEL( (E) 8'' SD BEL( A , 2" 17 z �z �w u O N � cow w 0 f.? Flu z� O UJ w U 0 co 0— 0H w wZ O S.3.55 Grease interceptors. Grease interceptors are required on all buildings where food preparation occurs; or where, in the opinion of the City Engineer, they are necessary for the proper handling of liquid wastes. When required, grease interceptors shall comply with section 711 of the Uniform Plumbing Code, and the following: S.3.6 LANDSCAPING. 1. Location. The vault shall be located outside the building, not closer than five feet (5') nor farther than twenty-five feet (25') from the building foundation. 2. Design. The tank shall be a double baffle type. 3. Size. Tank sizing shall be per Appendix H of the Uniform Plumbing Code; with meals per hour being equal to seating capacity of the restaurant. 4. Maintenance. It is the Owner's responsibility to clean and maintain the trap on a regularly scheduled basis (typically monthly). The City may inspect the trap; and, as the result of such inspection, require the Owner to provide more frequent service. 5. All grey water (sinks, dishwashers, floor drains, drains under garbage compactors, etc.), and only grey water, shall be routed through the trap. 6. Grease Recovery Systems utilizing the skimmer or dipper technology will be accepted on a case by case basis (to retrofit an existing installation, or when there is minimal seating), as determined by the City Engineer. No tree with invasive root structures (such as polars, cottonwood, soft maple, gum, etc. per TMC 14.12.280) shall be planted within thirty feet (30') of a sewer pipe, unless suitable protection from root growth is provided (see also Section R.3.6). S - SIZING CHART 0: 1111j.Ti1111111:5►. 1000 t oo I . 2000 I ' 0 77.0 I :400 '000 0 A000 ., GtfGf•,WBV1.11•19:12J -CA aH4 -C.A 108 -C4 1 t08 -G• 812 -44 812-0A 812 -(:A 12-CA$ 12 -0.A ele- CAlet. -CA . a -0 9 -0 11 -2 11 -2 12 -e 12 -a 12 -e 1 U -i 1 U -I 119 -II II-11 f „ - � r! 6 -.J 6 -4 1 -4 S -6 6 -8 S -6 3 -0 a -0 ) -11 9 -1 t fay 7 -2 1 -2 a -0 e-0 1 6 -0 6 - a - 3 -11 10 -3 mm 'Q • -3 -3 • -1 -2 • - •A • - I 1 I • - . - 1 6 - i S -0 A -6 a -2 -2 . f „ T' -11' 4"-.11 P -10 i -10� •' -0 i A' -7' I S' -10' ( a' -i' S -3' 1 4.'-.7' 6' -1' A -9' S' -9' Y 0 VINT PIr•C cr row. C/ CAtT L J . GROWf ALL AACIND NOTN SC= DESIGN CRITERIA: Uniform Plumbing Code- Appendix H Number Of Uaals Waste Flow Retention Storage Per Peak Hours X Rate X Time X F actor =t •A• CLEM ACS1 CP'Ott= P1t1 ST KVT7a —■- PLAN VIEW AD.LSf T13 GtDDE DCFC:T171 rz row Capacity In CcIlans C t,/1 l24 fl1 1/3 LoCTN SECTION VIEW AA NOTES: City of Tukwila AIA • CAS TICHT 3 PL.: t3: P1 01 377-43 0 0 L L CT.CRLTA 21 - AT C7PtCS:',t STRO.GTH Pc - 4303 pal . RE 3A..1 Al T)1 A-SL3 GtAX bI 1 IEST+ ASTH 4-t37 CRADE SS X' AC:- 713 -17 31.111.3114 =:1E C-.237 'tItNt$..14 :TRLCTtRAI. :tS:JJ LCAD1)G CD M7t1.TTHIC CR STSTICHAL Pq(0AST Cm.CRrIt VATER AN0 VASTEVATER STR1-crt :•. 14-29 TALCL VIELI. V/ 30'. I)4'ACT PER AASI1TLU L. nu. v/ GEM VATER Pit :CR TO :TART LP Cr STSTEX. 7. CCf(TRACTIIt TO 3.PR:.T L INSTAL:. ALL PIPTNG L SANPLJG Ttt i GAY VATG2 EN T, 31.ACX VATER SHALL. X CARRIED 21 SEPARATE SINE SEVEN. UTILITY VAULT COUP ANY OR ECU1L. GREASE INTERCEPTOR SINGLE VAULT SYSTEM— DCUHLE BAFFLE FCR VEGETA3LE- ANIMAL FAT, GREASE L OIL 500-5000 GALLCN CAPACITIES y to rost DATE: 11/22/96 SS -12 Project Name/Tenant: W'17 (, 12. City State/Zip: Value of Construction: (710 Tax Parcel Number: 247204 -40 4 � tte Address (include suite number) oo /n R � / TUI bl/rt:.s+ /ic9P '7/')' Property Owner: No. of Stories: Area of construction (sq ft): Phone: Street Address: City State/Zip: Fax #: Contractor: Will there be storage of flammable/combustible hazardous material in the building? El yes 0 no Attach list of materials and storage location on se•arate 8 1/2 X 11 a per indicatin , uantities & Material Safet Data Sheets Phone: ?j - DilFiCa ti g 7orcl Street Address; -- HO 3► e S, <i w� , 9iV /24 City State/Zip: Fax #: 32-- - �q` Phone y)- 14, Architect: ^ /tsz / r � 7 /id. • Street Addr • / City State/Zip: Fax #: Engineer: eallniaVI OICIK( //t rzs Phone: 62 - 071 7 Str et A dress: - ry1 (/ - Ave 4u 70v . 45 a /4 * / City State/Zip: Fax #: Contact Person: p er/ , Phone: 20 - 27 alp J Street Address:i" 1 :17 10r City State/Zip: Fax #: ,22 - er6aq ( 1 - Description of work to be done (please be specific): , 'i;'ii r G t z s Pau s© t3, . Existing use: .Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi - family ❑ Warehouse in Hospital Cl Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office El School /College/University ❑ Other Proposed use: ^Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi - family ❑ Warehouse ❑ Hospital • Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /College/University ❑ Other Building Square Feet: Ad 62--6 existing No. of Stories: Area of construction (sq ft): Will there be a change of use? ❑ yes no If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) Will there be rack storage? ❑ yes no Existing fire protection features: 'sprinklers ❑ automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) Will there be storage of flammable/combustible hazardous material in the building? El yes 0 no Attach list of materials and storage location on se•arate 8 1/2 X 11 a per indicatin , uantities & Material Safet Data Sheets Per it Number: Commercial / Multi - Family Tenant Improvement / Alteration Permit Application ❑ Channelization/Striping ❑ r3 Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer #: ❑ Storm Drainage CI Water Meter /Exempt n: ❑ Water Meter /Permanent # ❑ Water Meter Temp # ❑ Miscellaneous Date application accepted: I I1 /30 /00 ctperroit.doc CITY OF TIJK ILA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. f APPLICANT REQUEST FOR PUBLIC WORKS SITE/CIVIL PLAN REVIEW OF THE FOLLOWING: (Additional reviews ma be determined b the Public Works De . arlment) ❑ Flood Control Zone Curb cut/Access/Sidewalk Size(s): cubic yds. 0 Fill cubic yds. ❑ Landscape Irrigation ❑ Sewer Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public ❑ Water Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public 0 Deduct v Water Only ❑ Street Use Sice(s): Size(s): Size(s): Project Number: Est. quantity: Date appli ion e es: ❑ Hauling gal Schedule: Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. Application taken by: (initials) PLEASE SIGN BACK OF APPLICATION FORM BUILDING OW OR AUT . , ORIZE 0 A it ENT: Signature: Alir— II���J �L �, / L.----/ Date: -2,--- -2,-2,.. -t -- b` I Print name: Phone: y, 7 = d'73� Fax #: Address I q /'"7 - ?7(... 0 v c ' • , t 4�I'l City /State/Zip 5 '. it • ,. _ APPLICATI MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH TH LLOWING: ALL DRAWINGS TO BE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER .* > ALL DRAWINC;S''SHALL BE AAA LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN • BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/A SUBMITTED ❑ ❑ Complete Legal Description ❑ ❑ Metro: Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification if there is a change in the amount of plumbing fixtures (Form H -13). Business Declaration required (Form H -10). Four (4) sets of working drawings (five(5) sets for structural work), which include : ❑ Site Plan (including existing fire hydrant location(s) 1. North arrow and scale 2. Property lines, dimensions, setbacks, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing easements 3. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls with dimensions 4. Location of driveways, parking, loading & service areas 5. Recycle collection location and area calculations (change of use only) 6. Location and screening of outdoor storage (change of use only) 7. Limits of clearing/grading with existing and proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries 8. Identify location of sensitive area slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, watercourses and their buffers (change of use only) 9. Identify location and size of existing trees that are located in sensitive areas and buffer (TMC 113.45.040), of those, Z identify by size and species which are to be removed and saved = 10. Landscape plan with irrigation and existing trees to be saved by size and species (exterior changes or change of use 1" W only) Q 11. Location and gross floor area of existing structure with dimensions and setback 0 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (if in flood control zone) 0 O 13. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H -9). CD W ❑ c' Floor plan: show location of tenant space with proposed use of each room labeled J = E ' N u _ 11 0 Overall building floor plan with adjacent tenant use; identify tenant space use and location of storage of O 5 any hazardous materials; dimensions of proposed tenant space. ❑ 11 Vicinity Map showing location of site to d = w Rack Storage: If adding new racks or altering existing rack storage, provide a floor plan identifying rack Z layout and all exit doors. Show dimensions of aisles, include dimensions of height, length, and width of 1..- O rack. Structural calculations are required for rack storage eight feet and over. w e" Lu ❑ 5 Indicate proposed construction of tenant space or addition and walls being demolished v 0 ❑ Construction details o I-- wW ❑ ❑ Sprinkler details - details of sprinkler hangers, specifically penetrations in structure, i.e., roof; size of water H U supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor stating supply line will meet or exceed u- p sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. iL Z 0 2 ❑ tJ Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code Data shall be noted on the construction drawings. 0 ,1 ❑ SEPA Checklist - if intensification of use (check with Planning Department for thresholds). Z .0 ❑ Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use or SEPA decisions. I I/3o%oo ctperniit. floc Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Public Health is located at 999 Third Avenue, Suite 700, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787. (Form H -5) Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Building Owner /Authorized Agent If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect /engineer, or contractor licensed by the State o f Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. April 20, 2001 Ms. Joanna Spencer Public Works Department City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA, 98188 RE: Nordstrom Espresso Bar Remodel Callison Architecture Project Number 198097.00 SUBJECT: Building Permit Application No. D01 -085 Dear Ms. Spencer: The purpose of this letter is to respond to verbal discussions with Mr. Craig Ashcraft of Edifice Construction concerning the referenced project. It is my understanding you have requested a commitment from Nordstrom to resolve a grease extraction issue originating from our Cafe facility located on the third floor of our Southcenter store. Although the Cafe facility is unrelated to our permit application for the construction of our new Espresso Bar, Nordstrom is anxious to comply with all applicable City of Tukwila ordinances. As stated in my Architect's Plan Review Comments correspondence previously forwarded to you: "A separate project is underway to address the Cafe waste problem. We are currently working with Mr. John Howatt, Wastewater Maintenance Supervisor for the City of Tukwila to develop a solution to the grease and sewer system problem related to the existing Nordstrom Cafe. A separate proposed solution will be submitted to the Public Works Department for review and approval." We are effectively in early design on the grease interceptor project, but unable to proceed with the completed design of the Espresso Bar project. Nordstrom is committed to resolving this matter as quickly as possible but it is very important to us to not delay the Espresso Bar permit. As soon as a method can be agreed upon with your wastewater department, we will promptly make application for permit to construct the solution. Please let me know if this letter addresses your concerns and especially if further delays of our Espresso Bar permit are anticipated. I can be reached on my direct line at (206) 373 -4184. Thank you in advance for your prompt attention to this matter. I look forward to meeting the City of Tukwila's needs as well as Nordstrom's needs. Sincerely, NORDSTROM, INC. David K. Cooper, AIA Project Manager Cc: Brian Percy, Edifice Construction Vina Anderson, Callison Architecture Regan Corwin, Hargis Engineers , NORDSTROM Store Planning & Architecture • Corporate 1617 Sixth Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101 -1742 Phone (206) 373 -4100 Fax (206) 373 -4196 www.nordstrom.corn Doi - OS5 t • S.3. 5 Grease Interceptors. Grease interceptors are required on all buildings where food preparation occurs; or where, in the opinion of the City Engineer, they are necessary for the proper handling of liquid wastes. When required, grease interceptors shall comply with section 711 of the Uniform Plumbing Code, and the following: 1. Location. The vault shall be located outside the building, not closer than five feet (5') nor farther than twenty-five feet (25') from the. building foundation. S:3.6 LANDSCAPING. Design. The tank shall be a double baffle type. 3. Size. Tank sizing shall be per Appendix H of the Uniform Plumbing Code; with meals per hour being equal to seating capacity of the restaurant. 4. Maintenance. It is the Owner's responsibility to clean and maintain the trap on a regularly scheduled basis (typically monthly). The City may inspect the trap; and, as the result of such inspection, require the Owner to provide more frequent service. 5. All grey water (sinks, dishwashers, floor drains, drains under garbage compactors, etc.), and only grey water, shall be routed through the trap. 6. Grease Recovery Systems utilizing the skimmer or dipper technology will be accepted on a case by case basis (to retrofit an existing installation, or when there is minimal seating), as determined by the City Engineer. No tree with invasive root structures (such as polars, cottonwood, soft maple, gum, etc. per TMC 14.12.280) shall be planted within thirty feet (30') of a sewer pipe, unless suitable protection from root growth is provided (see also Section R.3.6). S - z I J U Coo (niu ww w0 w Q cn o v:24 U n U o O N O w p w z U = z SIZING CHART co... Ceoocltyl ,00 1 750 1 950 ICJO 1 12}7 1 1500 I 1 50 2000 1 2300 2750 1 5000 •000 1 5000 1 6000 UV Ca %NuNA 1 In ts77- cAl .1.a. -�•.A1 5106 i5l05 - C., 6 C+ 57 c�15T 7- cA .ae.c .a 12 1612 -- .:+ .16,2 - G. 712 0.A17,2 cA1e18 0A1e18 T ■ •T• 4 - r 1 - C.,6 1v -11 a •.• T ' ■ r ■ r / ■ 1 r 1 r . . 1 r a I a -o 1 9-0 I ,1 -2 1 1, -2 I r, -e I u 0 1 7`_0 1 -e r , 2 - e I S - r - r 1 1 IS F i 'a - ' I -'t =e i 5'-0" 1 5'-0 1 Y-8 15' -e 6 -6 5 -8 1 5 -8 1 8 -0 t 8 -a 9 -11 9 -11 Oka S 7 -0 1 7-0 -0 1 7 -2 1 7 -2 1 -2 -2 1 5 -0 8-0 5 -0 1 5 -7 1 a - 1 5 -11 10 - 5 .. • S .Z' r n I S _ I ` - i 5' -3' 1 i -2' 15 -2 I a'-. • - t I I I a' -` 1 5 -6 1 5` -0' I 5` -0' 1 6 -5 " 1 6' -2 1 7 -2 water Otatn 01r' T _'1 J -. I3' - II ' 1 4 „ -I 1 3 " -10 t a' -10' I 4` -0' 1 4' -7” 1 s' - ICI - -9' I. - 3' 5 4'_7' 5 6 -I I 4' -9 t 5` -4 4 . Number Of 1.laols Per Peak Hours tx L L.. !SUM DESIGN CRITERIA: Uniform Plumbing Coda - Appandix H 4- X Waste Flow Retention Rate X Time X • f •.• cry AGC::. CYExt>= GCLIT ICTN 7.1= OtOJT ALL 4*3)* ION UDC 1/1 4.04714 rrcar. =VTDO AD-1 S TO =Act Storage Caoacity Factor In Colton' PLAN VIEW I) r Cif C=3 -� T1S TTP SECTION VIEW AA City of Tukwila N t4. SIA =CMG rIAC I. c vc AIR t G.A.: TTCNT 3 Pte. 1t Pt.r. D4 377-0A2 L/3 I- ENCT>. NOTES: Z a L c>4:2ETE. 1R :r.T C RE:71Ivc STRo;T•H Pc - 4300 p.. L 1.3AR. ASm A-it3 CAA OE 61 3 IESrr ASTN A -187 GRADE 4. =taw -315 -8. 51.10_304 E A:Tw C - col • itNIM.,+. STRIXTLRAI. L.G:IIG i'CR x C -ZT11G CR S =TI.+AL. PRE ^..AZ. 377A,C2ETE VATER AND VASTEVATER ^RUt:TORE . 1.17. N-83 T�•L.; V1-E -: V/ 33: IMPACT PER AASHTC L rt. V/ c Z 4 VatiCa PRIOR TO :TART IP Cr TTE>< 7. CMTRACTOR 177 :PPt.LY 1. IJ.STALI. kJ_ PIPING L smr,.1,(j 2. GaAY VATE7 Oi 7 3i ACX VA7i2 :NAU. ➢E :ARAI= Zr SEPARAII SIDE vv.' UTILITY VAULT CC.IPANY OR EQUAL GREASE INTERCEPTOR SINGLE VAULT SYSTE.'1— COUBLr. BAFFLE FOR VEGETABLE - ANIMAL FAT, GREASE t. OIL 500 -6000 GALLON CAPACITIES K� t rani , DATE: 11/22/96 SS -12 T� July 13, 2001 Cert No. 0106 -51 D nis H. Stack President CASCADE TESTING LABORATORY, INC. TESTING & INSPECTION / ENGINEERS 12919 N. E. 126TH PLACE KIRKLAND: (425) 623 -9600 KIRKLAND, WASHINGTON 96034 FAX: (425) 623 -2203 City of Tukwila Building Department 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Attention: Dave Larson Reference: Nordstrom Espresso Bar Southcenter Mall Permit No. DO1 -085 Dear Mr. Larson: This is to advise you that special inspections are completed for the above referenced project. Special inspections were performed for the following activities and copies of reports have been sent to the building department. 1. Anchor bolts 2. Visual inspection of welds 3. Torqueing of high strength A325 bolts All work inspected conformed to Tukwila Building and Land Development approved plans, specifications, Director's Rules, UBC and related codes and/or verbal or written instructions from the Engineer of Record. Our last and only report is dated 06 -22 -01 and is number 109037. (Copy enclosed). Respectfully, CASC TESTING LABORAT S RY, INC. Enclosure: Field Report No. 109037 SEATTLE: (206) 525 -6700 EVERETT: (425) 259-0817 T� 1: CASCADE TESTING LABORATORY. INC. TESTING & INSPECTION / PNGINEERS 1291Y N.E. 126TH PLACE KIRKLAND, WASHINGTON 9E034 (42 ) i1J %.9/liki rvroFTT (425) 759.Adt7 PREVIOUS REPORT No. No. 1 ` y^ DAT� 1 C © \ O 06 1 `� TO:. FIELD REPORT cab (-14 tin BLDG. PERMIT NO (� DO ' o aS OWNER WEATHER TEMP, AT AM AT PM ENGINEER ` J \ I\re, ��•••— ATTN: ARCHITECT Cz\ CONTRACTOR ? jos, IN SPECTION PERFORMED RESTEEUCONCRETE RESTEEL ONLY ' STIWELDING (3) I TEMS INSPECTED ,_ FOOTINGS _ AUGER CAST PILES -- DRILLED PIERS .— FOUNDATIONS _ SLAB _ TEEUMASONRY COLUMNS — WALLS — BEAMS iG OTH A STR.SUBOLTING Qy� f " -i LO CATION (AREAS) • e ..3 _1 �� 1 ecs a (5) CONCRETEJMASONRY SUPPLIER MIX N0. DESIGN STRENGTH Irc) s TOTAL CU. YO. PLACEO SLUMP (INCHES) AIR CONTENT (%) SPECIMENS CAST SEE CYUNDER REPORT NO. ,_ :Y S ITEMS INSPECTED WERE IN CONFORMANCE WITH BLDG, DEPT. APPROVED PLANS _ ..NO FROM : CASCADE TESTING oe\tea • REMARKS: TEST RESULTS APPLY ONLY TO T'1G ITEMS HEREIN TESTED. THIS AFPC)RT SHALL NOT RC REPRODUCED EXCEPT lS ruLL. WITH- OUT THC WRITTEN APPROVAL OF CASCADE TiSTING LASOHAI OFY. REV ,sEn N oo COPIES TO: FAX NO. : 425 -823 -2203 INSPECTOR(S), NAME(S) PRINTED INSPECTOR SIGNATURE SIGNED BY Jul. 13 2001 01:26PM P1 c- 03p. (eve c\ 1-.0111E01 JUL 13 2001 BUILDING Er A1TMENT z W cc 2 J U 00 W W L . L . W LL N C E.. o W L) u) 0 I- W LLo �z U O Location (floor /room nc Occupancy Description Allowed I Watts per ft •' Area in ft Allowed x Area sraV- 12M SA-(.ems 1 c0. 1 11S " 13 5TO a SPtLFS '-l.-oo 1.QD 275 2 75' F,SA? SSo 5 Ac t-e" 1 1.-610t2. 1.O D 4.50 450 8S3 f Project Info Nordstrom Southcentcr Tukwilla Project Address 100 M ki , Date 02 December 98 • —1011 I LA tk) PSGt1JG'i For Building Department Use , q S 188- 2a' C Applicant Name: cry (EL Hosee. Applicant Address:6w Gr. � ` 000 _ �-� �,t Applicant Phone: 2j► 4.115 _ ���/ Lighting Summary LTG-SUM 1994 Washington Stale Nonresidential Energy Code compliance Forms 'Project Description I ❑ New Building ❑ Addition • Alteration Compliance Option ❑ Pregriptive • Lighting Power Allowance ❑ Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box) l Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Interior) 1994 Washington State Nonresidential Ener • Code Com • liance Form ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting Sheets ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures we new, and installed lighting wattage Is not being increased Page 1 Apdi. 1994 AL. NOTICE: IF THE DOCUMENT IN THIS FRAME IS LESS CLEAR THAN THIS NOTICE IT IS DUE TO THE QUALITY OF THE DOCUMENT. P ER fir cs vrEF oi C� ° 5 Location (floor /room no Fixture Tag Fixture xture Description of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Proposed S'Toct( Pxv1 OR 4' s - rt2(1 0 Puiopceir 2 32.1)J. 61 W. 5TorzP E c/1 Zx `t' item.USED_FZ0312 -. 3 Si W. 247 W . 55) BM KK /i es-c.SasEb ectuQu trr 12. 35 W. 120 W • II II ZZl1 •tAC.v. UG►.T 1jx'i ITZG Z b W. 1 f 50W . "151 V i Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Wafts Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior 1Ot5Puty L tGt}'tli•I a Ce Sheet] not exceed Tot Page 4 NOTICE: IF THE DOCUMENT IN THIS FRAME IS LESS CLEAR THAN THIS NOTICE IT IS DUE TO THE QUALITY OF THE DOCUMENT. NORDSTROM ROBERT TINDALL STATE OF WASHINGTON t thn Plan Check ar : als a vn d�sst o C the a 1 e'r t:, . or' 1 .' r +; A R C H I T E C T U R E Project Manual Bid / Permit Set Nordstrom South Center (05) Espresso Bar Tukwila, Washington Project No. 198097.00 November 10, 2000 0 135 ED C RE iV f= TUi0,4,1R.A PERMIT CENTER NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING REQUIREMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00700 CONTRACT CONDITIONS ARCHITECTURAL SCHEDULES FINISH LEGEND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 SUMMARY REQUEST FOR INFORMATION FORM 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01312 PROJECT MEETINGS 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01450 QUALITY CONTROL 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01601 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01735 PATCHING OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES SUBCONTRACTOR GUARANTEE FORM DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 02225 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03546 SLAB LEVELING DIVISION 4 - MASONRY NOT USED DIVISION 5 - METALS NOT USED DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06200 FINISH CARPENRTY 06413 ESPRESSO CASEWORK 08/18/98\11/25/98\11/13/00 voutlAWONIValantAnarot TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC -1 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08115 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08210 WOOD DOORS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 08730 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION 08800 GLAZING DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09111 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 09300 TILE 09510 ACOUSTIC CEILINGS 09775 REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL WALLCOVERING 09900 PAINTING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10400 IDENTIFYING DEVICES AND GRAPHICS 10810 TOILET ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS NOT USED DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13710 BURGLAR ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM 13900 FIRE SUPPRESSION DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15083 PIPING INSULATION 15410 PLUMBING FIXTURES TOC -2 NOT USED NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON 08/18/98\ 11/25/98\ 11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16715 DATA ANDVOICE COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS 16730 BACKGROUND MUSIC. PAGING. & INTERCOM 08/18/98\11/25/98\11/13/00 } END TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC -3 * NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON GENERAL CONDITIONS A. The AIA A117 "Abbreviated Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor", shall govern the work. B. Copies of the document may be obtained from the local AIA Office. 11/24/981/24/9800700-1 MMEegl.INMIMIMMMMBEMg"'"P END OF SECTION DOCUMENT 00700 CONTRACT CONDITIONS Code Description CT -6 Dal Tile Quarry Textures Color: T03 Ashen Gray w/ abrasive finish Size: 8" x 8" x' /" (nominal) CT -7 Dal Tile Quarry Textures Color: T03 Ashen Gray w/ smooth finish Size: 8" x 8" x' /i' (nominal) CT -8 Dal Tile Quarry Textures Color: T03 Ashen Gray w/ smooth finish Base: Q3583 Size: 6 "H x 8" x' /i' (nominal) CT -9 American Olean Glazed Wall Tile No. 95 Color: Snow Mist Size: 4' /a" x 4 'A" x 5/16" (actual) Code Description "Innovative" Stone Name "Associated" Stone Name ST -13F Flamed Granite "Absolute Black" 12" x 12" x 3/8" NORDSTROM SOUTH CENTER (005) PROJECT NUMBER 198097.00 TUKWILA. WA. INTERIOR STONE LEGEND Stone sizes are actual, unless noted otherwise. CERAMIC AND QUARRY TILE LEGEND 5/4/90\ \ I 1 /13/00 Department/Use Espresso Bar: Wall Department/Use Espresso Bar: Base FINISH LEGEND Espresso Bar and Espresso Storage (behind counter): Floor except under equipment Espresso Bar and Espresso Storage (behind counter): Floor under equipment Espresso Bar and Espresso Storage (behind counter):, Base 00000 -1 Code Description G -3 Laticrete International Inc. Latapoxy SP -100. Epoxy grout No. 24. Gray Bostik Hydroment, Color -Poxy No. 635. Delorean Gray Mapei Epoxy grout No. 09. Gray G -4 Laticrete International Inc. Latapoxy Sp -100. Epoxy Grout No. 45. Raven Bostik Hydroment, Color -Poxy No. 384. Char Black Mapei Epoxy Grout No. 10, Black G -5 Laticrete International Inc. Cementitious Grout No. 44. Bright White Code Description SE i Pecora Corp. Special Color -Flex No. 35 Color: Natural Stone SE -4 Pecora Corp. Special Color -Flex No. 205 Color: Charcoal NORDSTROM SOUTH CENTER (005) PROJECT NUMBER 198097.00 TUKWILA, WA. GROUT LEGEND 00000 - 2 Department/Use Espresso Bar and Espresso Storage ( behind counter): Floor and base at ceramic tile (epoxy) Espresso Bar: Floor and base at stone. Espresso Bar: Wall at CT -9 Note: See Project Manual Section 09300 for sanded vs. Non - sanded cementitious grout. INTERIOR SEALANT LEGEND - Department/Use Use with G -1, G -3 (Hydroment) and ST -12 Use with G -4 FINISH LEGEND 5/4/90\ \I1/13/00 Code Description P -1 To be selected on a per store basis P -12 To match PL -14 P -13 To match Pantone PMS 440C Code Description PL - 13 Wilsonart International No. 1572 -60 Color: Antique White PL -14 Wilsonart International No. D91 -60 Color: Slate Grey Code Description MP - 1 Conan Surfaces by Dupont Matte Finish Color: Black Quartz Code Description S -1 Plain Sliced Maple Veneer Maple Hardwood Basswood NORDSTROM SOUTH CENTER (005) PROJECT NUMBER 198097.00 TUKWILA. WA. PAINT LEGEND STAIN LEGEND PLASTIC LAMINATE LEGEND MOLDED PLASTIC LEGEND 514/90\ \ l 1/13/00 Department/Use Espresso Bar: Walls Department/Use Espresso: Maple at trims, display casework and canopy. Department/Use Espresso Bar: Exposed portions of the cabinets, wainscot, push/kick plates Department/Use FINISH LEGEND Espresso Bar: GWB and ACT ceiling and "floating ceiling" support Espresso Bar: Menu board logo (sides) and miscellaneous Espresso Bar: Semi- exposed portions of cabinets Espresso: Front countertop, back counter top and backsplash 00000 -3 [A3J NORDSTROM SOUTH CENTER (005) PROJECT NUMBER 198097.00 TUKWILA. WA. MISCELLANEOUS INTERIOR FINISHES LEGEND Code MF- I l Description Reinforced Plastic Panel Wallcovering 00000 -4 Department/Use Espresso Storage: Walls FINISH LEGEND 5/4/90\ \lI /13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General description of work. 2. Work by others 3. Special work requirements. 4. Existing utilities. 5. Owner furnished Contractor installed products. 6. Coordination. 7. Reference standards. 8. Applicable codes. 9. Document interpretation. 10. Request for information. 1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. A general description of the Scope of Work is included on the General Information Sheet A -0 of the Drawings. 1.3 WORK BY OTHERS A. Work indicated "N1C" is "Not In Contract" and will be performed by others. B. Coordinate with the separate contractors as necessary to integrate their work into the work of this Contract. C. The Owner will move all merchandise, portable furniture, and fixtures in the areas to be affected by construction operations. Give the Owner a minimum of 5 working days notice for each area which requires moving of such elements. 1.4 SPECIAL WORK REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01100 SUMMARY A. Limit use of premises to only those areas involved in the construction operations and as required for access. B. Perform work only while the store and mall is closed, unless approved otherwise. C. Coordinate use of premises under direction of the Owner, the Mall Management, and in accordance with the requirements of jurisdictional code authorities. D. Occupancy Requirements: Owner and adjacent tenants will occupy portions of the premises during entire period of construction. Cooperate with the Owner, other tenants, and Mall management to minimize conflict, and facilitate normal business operations. E. Noise Producing Activities: 1. Unless approved otherwise, limit excessive noise producing activities to non - businesshours. F. Phase the Work as necessary to affect the minimum number of Departments for each portion of work. 01/25/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 01100 -1 SECTION 01100 SUMMARY 1.5 EXISTING UTILITIES 01100 -2 tvrtt NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. The Architect assumes no responsibility for the completeness or accuracy of existing utility line information provided by the serving utilities and shown on the Drawings. Utility information shall be verified by the Contractor. B. Unless otherwise required, maintain all existing water. sewer. gas. and irrigation lines, lighting. power, and telephone wires or conduits, plus any other surface or subsurface utilities. and their connections to structures, undisturbed during progress of work. C. Where temporary utility shutdown is required for the performance of the work, schedule and coordinate with the Owner. Should the Contractor in the performance of the work. disturb. disconnect or damage any existing utilities required to remain in service, all expense arising from such disturbance, replacing or repair thereof shall be borne by the Contractor. D. Maintain and operate utilities systems to assure continuous service, except as otherwise approved by the Owner and the Developer. Give not less than 14 days notice of proposed utility shutdowns. E. Obtain approval from the Owner prior to cutting any utility lines. 1.6 OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. The Owner will furnish various products as indicated on the Drawings and/or specified in the technical Sections. B. Owner's Responsibilities for Owner Furnished Products: 1. Arrange for and deliver product data, shop drawings, samples, manufacturer's instructions, and other pertinent data to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. unless otherwise specified. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage. 5. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items. 6. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. C. Contractor's Responsibilities for Owner Furnished Products: 1. Indicate submittal and delivery dates for each product in the Progress Schedule. 2. Review product data, shop drawings, samples, and other submittals as requested, and as necessary to facilitate installation. 3. Forward reviewed submittals to Architect with notification of any observed discrepancies due to non - compliance with the Contract Documents. 4. Receive and unload products at the Owner's warehouse; inspect - deliveries jointly with the Owner and Architect; record shortages, damages, and defective items. 5. Unless directed otherwise by Owner, initiate freight claims for damaged and missing products; order replacement and missing products in a timely manner. 6. Transport products from the warehouse to the Project site and unload. 7. Handle, store, install and finish products, in compliance with Contract Documents and manufacturer's instructions, as applicable. 8. Protect products from damage and from exposure to the elements. 9. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract; replace items lost by Contractor. 10. Coordinate all work required to accommodate Owner furnished items. 01/25/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.7 COORDINATION A. Cutting and Patching: Execute cutting and removal operations to uncover ill - timed, defective. or non - conforming work. Patch all areas damaged by cutting and removal operations to original z condition. Seal all penetrations, unless indicated or approved otherwise. Penetrations through fire rated construction shall be sealed to maintain the rating of the construction. w re 2 1.8 REFERENCED STANDARDS v 00 A. Materials and equipment specified by reference to standard specifications, trade association to publications, and manufacturer's catalogs and installation recommendations. shall refer to the latest issue in effect at the date of Contract, except where specifications or governing building codes refer va u„ on specific items to an earlier issue. i 0 B. In case of conflict between the project specifications and referenced standards, the one having the "i most stringent requirements shall govern. N 1.9 APPLICABLE CODES w z A. Perform all work in accordance with the requirements of the local jurisdictional authorities and the N g. codes listed on the Drawings. I 1.10 DOCUMENT INTERPRETATION v to gF— A. Specifications and notes are written in imperative and abbreviated form. Imperative language of the technical sections is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete F sentences shall be completed by inserting "shall," "shall be," "the Contractor shall," and similar LL. t, mandatory phrases by inference. The words "shall be" shall be supplied by inference where a colon Iii (:) is used. B. "Where "as shown," "as detailed," "as indicated," or words of similar meaning are used, references Z to the Contract Documents are intended unless stated otherwise. Where "as directed," "as required," "as selected," "approved," or words of similar meaning are used, it shall be understood that "by the Architect" follows unless stated otherwise. C. "Furnish" means "Contractor shall procure, pay for, and deliver "; "install" means "Contractor shall set in position and connect or adjust for final use "; "provide" means "Contractor shall furnish and install." 1.11 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION A. Allot time in construction scheduling for liaison with Architect; establish procedures for handling queries and clarifications. B. Use a "Request for Information" for requesting information from the Architect. Form is bound into this manual following this Section. Remove form for making additional copies or request an original copy from Architect. C. Allow sufficient time in construction schedule for Architect's response to the RFIs. 01/25/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 END OF SECTION SECTION 01100 SUMMARY 01100 -3 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Application for Payment. 2. Change Order Procedures. B. Related Sections: 1. Owner - Contractor Agreement. 2. 00700 - Contract Conditions. 3. 01100 - Summary. 4. 01600 - Product Requirements: Substitutions. 5. 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Project Record Drawings. C. This Section supplements the General Conditions. 1.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT SECTION 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Format and Data Required: 1. Submit Applications for Payment to Architect in accord with the schedule established by Conditions of the Contract and Agreement Between Owner and Contractor. 2. Submit applications in the form required by Owner, with itemized data typed on 8 -1/2 x 11 inch continuation sheets providing itemized data following accepted Schedule of Values format. B. Preparation of Application for Each Progress Payment: 1. Application Form: a. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed prior to date of submittal of application. b. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals indicated on continuation sheets. c. Execute application with signature of a responsible officer of contract firm. 2. Continuation Sheets: a. Fill in total list of all scheduled component items of work, with item number and scheduled dollar value for each item. b. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been performed or products stored. Round off values to nearest dollar, or as specified for Schedule of Values. c. List each Change Order executed prior to date of submission, at the end of the continuation sheets. List by Change Order Number, and description, as for an original component item of work. C. Substantiating Data For Progress Payments: 1. When the Owner or the Architect requires substantiating data, submit suitable information, with a cover letter identifying: a. Project. b. Application number and date. c. Detailed list of enclosures. d. For stored products: 1) Item number and identification as shown on application. 2) Description of specific material. 2. Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application. 12/26/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 01200 -1 SECTION 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON D. Preparation of Application For Final Payment: 1. Fill in Application form as specified for progress payments. , 2. Use continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of accounting as specified in Section 01770 - Closeout Procedures. E. Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit Applications for Payment to Architect at the times stipulated in the Agreement. 2. Number: Two copies of each application. 3. When Architect finds application properly completed and correct, he will transmit Certificate for Payment to Owner, with a copy to Contractor. 1.3 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. Definitions: 1. Change Order: See General Conditions. 2. Proposal Request: a. AIA G709. An instrument submitted by the Architect to the Contractor which describes proposed changes in the Work, and requests a proposal from the Contractor consisting of: 1) the total change to the Contract price, if any. 2) an itemization of costs related to the proposal. 3) changes to the Contract Time, if any. b. A proposal request is not an authorization for a change in the Work, but may be incorporated into the Contract by Construction Change Directive, or by Change Order. 3. Construction Change Directive: AIA G714. Issued by Architect; signed by Owner. Interim order to proceed with changes based on description of work required and estimated maximum price (or minimum credit). Upon agreement of adjusted price and time, as applicable, description of changes will be incorporated into a Change Order. 4. Architect's Supplemental Instructions: AIA G710. Clarification issued by the Architect. Requires signature by the Contractor to acknowledge no change in cost. B. Timing and Authorization: 1. A proposal shall be submitted by the General Contractor within 7 calendar days of the issuance of each proposal request. 2. Promptly implement change order procedures. a. Provide full written data required to evaluate changes. b. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time -and material basis. c. Provide full documentation to Architect on request. 3. Designate in writing the member of Contractor's organization: a. Who is authorized to accept changes in the work. b. Who is responsible for informing others in the Contractor's employ of the authorization of changes in the work. c. Who is authorized to execute Change Orders. C. Preliminary Procedures: 1. Owner or Architect may initiate changes by submitting a Proposal Request to the Contractor containing the proposed change. Request will include: a. Detailed description of the change, products, and location of the change in the Project. b. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. c. The projected time span for making the change, and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is, or is not, authorized. d. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. e. Such request is for information only, and is not an instruction to execute the changes, nor to stop work in progress. 01200 -2 12/26/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) - ESPRESSO BAR Project: To: Spec Sec. Ref: Para: Drawing Ref: Detail: Signed: Response: CI Attachments Response From: REQUEST FOR INFORMATION FORM To: Signed: RFI Number: From: Date: A/E Project Number: Date Transmitted: Date Rec'd: Copies: ❑ Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ C] ❑ File NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written request to Architect, containing: a. Description of the proposed changes. b. Statement of the reason for making the changes. c. Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. d. Statement of the effect on the work of separate contractors. e. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time, as appropriate. D. Documentation of Contractor Proposals and Claims tu 1. Support each quotation for a lump -sum proposal, and for each unit price which has not 3 previously been established, with sufficient substantiating data to allow Architect to evaluate the quotation. p 2. On request provide additional data to support time and cost computations: � tu a. Labor required. N b. Equipment required. u- c. Products required. w O 1) Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. 2) Quantities required. u. ; d. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. t ©r e. Credit for work deleted from Contract, similarly documented. f. Overhead and profit. ? g. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 3. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time - and - material basis with W documentation as required for a lump -sum proposal, plus additional information: p a. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the Work, and date of the order. 2-) b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. 0 h c Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly rates paid. w to d. Receipts and invoices for: 1) Equipment used, listing dates and times of use. u' O 2) Products used, listing of quantities. w N 3) Subcontracts. U 4. Illegible documentation will be considered cause for rejection. 0 5. Document requests for substitutions for products as specified in Section 01600. E. Changes in the Work 1. A Clarification which will have no impact on the project price will be issued by the Architect under Architect's Supplemental Instructions AIA G710 2. Change Orders a. The Contractor shall prepare each Change Order on AIA Document G701 incorporating previously approved Proposal Requests and Construction Change Directives. b. Change Orders shall describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change. c. Change Orders shall provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time. d. Content of Change Orders shall be based on, either: 1) Proposal Requests and Contractor's responsive cost proposal as agreed between Owner and Contractor. 2) Contractor Proposal for a change, as recommended by Architect and approved by the Owner. e. Owner and Architect will sign and date each Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. f. To indicate agreement with the terms therein, Contractor shall sign and date the Change Order. 12/26/97\11/24/98\ 11/13/00 SECTION 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01200 -3 SECTION 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES F. Correlation With Contractor's Submittals 1. Periodically revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of work, and to record the adjusted Contract Sum. 2. Periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time, and revise subschedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes. 3. Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 EXECUTION Not Applicable 01200 -4 END OF SECTION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 12/26/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 8/6/92\ 11/24/98\ 11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Meeting requirements. 1.2 GENERAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS A. Meeting minutes shall be taken by the Contractor, and copies shall be distributed to all attendees. Distribute copies to other parties as appropriate. B. Require in attendance all subcontractors and suppliers appropriate to the meeting, and as requested by the Owner or the Architect. All representatives attending meetings shall be authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. C. The Contractor shall administer the meetings. 1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Administer preconstruction meeting within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed at a location and time designated by the Owner. 1.4 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Attend periodic meetings as required by the progress of the work, and called by the Owner or the Architect. 1.5 PRE- INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Where required in a specification Section, schedule and administer a pre - installation conference prior to commencing work of the Section. B. Unless otherwise required, notify the Owner and the Architect a minimum of seven calendar days prior to each scheduled meeting. C. Require the attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, the work of the Section. D. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordination with related work. END OF SECTION SECTION 01312 PROJECT MEETINGS 01312 -1 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submittal form criteria. 2. Submittal schedule. 3. Contractor responsibilities. 4. Submittals required prior to starting construction. 5. Submittals required during construction. 6. Submittals required on completion of construction. 1.2 SUBMITTAL FORM CRITERIA A. Provide the following, as applicable, on each submittal: 1. Present and previous submissions dates. 2. The Project title and number. 3. Contract identification. 4. The names of: a. Contractor. b. Supplier. c. Manufacturer. 5. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. 6. An 8 x 3 inch blank space for Contractor and Architect stamps. SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Make submittals to the Architect as specified, and as required to cause no delay in the work. B. Allow a minimum of 5 working days from receipt, for the Architect to review each submittal. C. Schedule submittals to allow sufficient time for possible revision and resubmittal of the rejected submittals, without interfering with construction schedule. 1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review submittals prior to submission. Verify specified requirements of products, field measurements, and field construction requirements. B. Stamp and sign each submittal as certification that the submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor. C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. D. Notify the Architect in writing, at time of submission, of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents. E. Make copies of all approved shop drawings and product literature available for use in the project. 1/28/94\11/24/98\11/13/00 01330 -1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 -2 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.5 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION A. Immediately following Contract signing and prior to starting construction submit the following: 1. All certificates of insurance required in the Contract Conditions indicating the extent of coverage. 2. Schedule of Values: Itemized construction contract cost breakdown showing cost per Contract section and total Contract cost in a form acceptable to the Owner. 3. List of subcontractors and suppliers proposed for the principal work parts; include addresses, phone numbers, and name of office contact person. 4. Construction schedule. B. Construction Schedule: 1. Submit schedule showing commencement and completion dates proposed for each subdivision of work. 2. Prepare schedule in the form of a bar graph or a network planning system (CPM) for scheduling and controlling the work. 3. Coordinate with the Owner's schedule, showing all Contract activities of work including their start, duration, completion, float and critical path. 4. Update and submit monthly, reflecting actual start and completion of all scheduled activities. 1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Certifications: As required in each specification section. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Shop Drawings required by individual Sections of the Specifications, and as otherwise required for proper performance of the work. 2. Illustrate fully the requirements of the Specifications and the Contract Drawings, and accurately show quantities, kinds of materials, methods of assembly, and all data required for fabrication, erection, and installation. 3. Show the relationship of adjoining work, relevant field conditions and dimensions; coordinate with affected subcontractors and suppliers if in conflict. Where specific items such as field dimensions, clearances, adjacent construction, mounting configurations, access requirements, structural calculations, etc. are required by the technical specification Sections, failure to provide such information on the shop drawings may be cause for rejection without review. 4. Number of Copies: Unless otherwise specified, submit to the Architect one legible sepia reproducible and one print for review, except that shop drawings 11 "x17" or smaller may be submitted in the form of two blackline or electrostatic copies. 5. Shop drawings will be reviewed by the Architect for conformance to the design concept, only. 6. The Architect will return the reproducible copy and one print to Contractor with corrections, notations and Architect's stamp indicating action to be taken. 7. In the case of rejected Shop Drawings, the Architect will keep the reproducible copy and return two prints to the Contractor for his use in the preparation of a revised reproducible for resubmittal. 8. Should discrepancies become evident, immediately notify Architect for resolution before proceeding with shop work. 1/28/94 \ 11 /24/98\ 11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON C. Product Data: 1. Preparation: a. Clearly mark all copies to identify pertinent products or models. b. Show performance characteristics and capacities. c. Show dimensions and clearances required. d. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. e. Identify product with specification section. 2. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: a. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the work. b. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work. 3. Number of copies: Four unless otherwise required. of which three sets will be returned to the Contractor; two to be maintained at the site and one set to be forwarded to the subcontractor or supplier for his use. The Architect will retain one record set in the Architect's office. Samples: 1. Where color, texture, or pattern is not specified, or is specified to be selected by the Architect, submit full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect's selection. 2. Unless otherwise required, submit three of each required sample of each item proposed for the work. 3. Include product identification, including manufacturer and model number, finish, if applicable. and specification Section number, attached to each sample; note applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. D. 1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED ON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION A. Requirements of Section 01770 - Closeout Procedures 1/28/94\11/24/98\11/13/00 END OF SECTION SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01330 -3 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General quality control. 2. Workmanship. 3. Special installation procedures. 4. Manufacturer's instructions. 5. Field samples and mock -ups. 6. Manufacturers' field services. 7. Testing laboratory services. 1.2 QUALITY CONTROL, GENERAL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products. services, site conditions. and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. 1.3 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. When, in the opinion of the Contractor, materials or procedures are indicated or specified which are contrary to best trade practice for obtaining the desired quality, notify the Architect. C. Unless greater standards are required by the Contract Documents, perform all work by skilled mechanics in accordance with established standards of workmanship in each of the various trades. D. Preparation: Prior to installing any item or material, verify that surfaces to receive such item or material are plumb, level, true -to -line and straight to the degree necessary to achieve tolerances specified or required. E. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. F. Tolerances: Unless indicated otherwise, install all items plumb, level, flat and straight throughout their entire extent, within limits of tolerances specified. Where tolerances are not specified, install all items in accordance with requirements for each application, in compliance with published trade standards and specifications in each industry. G. All blocking necessary for reinforcement of substrates to adequately support items shall be provided whether or not indicated on the Drawings or in the specifications. H. All joints in finish materials shall be tight, straight, even and smooth in appearance. I. All operable items shall operate properly, within manufacturer's specifications. 1.4 SPECIAL INSTALLATION PROCEDURES A. Steel Decking: 1. Where fastening into bottom of steel decking is required, drill or shoot only into lower flutes. 2. Do not use fasteners in steel deck which penetrate more than 1 inch. 12/18/95\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL 01450 -1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL 01450 -2 remainder of the work. NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3. Do not shoot into steel roof deck. Where anchorage to structural framing members is impractical, supports for items such as suspended ceiling systems, ductwork, and aluminum conduit 1 -1/2 inches or less may be supported from steel roof decking by sheet metal screws, screwed into the bottom of the insulated roof deck, and in sufficient quantity to adequately z support the load. Equipment supports, display supports, hangers for mechanical piping and Z other items requiring more than incidental support, shall not be secured to the roof decking. a B. Make no attachment to structural concrete or steel members in the building in such a way as to v overload or impair the structural integrity of the member. U o to 1.5 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. For each product or material, comply with the respective manufacturer's handling, installation, and uj O start -up instructions in full detail, as applicable. including each step in sequence. Should 2 instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before g Q proceeding. U D d 1.6 FIELD SAMPLES AND MOCK -UPS z al A. Provide field samples and mock -ups as specified in the individual specification sections. Provide g additional mock -ups, as required by the Architect, until approval is obtained. W B. Scheduling: Schedule mock -up construction to allow sufficient lead time for review, and correction o N if necessary, prior to commencement of fabrication and/or construction, as applicable. Comply with p - Section 01330 requirements for schedule submittal. la W U C. Do not proceed with fabrication until approval of the field sample and mock -up, where applicable, u. P is obtained. .. z D. Approved mock -up or field sample shall be the standard of workmanship and materials for the F O z E. Maintain mock -up in approved condition, until directed otherwise. F. Unless approved for incorporation into the work, remove mock -up or field sample as directed by Architect. 1.7 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified, require product manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions and quality of workmanship, and to provide recommendations, certifications, and other specified services. B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations. 1.8 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. The Owner may pay for the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to inspect and test the Work to verify compliance with the contract documents. B. Reports will be submitted to Architect, giving results and observations of tests, stating compliance or noncompliance with contract documents. 12/18/95\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel, and furnish tools, samples, certifications, test reports, design mixes, equipment, storage, and assistance as requested by the Testing Laboratory. 2. Notify Architect and Testing Laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing. When tests or inspections cannot be performed, through the fault of the Contractor, reimburse the Owner for the additional costs incurred. 3. Remove and replace all work found not complying with the Contract Documents. Remedies shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents and code requirements. 4. If initial tests and inspections indicate deficient work, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the costs of all subsequent tests and inspections related to the deficiency. 5. All damage which may occur to the work as a result of normal testing operations shall be repaired to match surrounding surfaces. 6. Schedule testing and inspection so that the work of testing and inspection personnel will be as continuous and brief as possible. D. Testing Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept any portion of the work. 3. Perform any duties of the Contractor. 12/18/95\11/24/98\11/13/00 Y .4 END OF SECTION SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL 01450 -3 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY Z A. Section Includes: Requirements for temporary facilities and controls necessary to execute the Work. UI it 2 1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS U a A. Temporary facilities and controls shall be in accordance with the requirements of the local co w jurisdictional code authorities. co w 1.3 CONTRACTOR DESIGNATED AREAS w 0 A. Maintain a current set of Drawings. Specifications, and approved shop drawings incorporating all addenda and all changes and revisions to the Contract, a set of all approved manufacturers' product N n data, and a set of all approved product samples at the field office. d w B. The Owner will allocate space on site for the storage of materials. Coordinate storage requirements ? with the Owner, and furnish additional off -site storage as may be required. 0 ILI Li,' 1.4 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 2 p O A. Electricity, lighting, heating, ventilation, air conditioning. telephone, water, sanitary facilities and p H fire protection are available on site and will be paid for by Owner. w w U B. All temporary modifications and connections to, and services not provided by, the Owner's existing systems, and required for construction, shall be provided by the Contractor. . Z UN C. Restroom Facilities: 0 1. Existing employee restrooms may be used by construction personnel. Z 2. The Owner will perform scheduled daily restroom cleaning. The Contractor shall be responsible for all additional cleaning required to ensure that restroom facilities are clean for daily store operations. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION AIDS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide construction aids and equipment necessary to facilitate execution of the work. B. Rubber -tired Equipment: All carts, trucks, wheelbarrows and similar wheeled conveyances used in or on any portion of the structure shall be equipped with pneumatic tires unless otherwise expressively authorized by the Architect. C. Unless approved otherwise, the building passenger elevators shall not be used for construction hoisting. The building freight elevator may be used when approved by the Owner. Do not exceed the rated capacity of the elevator. 1.6 SAFETY BARRIERS 6/10/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. Provide and maintain, all lawful and necessary barricades, railings, flooring, lights, warning signs, signals, and precautions as may be required to safeguard persons from injury. 01500 -1 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.7 SECURITY A. Owner will furnish security program throughout construction period. Coordinate with the Owner's security program. 1.8 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Waste Handling: 1. Initiate and maintain a program to prevent accumulation of debris. 2. Schedule daily collection and disposal of debris to a legal off -site location. 3. Provide additional collections and disposals of debris whenever excessive accumulation occurs. B. Maintain all occupied spaces free of dust and other contaminants prior to daily store opening. Cleaning shall include, without limitation, vacuuming, dusting, stain and dirt removal, and cleaning of glass and merchandise. 1.9 TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Provide temporary solid full height enclosure around the exterior to protect the work and to prevent unauthorized entry into occupied portions of the building during construction. Enclosure shall have a locked door and shall be painted a uniform solid color as selected by the Owner. Construct the enclosure out of durable fire resistant materials acceptable to the Owner. The Mall management, and the jurisdictional code authorities. B. Dust Control: Provide all methods, materials, and equipment, including the erection and maintenance of dustproof enclosures, as necessary to prevent migration of dust and contaminants, to other parts of the building. Maintain exiting in accordance with Code and store operation requirements. If directed, remove dust control provisions daily to accommodate store operations. C. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means and facilities required by law to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. D. Smoking: Smoking shall be prohibited in all interior spaces. E. Noise: 1. Use of portable sound equipment audible from occupied spaces, shall be prohibited. 2. Performance of noise - producing activities shall be only outside normal store operating hours, except as otherwise approved or directed by the Owner. Performance of "quiet work," which does not require use of power or impact tools will be unrestricted, except as otherwise approved or directed by the Owner. 1.10 PROTECTION A. Protect existing and new construction from damage caused by construction operations; provide protective covering to protect surfaces, as applicable. 1.11 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required, and when they interfere with store operation. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. 01500 -2 END OF SECTION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 6/10/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: General requirements for products. 1.2 PRODUCTS A. Products include materials, equipment, and systems. B. Products employed for construction purposes, such as temporary lighting fixtures. lamps. piping or wiring shall not be permanently installed in the Work. C. Products shall be of the size, make, type and quality specified, unless approved otherwise. D. All products that are similar in configuration and application shall be the same model, type and style for the same use throughout the project. This requirement applies to products furnished under one, or several sections of the Specifications. E. Product Options: 1. For products specified only by reference standard, provide a product meeting that standard. 2. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers with condition "no substitution," provide one of the named products. 3. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers, provide any one of the named products. or provide a product approved in accordance with the specified procedures for product substitutions. 1.3 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Architect will consider substitution requests by the General Contractor throughout the project. B. Furnish the Architect with all data required to evaluate the proposed substitution. C. Substitution Request Form: Submit a separate request for each Product. using a copy of the SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM attached to the end of this Section. Support the request with complete data, drawings and samples as appropriate to fully describe : 1. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution to that specified. 2. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution. 3. Effect on the construction schedule. 4. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified and the amount of any net change to the Contract Sum. 5. Any required license fees or royalties. 6. Availability of maintenance service, and source of replacement materials. D. A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated the proposed Product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the Product specified. 3. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the work. and make such other changes as may be required to make the work complete in all respects. 4. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility, which may subsequently become apparent. 10/22/92\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600 -1 SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON E. The Architect will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. and will give notification of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution as follows: 1. If the request for substitution is accepted by the Architect prior to Contract award an Addendum to the Bid Documents will be issued by the Architect for submission to all qualified bidders. z 2. If the request for substitution is approved by the Architect after Contract Award, the Architect will issue the appropriate change order. w 3. If the request for substitution is disapproved by the Architect. the Contractor may be notified in writing of the rejection. v v O 1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING u) w A. Schedule deliveries and store materials in such a way as to not impede the progress of construction rn u. or disrupt the Owner's conduct of business. 0 B. Deliver Products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with g identifying labels intact and legible. N d C. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals, and that Products are properly protected and undamaged. z D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to w Products or packaging. p to E. Deliver materials in the proper erection sequence, including all necessary fastenings and other A t required connections. w u. O z A. The Owner will allocate limited space on site for the storage of materials. Coordinate storage v requirements with the Owner, and furnish additional off -site storage when on -site storage is unavailable. z 1.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION B. Store Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Where no storage instructions are given, store products as required to prevent damage or deterioration. C. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. D. Provide adequate protection from damage due to corrosion, exposure to weather, mishandling or abuse, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, etc. Be responsible for the condition of each item at the time of installation. 01600 -2 END OF SECTION 10/22/92\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON TO: CALLISON ARCHITECTURE, INC. We hereby submit the following for your consideration in lieu of the specified item(s) for the above project: Specification Section , Paragraph Specified Item: z Proposed Substitution: Lir COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (Use back or additional sheets if necessary). 6 D -.1 C.) UO O 1. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? Yes . No N w If yes, indicate changes: 2. What effect does the substitution have on other trades? co u- w 0 3. What effect do applicable code requirements have on substitution? g � O 4. Describe the differences between the proposed substitution and the specified item(s): w z � O 5. How do manufacturer's guarantees compare between proposed and specified items(s)? w Same Different (Explain on back.) v p U) Submitted By: S Sigtutttrc Tttk w w Signature shall be by a person having authority to legally bind the firm to the above terms. v Firm: — u. O Address: w z N U Telephone: Date: Attachments: A. z B. C. What is projected lump sum installed cost difference between proposed substitution and least expensive specified item? $ . ( (decrease); increase J The undersigned hereby certifies that the function. appearance, and quality of the requested substitute item equals or exceeds those of the specified item, and, except for those costs indicated above, agrees to pay for changes to the building, if any, including design services, caused by its incorporation. Approved For Architect Review: Contractor 's Signature ❑ Approved ❑ Not Approved ❑ Approved As Noted Date: By: CALLISON ARCHITECTURE, INC Signature 9/18/96\11/24/98\11/13/00 Title END OF SUBSTITUTION REQUEST SECTION 01601 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01601 -1 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Patching of existing construction. B. Related Sections: 1. 01100 - Summary: Cutting and patching to remove ill- timed, defective, or non - conforming work. 2. 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary enclosures, protection of installed work; cleaning during construction. 3. 02225 - Selective Demolition: Removal and storage of products to be reinstalled. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unless indicated otherwise, patching, extending, or matching shall be performed as necessary to make the Work complete, with all components matching and consistent. B. Patching materials shall meet the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. C. Major patching procedures shall be reviewed with the Architect, prior to proceeding. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Patching Materials: Match the existing construction, unless approved otherwise. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that demolition is complete and that existing surfaces are ready for patching. B. Coordinate installation of new materials with the patching and repair of existing construction. C. Beginning of restoration work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. D. Determine type and quality of existing products by inspection or non - destructive testing. Destructive testing may be performed when approved by the Architect. Patch all test locations. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Cut, move, or remove items as necessary for access to alterations and renovations work; replace and restore at completion. B. Contact the architect when unsuitable materials not marked for removal - such as rotted wood, rusted metals, and deteriorated concrete and masonry are discovered. C. Provide additional construction and materials as required to support patching. D. Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from concealed spaces. 8/1/90\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 01735 PATCHING OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION 01735 -1 SECTION 01735 PATCHING OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION 3.3 PATCHING NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON E. Prepare surfaces and remove surface finishes to provide for proper installation of new work and new finishes. A. Patch and refinish existing surfaces which are damaged, lifted, discolored, missing, or showing other localized imperfections directly or indirectly caused by work under this contract. Patched work shall match existing adjacent work in texture and appearance. B. When existing finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections. Finish patches to produce uniform finish and texture over entire area. C. Provide a neat and smooth transition to new construction. Where finished surfaces are cut so that smooth transition to new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division. Review condition with the Architect. D. Where existing items are indicated as cut or reconfigured, cap and finish all exposed edges to match the existing construction to remain. Provide new or relocated supports spaced to be consistent with the installation. 01735 -2 END OF SECTION 8/1/90\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements for contract closeout B. This Section applies to all Technical Specification Sections, and supplements the General and Supplementary Conditions. 1.2 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES A. Manufacturer's Warranties And Guarantees 1. Furnish duplicate copies of each manufacturer warranty or guarantee executed to the Owner. 2. Manufacturers warranties and guarantees are listed in the technical sections. B. Contractors' Guarantees 1. The Contractor shall furnish a one year guarantee covering the Work. In addition, furnish separate guarantees for each of the portions of work requiring special guarantees as specified in the technical sections. 2. Furnish from each subcontractor, a one year guarantee executed to the Owner, covering each subcontractor's work. In addition, furnish from each subcontractor, separate guarantees for each of the portions of work requiring special guarantees as specified in the technical sections. 3. Each guarantee shall be submitted in the form following this section. C. Prior to final application for payment, assemble guarantees and warranties in a binder organized by specification Division or by trade, and transmit through the Architect. 1.3 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS A. Maintain a complete set of drawings for record purposes which shall be used for no other purpose. B. Drawings shall be corrected daily in a neat, legible manner showing all changes from the original Drawings and Specifications. C. These drawings shall indicate exact installed locations of the concealed work, including conduit, piping, ducts, mechanical and electrical equipment, and depths, sizes, and dimensional plan locations for all piping below grade or under floor slabs. All changes in architectural and structural work shall be similarly shown. D. Prior to approving each request for partial payment, the Architect reserves the right to inspect the record drawings. All changes which have occurred in the work to the date of payment request shall be shown on the record drawings before the payment request will be approved. 1.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION A. Contractor shall furnish published operation and maintenance information covering all equipment installed on the project. Whether specified or not, furnish published information whenever special maintenance procedures are required to assure the proper operation and durability of project material, equipment or finishes. B. Number of copies: Unless otherwise specified, submit three of each within thirty days after project substantial completion. 8/4/92\11/24/98\11/13/00 01770 -1 SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES C. Submit operation data and maintenance data bound in a three ring binder. Include divider tabs to separate data for each component, or group of similar components, as appropriate. Include name of Project. Contractor, and Architect. D. Information shall be submitted by the General Contractor through the Architect. 1.5 OPERATION INSTRUCTION A. In addition to specific requirements in the specifications, instruct the Owner's maintenance and operation personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of all equipment as directed after the installation is complete and in working order. 1.6 FINAL CLEANING A. Immediately prior to final inspection, clean all exposed interior and exterior surfaces affected by the Work of this Contract as follows: 1. Remove temporary labels, stains, and foreign substances. 2. Hand dust, clean, and polish transparent and glossy surfaces. 3. Power vacuum carpet and soft surfaces in affected work areas. 4. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. 5. Clean or replace filters of mechanical equipment. 6. Clean roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. 7. Clean site, including sweeping paved areas and raking clean other surfaces. 8. Hand dust and clean all shelving, cabinets, casework, and similar built -in items both installed under this Contract, or existing. 01770 -2 END OF SEt;TION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 8/4/92\11/24/98\11/13/00 Signed, 8/4/92\ \11/13/00 To: NORDSTROM, INC. Store Planning and Architecture 1501 Fifth Avenue Seattle, WA 98101 -1603 I, the undersigned, hereby certify that installed by at (Name of Contractor or subcontractor) GUARANTEE FORM (Name and location of Project) has been performed in full accordance with the Contract Documents. Further, I, the undersigned, guarantee this work to be free from defects in workmanship for a period of year(s) from (date of substantial completion), and will correct, without delay or additional expense to the Owner, and at a time convenient to the Owner, all defects which are not the result of acts of God, or misuse, and agree to pay all expenses, including Attorney's fees, incurred by the Architect and Owner, resulting from failure of the guaranteed work. (Authorized Signature of the firm). SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3 work NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal from the site of existing construction to accommodate the new construction. 2. Removal of existing components for reinstallation. 3. Salvaging of existing materials. 4. Capping and identification of utility lines. 5. Contractor design of shoring and bracing. B. Related Sections: 1. 01100 - Summary: Special work requirements. 2. 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary enclosures, guardrails, barriers, barricades, lighting and dust control. 3. 01735 - Patching of Existing Construction: Patching of existing construction. 4. 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Project record documents. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the applicable health and safety regulations of the jurisdictional authorities. B. Obtain and pay for all permits required for the demolition work. C. Obtain approval of demolition procedures which affect the normal operation of occupied spaces. D. Pre -bid Inspection: Visit the Site to determine existing conditions, and as much as possible to determine the extent of demolition required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect existing conditions and verify that the work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 2/4/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 02225 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02225 -1 SECTION 02225 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON B. Do not begin demolition until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective demolition caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide and maintain all temporary barriers and security devices necessary for the demolition work. B. Provide protection to all surrounding public spaces. Perform work and provide temporary construction as approved by the local jurisdictional code authorities. C. Protect existing construction which will not be subject to demolition. 3.3 DEMOLITION A. Perform demolition as indicated and as required to accommodate the new work. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner. Where demolition exceeds that indicated, verify such demolition with the Architect prior to proceeding B. Protect existing structural members. Contact the Architect prior to modifying structural members beyond the extent indicated. Cease operations and notify the Architect immediately if continued demolition operations might endanger the existing structure. C. During demolition operations, notify the Architect of all conditions which differ substantially from those indicated, specified, or expected. Notify the Architect if previously unknown operational, or potentially operational elements, are uncovered during demolition operations. Perform no demolition in such areas, unless approved by the Architect. D. Provide Contractor designed temporary shoring as required to support existing construction against movement or overload during demolition operations, until permanent supports are in place. E. Except where noted or specified otherwise, take possession of materials being demolished, and immediately remove from site. Do not overload existing construction to remain with demolished materials. G. Carefully remove, store, and protect all materials and components to be reused. H. Where removal of materials indicated to remain is necessary to facilitate new construction, carefully remove, store, and protect such materials for future reinstallation. I. Carefully remove, protect, and turn over as directed, materials and components claimed by the Owner for salvage. Prior to demolition, contact the Owner to determine which items will be claimed. J. Where cut edges of the existing construction will be visible in the completed work, cut in uniform straight lines. Concrete and masonry shall be sawcut or coredrilled. K. Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required, at no additional cost to the Owner. L. Remove all disconnected utility lines. Cap remaining ends. Place markers to indicate location of disconnected utilities. Indicate location of disconnected utilities on the Project Record drawings as specified in Section 01770. M. Electrical Demolition Requirements: 1. Remove electrical system components as indicated on the electrical drawings. 02225 -2 2/4/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Q. 2. Abandoned underslab conduit shall be removed and cut off below the finished surface line, and all conductors shall be removed. Patch and fill the opening flush with the finish. 3. Abandoned electrical conductors shall be removed back to the branch circuit panel, unless indicated otherwise. Abandoned conduit which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. Leave abandoned conduit which is concealed in existing construction to remain. 4. Existing electrical equipment that is not shown on the Drawings shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Architect. Such equipment shall remain unless required to be removed or relocated to accommodate the remodel work. 5. Electrical demolition drawings are generally diagrammatic. Complete extent of required electrical demolition which effects completion of work is not shown. In addition to verification of existing site conditions, coordinate with new and existing Contract Documents. 6. All electrical services to equipment which is indicated to be removed shall be fully removed. 7. Retain removed light fixtures for relocation and reuse as indicated. All light fixtures not to be reused shall be delivered to the Owner. P. Plumbing Demolition Requirements: 1. Abandoned underslab piping shall be cut off flush with the floor line and sealed. Patch flush with the floor. 2. Abandoned piping which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. 3. Leave abandoned piping which is concealed in existing construction to remain. Q. Existing Tile: 1. Remove existing tile finish materials and underbeds to receive new tile finish materials. New tile shall not be installed over existing finish materials unless indicated otherwise. 2. Scrape and grind substrate surfaces as necessary to produce a uniform surface ready to receive shot blast treatment specified in Section 09300. Leave site in a condition acceptable to the Owner and mall management at all times. Remove demolished materials from site daily as work progresses. Do not overload existing structure with demolished materials. 3.4 CLEANUP A. After each demolition phase, leave the area broom clean and ready for the work of other Sections. B. Occupied spaces which receive demolition work shall be thoroughly and completely cleaned prior to daily operations. Cleaning shall include, without limitation: vacuuming, dusting, stain and dirt removal, and cleaning of glass and countertops. 2/4/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 END OF SECTION SECTION 02225 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02225 -3 , y NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Leveling of existing cast -in -place concrete slabs. B. Related Sections: 1. 02225 - Selective Demolition: Removal of existing floor finishes. 2. 09300 - Tile: Substrate tolerance requirements. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitutions will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in their original unopened packages and protect from freezing, direct sun exposure, and exposure to moisture. 1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Keep traffic out of area in which underlayment is being applied or cured. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fast- Setting Self Leveling Underlayment System: Self - leveling, pourable, cement based material, minimum 28 day compressive strength 4,500 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM CI09; minimum bond strength 200 psi; one of the following. 1. "Ultra/Plan" by Mapei Corporation.; 800 -42- MAPEI. 2. "SDL" Self - Leveling Underlayment Concrete by Ardex Inc.; 412- 264 -4240. 3. "Level -Right FS -10" by Maxxon; 800 -356 -7887. B. Fast - Setting Trowelable Underlayment System: 1. "Quickcem Top 102" by Mapei Corporation; 800 -42- MAPEI. 2. "SD -P" Fast - Setting Underlayment. by Ardex Inc.; 412 -264 -4240. 3. "Euco- Speed" by Euclid Chemical Company; 800 -321 -7628. C. Accessories: Furnish primers, patching compounds, and sand fillers as recommended by the underlayment manufacturer for the conditions of the project. 7/31/95\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 03546 SLAB LEVELING 03546 -1 SECTION 03546 SLAB LEVELING 2.2 MIXING NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Thoroughly mix underlayment materials for each type of product in proper proportions to achieve smooth homogeneous mix, free of lumps. z PART 3 EXECUTION ? 3.1 GENERAL U a A. With the exception of areas where leveling can be accomplished by use of latex underlayment. as specified in other sections, install cementitious underlayment to concrete slabs as indicated on the v� Drawings, and as necessary to level slabs or bring substrates to proper elevation. w 0 3.2 PREPARATION a LL A. Inspect floor to verify that demolition is complete to the point where work may progress. d B. Survey floor as necessary to set screeds and reference points. Prepare for underlayment at all locations where floor does not meet specified tolerance requirements. t w C. Ensure that subfloor is clean, dry, hard, sound, and free of oils, or other substance which would 2 o affect proper bonding and curing. 8 N D. Verify that all areas to be leveled are at or below final design elevation. W 4= W E. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work LL constitutes acceptance of conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior Z observable conditions. v 3.3 APPLICATION O p A. Install trowelable underlayment at locations where slopes are indicated and at other locations as appropriate to installation conditions; install self leveling underlayment at other locations as necessary to correct slab flatness and levelness. B. Set screeds, markers, and reference blocks. Set screeds at all construction and control joints to establish weakened plane joints in underlayment. C. Install patching compounds in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where subsequent finishing of the material is required, float to level surface. Do not trowel. D. Apply primer to all areas to receive underlayment; repeat application if necessary to achieve proper build. E. Mix materials and pour or pump and squeegee into place to achieve appropriate thickness. F. Finish to a smooth level surface within tolerances specified for concrete floors. G. Cure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. H. Tolerances: "Very flat "; level to within 1/8" in 10 feet. 03546 -2 7/31/95\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.4 CLEANING A. As work proceeds, clean up excess materials, rubbish. and splash. 7/31/95\11/24/98\11/13/00 END OF SECTION SECTION 03546 SLAB LEVELING 03546-3 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Blocking. B. Related Sections: 1. 09111 - Lightgage Metal Support Framing: Support framing; metal backing. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitutions will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. American Wood Preservers' Association: Book of Standards (AWPA). C. National Lumber Grading Authority of Canada (NLGA). D. Product Standard (PS): PS -20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. E. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLB): Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber. F. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA). 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Work shall conform to the requirements of the currently enforced Uniform Building Code, as adopted by the jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DIMENSION LUMBER A. Lumber shall be manufactured in accordance with PS 20, and shall be stamped and graded in accordance with WWPA, WCLB, or NLGA grading rules. B. Moisture Content: Kiln dried to 19% maximum moisture content, except for material whose least dimension is 4 inches thick or greater. C. Species: Hem -Fir, Spruce -Pine -Fir (SPF), or Douglas Fir Larch, unless indicated or specified otherwise. E. Architectural Lumber Grades: Unexposed non - structural wood framing and blocking indicated on the Architectural Drawings shall be graded as follows: I 2" to 4" thick, 2" to 4" wide: "No 2 - Structural Light Framing," or better. 2. 2" to 4" thick, 5" and wider: "No. 2 - Structural Joists and Planks," or better. 05/07/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 -1 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: 1. Screws: Self tapping; countersunk or low profile head. 2.3 WOOD TREATMENT A. Fire Retardant Treatment: 1. Fire retardant treat all interior concealed lumber and plywood, and other wood as indicated or specified. 2. Pressure treat lumber in accordance with AWPA C -20 and plywood in accordance with AWPA C -27. 3. All fire retardant treated wood shall bear a UL "FR -S" label, or a label from an approved inspection agency certifying that the material has a flame spread rating no higher than 25 with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 BLOCKING A. Install wood blocking to receive mechanical fasteners for support of plumbing and electrical fixtures and equipment, cabinets, and all other wall and ceiling mounted components. B. Screw fasten wood components to metal framing and support elements. 06100 -2 END OF SECTION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 05/07/98 \11/24/98 \11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY A. Section Includes: Materials, fabrication, and installation of the following items, whether or not specifically mentioned herein. 1. Wood door frames. 2. Removable panel to receive fabric wrap. 3. Hardboard wainscot; wall paneling at columns; panels at canopy. 4. All other finished wood items indicated on the Drawings or otherwise required for a complete assembly and not specified in other Sections. B. Related Sections: 1. 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Blocking. 2. 06413 - Espresso Casework: Finish carpentry included as part of the Espresso casework work. 3. 08210 - Wood Doors: Coordination with frame installation; hardboard finish at stock room doors. 4. 08730 - Door and Hardware Installation. 5. 09250 - Gypsum Board: Substrates. 6. 09900 - Painting: Field applied finishes. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Where proprietary products are specified, proposals for alternate products and methods for applications indicated may be considered by the Architect, subject to requirements of Section 01600, system performance requirements, jurisdictional requirements, and applicable PART 1 requirements of this Section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Plywood Association (APA). B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA): 1. C20 - Structural Lumber Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Process. 2. C27 - Plywood Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Process. D. The Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, latest edition. E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 255 - Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. F. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): 723 - Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. 04/24/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 06200 -1 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Shop Drawings: Show all architectural woodwork and construction details. Indicate locations. wood species, grain directions, and cut. Indicate relationship to adjacent construction, including relation to Owner furnished casework. C. Samples: Submit samples of wood for transparent finish as follows. 1. Prior to Finishing: Submit a minimum of one sample for each species and cut combination. Submit minimum 12 x 12 inch size for veneer samples, and minimum 4 x 12 inch size for solid stock samples. 2. For Millwork To Be Finished Under Section 09900: For each species, cut, and finish combination, transmit six unfinished samples to the proposed finish applicator for finishing and submittal to the Architect. Submit minimum 12 x 12 inch size for veneer samples. and minimum 4 x 12 inch size for solid stock samples. 3. Where color and graining variations will be significant, submit samples in sets illustrating the full range of these variations. 4. The approved finished sample, or sample sets, shall become the final criteria for evaluating color, graining and finish appearance conformity. D. Certification: Submit certification attesting that plywood panels for fabric covering and wood veneer paneling have been treated with fire retardant treatment to comply with specified requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workmen: Cutting and fitting of trim and finish material, shall be performed by finish carpenters thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, completely familiar with the materials involved and the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation, and thoroughly familiar with the requirements of this work. B. Special Coordination Requirements: 1. When finish carpentry elements are adjacent to display casework, coordinate detailing and lumber selection with the Owner for matching with the display casework. 2. Prior to fabrication, obtain Owner's approval of transparent finished wood proposed for use as standing and running trim in Sales areas. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Do not deliver millwork to building until "wet work" such as concrete, plaster, and gypsum board work have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium. B. Storage: Store materials in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Store wood materials in the general areas within the building where they are to be installed. Stack using spacers, stickers, or other devices to permit air circulation. Allow to stabilize for a minimum of 48 hours prior to installation. C. Handling: Protect millwork from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. 1.6 SITE CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature between 65 and 80 and humidity within operational design range, from time of delivery of millwork to area of building in which it is to be installed, until store turnover. B. Provide ventilation to prevent accumulation of fumes and dust in accordance with Section 01500. 06200 -2 04/24/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DIMENSION LUMBER; STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Moisture Content: 7 to 10 percent, unless otherwise indicated. B. Solid Wood for Transparent Finish (Exposed Applications): 1. Defects: Limit in accordance with AWI lumber grade I. 2. Maple: Select white hard maple (Acer saccharum); selected for absence of figure (birdseye; fiddleback, etc.) and exposure of flat cut in the principle exposed face. 3. Unless otherwise indicated. veneer wrapped medium or high density wood fiberboard or veneer wrapped high density wood particle board may be furnished in lieu of transparent finish standing and running trim at the Contractor's option, subject to Architect's approval of grain, profile, and detailing of trim sections. C. Miscellaneous Lumber for Concealed Applications: AWI Grade III or better; species Contractor's option. 2.2 SHEET PANELS SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY A. Plywood for Interior Applications (Concealed): I. Typical: Softwood veneer, species Group 1 through 3, APA grade stamped; A -C EXT for fabric wrapped and fabric covered panels; B -C EXT, or better for other applications, unless otherwise noted. B. Hardboard: 1. Type: Tempered pressed wood fiber board, 4'x8' sheets; smooth surface one side. 2. UL listed flame spread index <25; 1/4 inch thick; Oro -Bord by Louisiana Pacific, Lake Oswego, OR (503/221- 0800), or approved. C. Transparent Finish Hardwood Veneer Panels and Components: As specified in Section 06413. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesives: Products of a reputable adhesive manufacturer; types as recommended by the manufacturer for the application; invisible in the finished work. B. Removable Panel Hardware: 1. Wire Pulls: No. 4484 with US26D dull chrome finish by Stanley Hardware, New Britain, CT (800/622 - 4393); or approved. 2. Magnetic Catches: No 41 by Stanley Hardware, New Britain, CT (800/622 - 4393); or approved. C. Finishing nails and trim head screws shall be properly sized for adequate penetration into substrate. D. Furnish fasteners, metal braces, cleat systems, shims, hardware, sealants, and other materials as necessary for complete and functioning installation. 04/24/97 \11/24/98 \11/13/00 06200 -3 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 2.5 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON A. Comply with AWPA C -20 & C -27. Factory pressure impregnate wood materials with fire retardant materials to achieve a flame spread of 25 or less with no significant evidence of progressive combustion, when tested for 30 minutes in accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA 255, or UL 723. B. Approved Interior Fireproofing Products: Clear finish product, Dricon by Hickson Corporation Smyrna, GA (404/362- 3970), Pro -Guard by Hoover Treated Wood Products. Inc.. Thompson. GA (800/832- 9663), or Flame Proof LHC by Osmose Wood Preserving, Inc., Griffin. GA (770/228- 8434); or approved. C. Furnish fire retardant treatment for [plywood paneling.) plywood panels to receive fabric covering, at other locations indicated on the Drawings, and as required by jurisdictional authorities. D. Treated materials shall be kiln dried to maximum 15 percent moisture content for plywood and 19 percent for lumber. 2.6 FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY A. Fabricate finish carpentry items in accordance with applicable AWI standards, premium grade in Sales (public) areas; custom grade in other areas. B. Fabricate items to detail, in accordance with approved Shop Drawings. Shop assemble to the greatest practical extent. C. All cuts shall be smooth and exact, with joints accurately matched, tightly fitted, and securely attached. D. Section Profiles: Minor variations from the profiles indicated, will be accepted when specifically indicated on the Shop Drawings, subject to Architect's approval. E. Gluing: Exposed glue lines shall be free of squeeze -out for pieces to receive transparent finish; do not use pieces from which glue cannot be removed without affecting penetration of finish. F. Sanding: Unless otherwise indicated, ease exposed edges of wood trim to a uniform 1/16 inch radius. Sand fabricated components with 120 grit or finer paper, free of splinters and cross grain scratches. Sand joints smooth; cut and sand plugs flush. G. Standing and Running Trim: 1 Door Frames and Casings: a. Laminated composite construction consisting of veneer, medium or high density wood fiberboard, or high density particleboard core and minimum 1/8 inch thick veneer exposed face may be furnished at the Contractor's option, subject to Architect's approval of grain, profile, and detailing. b. Coordinate with Sections 08210 and 08739 for door installation requirements and locations for door hardware. H. Panels to Receive Fabric Wrap: 1. Fabricate panels from plywood; configurations as indicated. Allow sufficient dimension to receive fabric. 2. Accurately cut and fit each panel to its particular position including cutting around items which cannot be remounted to panel face, and pre - drilling holes for wire access for electrical devices -to be mounted on panel face. 06200 -4 04/24/97\11/24/98 \ 11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 3.2 INSTALLATION OF DOOR FRAMES 3.3 FABRIC WRAPPED PANELS 04/24/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 3. Each panel shall be a single piece, for placement after the installation of fabric wall covering. Where panels are greater than 8' -O" in length, cut plywood panels from 9'. 10'. 12' plywood sheets as required for single piece panels. 4. Fill and sand plywood edges to produce smooth uniform substrate to receive fabric. Protect surfaces during transportation and handling. 5. Where panel edge is exposed to view, adhere filler to back of panel. as detailed, to cover end of cleats. 6. Removable Panel at Door 102: Prefit with allowances for fabric wrap; label back of each panel with location and position. A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. A. Install wood frames and trim straight, true, level, plumb. square, and firmly anchored in place in accordance with good trade practice, approved Shop Drawings. B. Jointing: Make joints to conceal shrinkage; miter corners. except that inside corners of wall base shall be butted and coped; scarf end -to -end joints at a 45 degree angle; install trim pieces as long as practical, jointing only where solid support is obtained. Make each continuous run of 8' -O" or less from single piece without joints; locate butt joints no less than 4' -0" from corners or ends of trim. C. Select wood for transparent finish to match approved samples, and select for uniformity of appearance, grain, and color match between adjacent pieces. D. Use random lengths, minimum 8' -0" long, for continuous runs of running trim. E. Fastening: 1. Install items straight, true, level, plumb, square, and firmly anchored in place. Coordinate with other trades to ensure placement of all required backing and blocking in a timely manner. 2. Use trim head screws or nail trim with finishing nails of proper dimension to hold the member firmly in place without splitting the wood. 3. Anchor solid panels and wide pieces with provisions for movement perpendicular to grain. 4. On exposed finish work, set all nails and trim head screws for putty. 5. Screw, do not hammer -drive, all wood screws. Pre -drill if necessary to prevent splitting. 6. Align and space fasteners for uniform pattern where possible, no "shotgun" patterns will be accepted. 7. Countersink and plug flathead screw holes using wood plugs with grain parallel and coloring similar to piece being secured. 06200 -5 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Following installation of fabric, install panels as detailed. Install in accurate alignment as applicable, and with uniform joint widths between panels. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Hardboard Wainscot: 1. Install over gypsum board backing using bugle head drywall screws at 12 inches o.c. vertically, driven into metal studs behind, flush with surface of hardboard; space hardboard edges 1/8 inch apart. 2. Wainscot height shall be as indicated on Drawings. 3.5 PREPARATION FOR FIELD FINISHING A. Sandpaper wood surfaces to produce a uniformly smooth surface, always sanding in the direction of the grain; no coarse grained sandpaper marks, hammer marks, or other imperfections will be accepted. B. Refer to Section 09900 for finishing of woodwork not finished under this Section. 3.6 CLEANING UP A. Maintain the premises in a neat, safe, and orderly condition at all times during execution of this portion of the work, free from accumulation of sawdust, cut -ends, and debris. B. At the end of each working day, or more often if necessary, thoroughly sweep and/or vacuum surfaces where refuse from this portion of the work has settled. C. Repair or replace or otherwise restore to new condition all items damaged by work of this Section. 06200 -6 END OF SECTION 04/24/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. ESPRESSO casework and paneling. 2. Related standing and running trim where detailed to match 3. Related built -in accessories and components. SECTION 06413 ESPRESSO CASEWORK B. Related Sections: 1. 07920 - Joint Sealants: Sealing around casework items. 2. 09111 - Lightgage Metal Support Framing: Blocking. 3. 09300 - Tile: Adjacent finish materials. 4. 10400 - Identifying Devices and Graphics: ESPRESSO Menu Board. 5. 10810 - Toilet Accessories: Accessories in ESPRESSO area. 6. 11400 - Food Service Equipment: Display counters; requirement for equipment mounted in casework; corner guards not specified in this Section. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement. including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. The Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, latest edition. B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): A208.2 - Medium Density Fiberboard, latest edition. C. American Plywood Association (APA). D. Hardwood Plywood and Veneer Association (HPVA). E. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA): Standard Publication No. LD -3 -1980. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate casework plans and elevations, details, dimensions, materials, color selections, and construction details. Include adjacent construction, blocking requirements, attachments, and electrical connection points. C. Samples: 1. Samples of each plastic laminate proposed for the work. 2. Finished samples of each species and cut of wood veneer panel; minimum 12 x 12 inch size. 3. Finished samples of each species and cut of finished wood; minimum 12 inch length. 4. Submit minimum 6 inch long sample of gallery rail including one vertical element and one end condition. 05/26/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 06413 -1 SECTION 06413 ESPRESSO CASEWORK NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON D. Product Data: Manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions for all hardware, accessories, adhesives, and coating systems proposed for the work of this Section. E. Record Finish Samples: Upon completion of work, submit three minimum 12 x 12 inch samples of each transparent finish system used. On the back of each sample veneer, indicate finish system, manufacturer, and formula number(s) (including mixing ratios, as appropriate); submit in 3 identical sets. Deliver one to the Owner at the site; forward remaining 2 sets to the Architect. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI Specifications for "Premium" grade construction. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver casework to building until "wet work" such as concrete, plaster and gypsum wallboard work have been completed and cured. B. Casework Storage: Store in dry place with adequate air circulation. avoiding excessive moisture, limiting average moisture content of wood to 8% or less at delivery time. C. Replacement: In the event of damage to casework, immediately make all repairs or replace as necessary, to the approval of the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.6 GUARANTEES A. Furnish guarantees in accordance with Section 01770. B. Casework shall be guaranteed against warpage, loosening of surface material, and delamination for a period of one calendar year from date of final payment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD A. Concealed Framing Lumber: AWI Grade III. B. Solid Hardwood for Transparent Finish: 1. Defects: Limit in accordance with AWI lumber Grade I. 2. Species: "Select White" hard maple (acer saccharum); selected for absence of figure (birdseye; fiddleback, etc.) and exposure of flat cut in the principle exposed face. C. Hardwood Veneer for Transparent Finish: Hard maple (acer saccharum); AWI Select White "Premium A "; all sapwood; selected for exposure of flat cut in the principle exposed face, and for absence of figure (birdseye; fiddleback, etc.). 2.2 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Plywood For Laminate and Veneer Finish: 1. Hardwood Plywood: HPVA Grade B -2 or approved, 7 ply birch plywood; 3/4 inch thickness unless otherwise indicated. 2. Marine Plywood: APA MARINE A -A; 3/4 inch thickness unless otherwise indicated. B. Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) for Laminate and Veneer Finish: ANSI A208.2, MD Interior classification, 40 to 50 lb. per cu. foot density; 3/4 inch thickness unless otherwise indicated. 06413 -2 05/26/98111/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON C. Plastic Laminate: 1. NEMA LD3, general purpose type; 0.050 inch thick for horizontal application; 0.040 inch thick, post forming grade for installation at counters where radiused edges are indicated; 0.020 inch thick for vertical applications; colors as listed in the Finish Legend. 2. Backing Sheet: NEMA LD3 BK20 Backing Grade, undecorated. D. Molded Plastic Sheet: "Corian" by Dupont (800/426 - 7426); "Black Pearl" color; matte finish; 1/2 inch thick unless otherwise indicated. Furnish manufacturer's standard color matched adhesive /filler for fabrication. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES A. Casework Hardware: 1. Hinges: a. Knuckle Hinges: #1592 by Stanley Hardware Div., Stanley Works "Institutional Hinge;" US26D finish; flat button tip. Provide at fixed base cabinets b. Concealed Hinges: European style; concealed hinges; self - closing; 110 degree of opening; US26D finish; Blum, Grass or Hafele. Provide at "upper" cabinets and condiment cart: 2. Pulls: The Engineered Products Company (EPCO) DP412 clear anodized aluminum; 3 -7/8 inch length 3. Magnetic Catch (typical at knuckle hinges): Stanley Hardware Div., Stanley Works SP41 (single) and SP45 (double) with slotted screw holes and floating magnet; type as appropriate for the application. 4. ESPRESSO Condiment Cart Casters: Colson Caster Corporation (800/643 - 5515), or approved; 4 inch Performa rubber (flat) wheel; detrin bearing: a. Rigid: 2- 4008 -441; furnish 2 per cart. b. Swivel: 2- 4056 -441 equipped with 5210x44 brake; furnish 2 per cart. 5. Shelf Supports: a. For Glass Shelves: Knape & Vogt No. 330, or approved; anachrome finish. b. For Plastic Laminate Shelves: Knape & Vogt No. 346, or approved; anachrome finish. 6. Drawer Slides: Full extension, commercial grade; 100 lb. rated; Accuride, or approved. 7. Cabinet Locks: Olympus Lock or approved; 5 pin tumbler cylinder locks; ANSI Grade 1; configuration to suit condition; keyed alike as directed, and masterkeyed. Furnish two keys for keyed alike group, and four masterkeys; finish to match pulls. 8. Cord Sleeve: Doug Mockett & Co., Inc. (800/523 1269) "SG Series" (2" outside diameter) and "EDP Series" (3 inch outside diameter) plastic grommet with slotted cover, color " Black." B. Condiment CartCabinet Waste Container: Furnished and installed by Owner. C. Tee - Molding: Outwater Plastic Industries "105 Series "; flexible polyethylene molding with barbed insert; color black. Furnish width as required to match finished shelving thickness. D. Casework Light Fixtures: 1. Under Cabinet Light: "Little Inch Halogen" by Alkco Lighting (847/451- 0700); Q20T3 Halogen lamp; SGD sandblasted glass diffuser; gang fixtures as required for continuous under cabinet lighting. 2. Ceiling Lights: Furnished by Owner, installed under Division 16 - Electrical. E. Sealant: Sealants required for casework fabrication shall be as specified in Section 07920. F Built -in Equipment: 1. Cup Dispensers: See Section 11400 Food Service Equipment. 2. Coffee Bins: Furnished by Owner, installed by Contractor.. 05/26/98\11/24/98111/13/00 SECTION 06413 ESPRESSO CASEWORK 06413 -3 SECTION 06413 ESPRESSO CASEWORK H . Pastry Screen: Custom designed and fabricated transparent screen assembly, as indicated and as specified: 1. Glass: 3/8" clear tempered glass as follows: a. Pencil polished edges all 4 sides. 2. Posts: Stainless Steel Tubing: Type 304 (18 -8) Ornamental Grade; Schedule 40, 1 -1/4" nominal size, thickness 0.148 ". 3. Clips and Fasteners: As designed and fabricated for intent and pipe size indicated; cast or extruded aluminum or stainless steel fittings, as manufactured by one for the following: a. Taco Metals, Wheeling IL (800/653- 8564). b. Hollaender Manufacturing Co., Cincinnati OH (800/772- 8800). c. Custom Hardware Manufacturing Inc (CHMI), Keokuk IA (800/262- 2464). d. As approved. 3. Condiment Bins: Furnished by Owner, installed by Contractor. G. Glass Shelving: 3/8 inch clear tempered; pencil polished edge all four sides; configurations as indicated. NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON I. Black Foam Gasket: 1. Norseal V740 by Norton Performance Plastics Corporation, Granville, NY (800/724- 0883), or approved. 2. Self -stick adhesive one side, easy release paper on other side; not less than 3/8 inch width, 1/4 inch thick. J. Stainless Steel Corner Guards: 1 ASTM A167 Type 302 or 304. 2. #4 finish in accordance with the NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual. 3. 1 inch legs x height as indicated. 4. Radiused corner, to 1/8 ". K. Furnish adhesives, fasteners, hardware, and other materials as necessary for a complete installation. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General Casework Fabrication Requirements: 1. Fabricate to the configurations indicated, unless approved otherwise on the shop drawings. 2. Provide openings in casework for the incorporation of all electrical and mechanical components. Openings for all plumbing equipment shall be cut from templates obtained from the plumbing equipment installer. 3. Provide concealed access to casework electrical fixtures and wiring. 4. Shop assemble casework to the greatest practical extent 5. Adjustable Shelves: All casework shelves shall be adjustable, unless otherwise noted. Provisions for shelf adjustment shall be by drillings at 32mm on center in the cabinet body for the placement of shelf support brackets. Provide 4 supports for each shelf. Drillings shall be level and in straight even lines. B. Plastic Laminate Faced Casework, Panels, and Components: 1. Fabricate plastic laminate faced countertops, backsplashes, and substrates for molded plastic countertops from marine plywood, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2. Fabricate all plastic laminate faced casework, including cabinet bodies, drawers, doors, and shelf panels, with core of hardwood plywood or medium density fiberboard. 3. Install balancing sheet on underside of all plastic laminate covered counters. 4. Install minimum three hinges per door to all doors greater than 3' -6" in height. 06413 -4 05/26/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 2.5 SHOP FINISHING 05/26/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 06413 ESPRESSO CASEWORK C. Transparent Finish Wood Veneer Casework, Panels, and Components: 1. Fabricate with hardwood veneer over core of hardwood plywood or medium density fiberboard and matching solid wood edge trim; except, components having a reveal must be fabricated with a core of medium density fiberboard. Edge trim shall be minimum 1/4 inch thick. unless indicated otherwise. 2. Arrange veneers within each panel as follows: a. Fabricate each panel from sequential flitches. b. Book match veneers. c. Provide no veneer end joints within each panel, unless indicated otherwise. d. Provide vertical grain direction unless otherwise indicated. 3. Assemble veneered panels as follows: a. Adjacent panels shall have sequential flitches. b. Adjoining panels shall be end matched. 4. Fabricate panels with joints accurately matched. tightly fitted. 5. Panels with only one side exposed shall have wood veneer balance sheets with seal coat on the back of each panel. D. Molded Plastic Countertops: 1. Fabricate in accordance with the molded plastic manufacturer's recommendations to the configurations indicated. 2. Take field dimensions prior to fabrication. 3. Coordinate cutouts with Section 11400 and Division 15 work as appropriate. 4. Shop Fabricate to the greatest reasonable extent; use manufacturer's recommended adhesive for all splices; finish all cut surfaces to match factory finish. 5. Ease all exposed edges to 1/8 inch radius, unless otherwise indicated. E. Standing and Running Trim: 1. Shop cut and mill all lumber to the shapes indicated. 2. Mill and assemble built -up sections. All glue lines shall be free of squeeze -out where transparent finishes are to be applied. 3. Tolerances for overall assembly dimensions shall be within 1/32 inch. 4. Shop fit and assemble to the greatest extent possible. 5. Back or kerf cut all trim greater than 2 inch in width, except terminate before exposed ends. F. Lighting: Install light fixtures and lamps; prewire all fixtures to case - mounted junction box for final connection under Division 16. G. Gallery Rail: 1. Custom fabricate from 300 series solid stainless steel rod. 2. Accurately fabricate work to the shapes and sizes indicated. Fit to field conditions. 3. Bend materials to smooth and uniform radiuses. 4. Welding shall be done by inert gas shielded high frequency electric arc. 5. Remove all discolorations caused by welding operations, 6. Grind welds smooth, and finish to match adjacent surfaces At inside corners grind to a uniform tight radius. 7. Finish: #4 finish in accordance with the NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual; finish shall have a radial direction perpendicular to the length of the rail. A. Wood Finish for Wood Millwork and Casework: 1. Finish: Sherwin- Williams Company, "Sher- Wood" Water White Conversion Varnish - V84F83- DRE(17 -21). 06413 -5 SECTION 06413 ESPRESSO CASEWORK 2. Sanding Sealer: The Sherwin Williams Company, "Sher -Wood Vinyl Sealer" T67F3. 3. Stain: Compatible with finish system; color match as specified. B. Apply finishing systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 3.2 CASEWORK AND RELATED COMPONENT INSTALLATION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. A. Install all casework items accurately, scribed plumb. square, and level, and permanently secured in precise position as indicated on the Drawings and approved shop details. B. Installation shall be made complete with all required fastenings, clip angles, braces, anchors, adjustable levelers, and other appurtenant fitting as required to render the work rigid and secure. C. Coordinate with work of other Sections for blocking requirements, installation of metal framing at suspended ceiling panels, installation of plumbing fixtures, connection to power, communications, and protection of installed work. D. Provide mechanical means of clamping fixtures so as to draw together individual fixtures forming group assembly using concealed or semi - concealed removable devices suitable for the purpose. E. Exercise extreme care to avoid damaging finished surfaces. Repair blemishes arising from such operations, or other causes, or otherwise make good, in a manner approved by the Architect. F. Plastic Laminate Faced Countertops: Scribe to fit; anchor securely to blocking and supports provided under other Sections. G. Molded Plastic Countertops: 1. Install with appropriate allowance for differential movement. 2. All joints in molded plastic components shall be neatly fitted and sealed watertight. 3.3 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION A. Jointing: Make all joints to conceal shrinkage; miter all exterior corners; cope all interior corners, miter or scarf all end -to -end joints; install all trim pieces as long as possible, jointing only where solid support is obtained. Make no joints closer than 4 feet to corners. B. Lengths of Material: Use random lengths and show typical joint locations on shop drawings. The minimum length shall be 8 feet, except where short lengths are required by installation conditions. 06413 -6 05/26/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON C. Fastening: 1. Install all items straight. true. level, plumb. and firmly anchored in place; where blocking or backing is required, coordinate as necessary with other trades to ensure placement of all required backing and blocking in a timely manner. 2. Provide adhesives, cleats. or other concealed fastening systems to the greatest extent possible. Where approved, fasten trim with finish nails or screws of proper dimension to hold the member firmly in place without splitting the wood. 3. On exposed finish work, set all nails and screws and putty. 4. Align exposed fasteners for uniform pattern; random or "shotgun" patterns will not be accepted. D. Select and arrange standing and running trim so that abutting members have a similar grain and color match to the greatest practical extent. 3.4 CLEAN UP A. Following completion of casework installation, remove and legally dispose of all rubbish and debris resulting from the work from the premises, and leave the entire project in a neat, clean condition acceptable to the Architect. 05/26/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 END OF SECTION SECTION 06413 ESPRESSO CASEWORK 06413 -7 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART I GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS A. Section Includes: 1. Interior sealant systems. B. Related Sections: 1. 09300 - Tile: Sealant filled joints in ceramic tile fields. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01330: 1. Product Literature for each material used. 2. Samples: Submit samples from manufacturer's full line of pre - formulated colors for type PT sealant. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installers: Use only skilled workmen specially trained in the techniques of sealing, and familiar with the published recommendations of the manufacturers of the sealants being used. 1.5 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. In accordance with Section 01600. B. Containers shall bear manufacturer's shelf life expiration date. Sealants outdated shall not be used. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SEALANTS A. Type PT - Polyurethane Traffic Joint Sealant: Multi - Component Polyurethane, Non -Sag Type: Pecora "Dynatred "; no substitutions. B. Type SM - Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: 1. Dow Chemical Company "Dow Corning 786." 2. General Electric Co. "GE Sanitary 1700." 3. Bostik "Silicone Rubber Bathroom Caulk." 4. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc. "Sonolastic Omniplus." 06/16/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 07920 -1 SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS C. Type A- Single Component Acrylic Sealant: 1. Bostik "Chem -Calk 600." 2. Pecora Corp. "Pecora AC -20." 3. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc. "Sonolac." 2.3 ACCESSORIES 11 A. Primer: Non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. O B. Joint Cleaner: Non - corrosive and non - staining type. recommended by sealant manufacturer; vi w compatible with joint forming materials. in i C. Backing Materials: w 0 1. Foam Backer Rod: Round profile, sized 125 to 150 percent of normal joint width. a. Interior: Open celled polyurethane foam, compatible with sealant. ,, 2. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit D application. w w D. Furnish miscellaneous cleaners, gaskets, fillers, and other accessories. as required for proper z � installation of scheduled sealants. � z 2 LLI w DO 8N 0 w U A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is -!- p complete to the point where work of this section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in al z writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. U H B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work z constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare joints in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions. Remove loose materials and other matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. B. Examine joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. C. Except as otherwise specified, install backer rods to achieve proper sealant width:depth ratios, in accordance with the respective sealant manufacturers' printed instructions. D. Use bond breaker tape at joints where depth or profile of joint does not permit use of backer rod. E. Apply masking tightly around joints to protect adjacent areas from excess sealant. Masking tape shall be removed as soon as practical after joint has been filled and tooled. 3.3 SEALANT INSTALLATION A. Install types of sealants scheduled, in colors as approved by the Architect, for each location where sealant is required. 07920 -2 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 07/16/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS B. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C1193 and in accordance with the sealant manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Tile Control Joints: Z 1. Proportion and mix in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Install sealant without backer rod to full depth of joint. Tool to slightly concave profile. w ft 1 UO a, 0 . UJ 3.4 CLEANUP co LLO w A. Clean adjacent surfaces free of excess sealant as work progresses. Use cleaning agents recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 1 d 3.5 PROTECTION N w A. Cover and protect traffic sealants from normal traffic until sealant is fully cured; protect from z damage due to construction traffic, cleaning operations, incompatible chemicals, and soil until time g of Owner occupancy. 111 uj U O 0- O A. Type PT Multi- Component Polyurethane, Non -Sag Type: Provide at sealant filled joints in ceramic w W tile. Furnish color as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full line of preformulated colors, 9 (including custom and special colors) to match adjacent new ceramic tile grout color,. u- ( .-1 O z D. Apply sealant to uniform thickness in continuous beads, filling all joints solid. After application tool joints to achieve complete adhesion and contact; leave surface slightly concave, unless indicated otherwise. Finish free of air pockets. foreign embedded matter. ridges, and sags. 3.6 SCHEDULE B. Type SM - Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: Provide at joints listed below. Furnish translucent white color. 1. Plastic laminate backsplashes. 2. Plumbing fixtures such as sinks and toilets. C. Type A - Acrylic Interior Joint Sealant: Provide at all interior sealant joints, unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. Furnish standard colors as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard line. 06/16/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 END OF SECTION 07920 -3 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Hollow metal frames. B. Related Sections: 1. 08710 - Door Hardware: Preparation requirements. 2. 08730 - Door and Hardware Installation. 5. 09900 - Painting: Finishing of frames. C. Drawings. the provisions of the Agreement. including bonds and certificates. the General Conditions. and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES SECTION 08115 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): Al23.1 - Standard Nomenclature for Steel Doors and Steel Door Frames. B. Steel Door Institute (SDI): 1. SDI 100 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. SDI 105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. AI67 - Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet. and Strip. 2. A366 - Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold- Rolled, Commercial Quality. 3. A569 - Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum Percent), Hot - Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality. 4. A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process. D. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): Hollow Metal and Technical Design Manual. E. Uniform Building Code (UBC): Standard 7 -2 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's published literature for frames, including factory applied primer. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Frames: Indicate configuration, anchor types and spacings, locations and reinforcement for hardware, and finish. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Frame design shall be based on the requirements of the Steel Door Institute. B. Codes and Standards: Comply with pertinent codes, regulations, and the following standards: 1. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) as applicable to fire rated hollow metal frames. 10/27/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 08115 -1 SECTION 08115 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2. NAAMM, recommended installation practices. C. Where doors are noted with an hourly fire resistance rating, provide frame assemblies labeled by Underwriter's Laboratory, or any other testing laboratory approved by the local authorities having jurisdiction, to meet the hourly fire rating noted. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. B. Provide packaging such as cardboard or other containers, separators. banding. spreaders. and paper wrappings as required to completely protect all metal frames during transportation and storage. C. Store doors upright, in a protected dry area, at least one inch off the ground and with at least 1/4 inch air space between individual pieces; protect all prefinished surfaces. D. Break seal in airtight packages to permit ventilation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Hollow metal manufacturer shall be a member of SDI or NAAMM, subject to compliance with specification requirements. B. All hollow metal frames shall be products of a single manufacturer. 2.2 WELDED METAL FRAMES A. Type and Design: Double rabbet, unless otherwise detailed, full welded. B. Fabrication: 1. ASTM A366 cold - rolled sheet steel, or galvanized sheet steel for exterior assemblies conforming to A653, Commercial Quality, Grade 33, Coating Designation G60. 2. Frames for doors not larger than 3' -0" wide and 7' -6" high shall be 16 gage steel, all other door frames shall be 14 gage steel, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Weld frames with corners accurately fitted; grind welds smooth. 4. At masonry walls, provide minimum 22 gage mortar guard boxes to protect hardware preparation from mortar. 5. Drill frames for rubber silencers, except not required at frames where compression type stop mounted seals are indicated; drill for 3 silencers at each strike jamb, and 2 silencers per door at head above double doors. 6. Provide removable spreader at bottoms of three sided frames. C. Anchors: Provide jamb anchors as required by wall conditions; not less than 3 anchors per jamb, spacing not to exceed 2' -O" o.c. Provide floor anchors welded to frames with provision for 2 anchor bolts into floor at each clip. D. Mullions and transom bars shall be tubular construction with members butt welded to head and jambs and ground smooth. 2.4 FIRE FRAMES 08115 -2 10/27/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Provide Underwriters' Laboratories or Warnocke Hersey label on frames where fire rating is scheduled or required. 2.5 HARDWARE PREPARATION A. Secure templates from finish hardware supplier; mortise, reinforce, drill and tap at the factory for mortised door hardware in accordance with hardware templates. B. Universal non - handed preparation of doors for butts is not acceptable. C. Frames shall be properly reinforced for specified hardware with reinforcement adequate for secure permanent attachment and to prevent warping or buckling of surfaces. D. Reinforcing: I. For butts, closers, and other similar moving items: Minimum 3 /l6 inch steel. 2. Reinforcing for each butts: Minimum 10 -1/2" x 1 -1/2" on hinge side of door and frame. 3. Reinforce for locking and latching devices: Per specifications of hardware manufacturer. 4. Reinforce for closers: Full width of door and locate on frame per template of closer manufacturer. 2.6 FINISH A. Preclean frames and factory apply primer appropriate to the substrate, in preparation for finish painting to be performed under Section 09900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install metal frames in strict accordance with pertinent codes and regulations, the approved shop drawings ,and the manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Comply with SDI 105 for erection of metal frames. C. Set frames accurately in position; plumb, align, and brace securely until permanent anchors are set; anchor bottom of frames to floors with expansion bolts or with powder driven fasteners; and build wall anchors into walls or secure to adjoining construction as indicated, specified, or required. D. Set frames indicated for installation in masonry walls in place, braced, and ready for installation of masonry. Furnish jamb anchors to the appropriate trade for installation. 10/27/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 k SECTION 08115 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 08115 -3 SECTION 08115 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES E. Anchor frames requiring ceiling struts, special reinforcement, or structural overhead bracing securely to ceilings or structural frame above as indicated, specified, or required. 08115 -4 END OF SECTION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 10/27/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Veneer faced solid core flush wood doors. 2. Rated wood frame. 00 B. Related Sections: Cl) 0 1. 06200 - Finish Carpentry: Wood door frames and casings. ILI 2. 08115 - Hollow Metal Frames: Metal frames for installation of wood doors. (i)w 3. 08710 - Door Hardware. w O 4. 08730 - Door and Hardware Installation: Installation; tolerances. QQ C. Drawings. the provisions of the Agreement. including bonds anal certifl :it_ ,, th. (�_n�ral LL < Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to work of this Section. Y2 O D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. O 1.2 REFERENCES 0 A. National Wood Window and Door Association (NWWDA): Industry Standard I.S. 1 -80. o B. American Woodwork Institute (AWI): "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards," latest edition. w C. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) as applicable to tire rated doors and frames. u. . Z O W 1.3 SUBMITTALS U O A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. Z B. Shop Drawings: Submit complete shop drawings showing elevation of each door type, door size, thickness, materials, light openings, louver details, and glazing stops. C. Samples: 1. For Flush Doors To Be Finished Under Section 09900: Submit 8x10 inch samples of each type of wood veneer proposed for the work. Show maximum range of color and grain variation. After Architect's approval of unfinished samples, submit an additional six 8x10 inch samples to the finish applicator for sample preparation and submittal under Section 09900. 2. For Flush Doors To Be Prefinished: Submit 8x10 inch samples of each type of wood veneer, prefinished as proposed for the work. 3. Submit minimum 12 inch long samples of typical louvered door elements including stile, rail, and louvers. D. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's literature and guarantee for each door type. 2. Submit product data for accessories. E. UL or ICBO Test Data: Submit for each type of labeled wood door. .W21/97\11/24/98 \11 / 13/00 SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS 08210 -1 SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Where doors are noted with an hourly fire resistance rating. provide doors labeled by Underwriter's Laboratory, or any other testing laboratory approved by the local code authorities, to meet the hourly fire rating noted. B. Furnish products of the same manufacturer for each type of door indicated. c r g 1.5 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING t. A. Deliver doors after building is enclosed. heated. and dry. 2 w B. Protection: Use means necessary to protect wood and plastic doors before. during. and after co u- installation and to protect the installed work and materials of other trades. 1.6 WARRANTY d A. Furnish manufacturer's warranties in ;rccordance with Section 01770. w B. Solid Core Flush Doors: Provide for replacing wood doors, including cost of rehanging and refinishing, at no cost to Owner, doors exhibiting defects in materials or workmanship, including g delamination, visible telegraphing of core, and warp in excess of 1/4 inch in the plane of the door, at any time during the life of the installation for interior doors. p 8 D- o f us tu u- O CU z A. Manufacturers listed are acceptable, subject to compliance with Drawings and specification o O PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS requirements. B. Flush Doors: 1. Weyerhaeuser Architectural Doors [(800 /544 - 6522)][(800 /521 - 6186)] 2. Graham Manufacturing (Div of Essex Industries; Marshfield WI, 715/387 -2581; Lithia Springs GA, 404/941 -9012; Corona CA, 909/371 -5600) 3. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. (Northumberland PA; 818/473 -3557) 4. VT Industries (Holstein IA; 712/368- 4281). 5. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. (Algoma WI; 414/487 -5221) 6. Eggers Industries (Two Rivers WI; 414/793 -1351; 414/722 -6444) 2.2 INTERIOR DOORS NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Flush Doors: 1. Face Veneers: a. Transparent Finish Doors: Maple (As Scheduled "MA "): Hard Maple (Acer saccharum), AWI Select White "Premium A ", all sapwood; free of mineral stains; limited figure; plain sawn or half round, veneer panels book matched. 2. AWI Grade: Premium. 3. Size: 1 -3/4" thick x size indicated. 4. Construction: a. Standard: AWI 1300 -G -3 for non -rated doors, and AWI 1300 -G -4 for rated doors, unless indicated or specified otherwise. b. Provide 5 inch top rail at fire rated doors. 08210 -2 4/21/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON c. Provide solid wood stiles at door edges to match the face veneer. Stiles may consist of laminated hardwood and minimum 1/4 inch thick matching wood veneer. No finger jointing is permitted at transparent finish doors. d. For plastic laminate faced doors, provide plastic laminate edges with faces applied after edgestrips. 5. Core Assembly: Conform to AWI PC -5 or PC -7; particle board core for nonrated doors: AWI FD 1/3. 1/2, 3/4. 1, 1 -1/2 for rated doors as scheduled on the drawings. 2.3 FRAMES A. Furnish 60 minute UL- labeled veneered wood frames. veneer to match wood specified for door. where scheduled with 60 minute labeled wood doors: Doranson Systems. Inc. ( Vancouver B.C. 604-987-6252h Eggers Industries (Two Rivers. WI .414-793- 135 II. or approved. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Glass Stops: Wood type. except as required to conform to labeling requirements; finished to match door finish. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate wood doors and frames in accordance with the referenced standards for the grades specified, and the label requirements indicated. B. Coordinate with Section 06200, and requirements of Section 08730 for fitting of doors to frames. C. Provide Underwriters' Laboratories or equivalent label on doors where scheduled or required. D. Finish: AWI Finish System #TR -2, Catalyzed Lacquer; premium grade. Doors and frames scheduled for transparent finish may be finished under this Section in lieu of Section 09900, at Contractor's option, subject to Architect's approval of sample submittals. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation of wood doors is specified in Section 08730. Install doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and the fire rated labeling requirements. 4/21/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 END OF SECTION SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS 08210 -3 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART I GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Installation of door hardware. 2. Installation of doors for which butts or pivots are specified in Section 08710. B. Related Sections: 1. 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Closeout submittal of keys. 2. 08115 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 3. 08210 - Wood Doors. 4. 08450 - All -Glass Entrances: Installation of push -pull indicators. 5. 08710 - Door Hardware. 6. Division 16: Conduit and raceways; power and connection to electrically operated hardware items. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates. the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The types of doors included under the work of this Section consist of wood doors used for pedestrian traffic or other similar function and not specified under other Sections. B. Unless otherwise indicated, work of this Section includes installation of all hardware specified under Section 08710. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Installer: Installers of doors hardware shall be skilled mechanics experienced in this type of work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DOORS AND DOOR HARDWARE A. Furnished under other Sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION SECTION 08730 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 3.2 DOOR INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install doors at locations scheduled complete with the hardware scheduled. 5/31/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 08730 -1 SECTION 08730 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION B. Do not subject wood doors to abnormal heat. dryness, or humidity. or sudden changes thereof. Condition doors to average prevailing humidity prior to hanging. 3.3 WOOD DOORS A. Fit and prepare doors for installation in accordance with the door manufacturer's printed instructions. Provide clearances of 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, 1/8 inch at meeting stiles for pairs of doors, and 3/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering, except where threshold is shown or scheduled provide 1/4 -inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. B. Bevel doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at latch edge. C. Flush Doors: Install roses, escutcheons, kick plates, closers, pulls.and other surface mounted hardware only after door finishing is complete and finish is fully cured. 3.4 DOOR HARDWARE G. Threshold Transition Strips: Grout fill in sequence with installation. A. Keep hardware in a separate room under lock and key at the site until installation is made. Installer shall receive delivery and unpack. tag, index, and file keys in individual envelopes furnished by lock manufacturer and mark each with door number. key number, and master set to facilitate their integration into a key control system. B. Verify all dimensions and be responsible for the correct installation and fit of hardware at the locations scheduled, indicated on the Drawings, and as specified. C. Install each item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. D. Wherever cutting and fitting are required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which no later to be painted or finished in another way, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place during the finish application. After completion of the finishes, reinstall each item. Do not install surface - mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. E. Coordinate installation of electrically operated hardware with the door and frame supplier; coordinate connection of electrical service to electrically controlled hardware. Test completed installation and adjust as necessary for proper operation. F. Hardware Mounting Heights: Mount hardware at heights as indicated on the Drawings. Verify conflicts with location of other hardware for proper clearances for installation prior to cutting or milling for specified hardware. Notify Architect immediately if such conflicts are discovered. 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation of function of every unit. Lubricate moving parts with graphite type lubricant unless otherwise recommended by the hardware manufacturer. Replace units which cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. B. Adjust closer pressures as specified in Section 08710, unless otherwise required by jurisdictional authorities. 08730 -2 5/31/97\ 11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.7 FINAL ADJUSTMENT A. Wherever hardware installation is made more than 30 days prior to building substantial completion, return to the work during the week prior to substantial completion and make a final check and adjustment of such hardware items. Clean and relubricate operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. B. Protect all items of finish hardware from damage until building turnover. 3.8 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper adjustment of hardware and maintenanLe of finish e, 5/31/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 END OF SECTION SECTION 08730 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTALLATION 08730 -3 +iii "?`� tv . ''{ . p•�aa!a2 >. ..:;. �h:... NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART I GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Glazing in door. B. Related Sections 1. 08210 - Wood Doors. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement. including bonds and certificates. the General Conditions. and Division 1 specification sections Apply to all work of this D. Substitutions: Substitute products «ill be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 016(X). 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C1036 - Flat Glass. 2. C1048 - Heat - Treated Flat Glass —Kind 1-IS, Kind 17 Coated and Uncoated Glass. B. American National Standards Institute ( : \NS1): 7.07.1 - Performance S'': Sp and Metho ! Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings. C. National Association of Architectural N1etal Manufacturers (NAAMM): SS -IB -6S - Non- skinning, Resilient Preformed Compounds - Tapes, Ribbons, Beads with Release Paper. D. Glass Association of North America t(;: \`:. \): N1aULUl. E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 80 - "Standard for Fire Doors and Windows, 1990 Edition." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Samples (furnish samples in 12 x 12 inch size): 1. 2 samples of wired glass. C. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's and fabricator's product data for each type of glass. 2. Glazing compounds. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Installers: Provide at least one person thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, completely familiar with the referenced standards and the requirements of this Work, who shall administer installation of work of this Section. B. Standards: Comply with all pertinent recommendations of GANA "Glazing Manual" for glazing installation methods. C. Labeling: 1. Each piece of glass shall bear manufacturer's label stating manufacturer, thickness, and quality. 04/14/98\11/25/98\11/13/00 SECTION 08800 GLAZING 08800 -1 SECTION 08800 GLAZING 1.5 GUARANTEE A. Submit guarantees under provisions of Section 01770. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS U 00 A. Clear Glass: ASTM C1036; Type I. Class 1 clear. quality q thickness as indicated. 0 W ? 2 FABRICATED GLASS UNITS A. Wired Glass: W 0 1. Type: :15'I'A1 CI 036; clear. '1•)hc II. Class. I. m I. duality dpi. i\leslt m„� :;u..... 1/4 inch minimum thickness. u, O 2. Comply with NFPA 80 requirements for fabrication and identification v, herm:ut,:nt listing u) mark, as required for use in fire assemblies. W 3. Fabricate wired glass in compliance with UBC paragraph 4306(i). 4. Fabricate glass with wire grid in accurate alignment with glass edges, with wires uniformly spaced. W B. Miscellaneous Accessories: Furnish setting blocks. spacers. clips. gla/in!! of! •r Ia ?in a accessuties as necessity fur ltttished and ,„., ct :cl I 1, § F- ti Z UN A. Prior to starting work. carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is Z complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Verify that all glazing may be performed as specified, and in accordance with all pertinent regulations. C. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION AND PRF..P:\1:ATIn`: 3.2 GLAZING A. Glazing Systems: I. Fire Rated Doors: In accordance with labeling requirements. B. Setting Blocks: Place setting blocks in frames for support of glass. Place at quarter points unless approved otherwise. C. Set all glass in a true plane. tight and straight, with proper and adequate clearance, firmly anchored to prevent rattling and looseness; cut edges cleanly. 3.3 CLEANUP A. As the work proceeds, and upon completion, promptly remove all primers and adhesives where spilled, splashed or splattered, in a manner not to damage the surface from which it is removed. 08800 -2 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON 04/14/98\11/25/98\11/13/00 04/14/98\11/25/98\11/13/00 1 , 4 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Leave all labels on the glass until inspected and approved by the Architect, but remove all labels immediately thereafter. END OF SECTION SECTION 08800 GLAZING 08800-3 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY z A. Section Includes: 1. Metal interior partition framing. re 2 2. Metal ceiling and soffit framing. V 00 B. Related Sections: 1. 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking and backing. 2. 09250 - Gypsum Board: Gypsum wallboard; finishing; final tolerances. cis wO C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. g D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of N d Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES O w A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C645 - Non -Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track). and Rigid Furring Channels 0 co for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. 81- W w A. Design Loads: . z 1. Interior Partitions and Ceiling Assemblies: 5 pounds per square foot uniform lateral load. v - O B. Deflection Requirements: 1. Maximum deflection of 1/240 for flexible finish materials such as gypsum board. C. Provide sufficient fasteners and framing elements to adequately resist the combined dead and live loads, including finishes, of assemblies suspended from overhead construction. Base the design on the working capacity stated in the manufacturer's technical data for the components, unless required otherwise by code authorities. Suspended assemblies are subject to review by the Owner's Structural Engineer. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL STUDS, INTERIOR A. Framing System Components: ASTM C645. B. Studs: Non - loadbearing, roll formed, "C" shaped with not less than 1 -1/4 inch flanges and prepunched webs for the installation of stiffening channels and mechanical and electrical items; galvanized. C. Size: 1. Width: 3 -5/8 inch wide, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, dictated by field conditions, or greater if required for installation of mechanical and electrical items. 2. Gage: 25 gage minimum unless otherwise specified or dictated by specified deflection requirements. 04/08/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 09111 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING 09111 -1 SECTION 09111 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING 2.2 CONCEALED SHELF STANDARD /STUDS NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Minimum 25 gage galvanized steel standard/stud with factory attached shelf standard integral with stud. or standard /adaptors for installation in combination with typical steel studs. with 1 inch slots, spaced for 2 inch vertical adjustment. 1. Standard/Adaptors: Garcy Corporation (800 -262 -1 126) "Adapt -A -Stud No. 1250 Type A," Elite Standard Systems Manufacturing Co. (909- 483 - 0141) "Uni - Standard 10 -L," Clemco Roll Forming, Inc. (818- 567 - 4300) "Clemco Standard #1000 -L," or approved. 2. Integral Standard /Studs: One -way [or two -way type, as required) type; Garcy Corporation "Garcy /Stud" 1201 - one -way insert [and 1202 two -way insert, as required). Elite Standard Systems Manufacturing Co "Elite Stud w/ 10/L Uni- Standard," or Clemco Roll Forming, Inc. "Clemco Stud with #1000 -L Standard." 3. Flanges of standard inserts shall be prefinished black. 4. Brackets: Provided by Owner. B. Length of Standard: 96 ". 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Runner Track: Unpunched; sized to receive studs, galvanized; furnish extended leg (1 -1/4" minimum) type for ceiling track to be anchored to building structural members; 20 gage minimum for fire rated partitions. B. Stud Bridging: 16 -gage x 3/4" x 1/2" cold rolled steel, unless indicated otherwise. C. Screws: Pan head, length and thread as required for each gage of metal. D. Furnish all other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete installation of metal stud and concealed standard stud systems. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. B. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. C. Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise indicated, erect all framing systems in accordance with industry standard practice, and with pertinent codes and regulations for rated construction and recommendations of the manufacturer; securely anchor all members in position. B. Accurately lay out all partitions and wall lines from the dimensions on the Drawings; with work of other Sections for concealed work and where finishes are applied. 09111 -2 04/08/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09111 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING C. Independently support partitions. and ceiling framing systems; do not attach ducts, pipes. etc.. to these supports. Do not support from electrical. HVAC, plumbing or sprinkler system components. Do not drill or "shoot" into any structural member in manner that would impair its structural integrity. D. Unless otherwise detailed, construct each wall as a continuous plane for its full extent; offset or vary sizes of framing members as necessary to accommodate indicated variations in stud width, number of layers and thickness of wallboard, finish, and other similar conditions to maintain continuity of plane, except that gage and width of framing members shall not be less than that required to meet structural performance criteria. E. Erect framing in true planes to provide solid backing for finish materials; tolerance limitations are specified under the various finishes unless noted herein. 3.3 PARTITION FRAMING A. Construct each partition as indicated on the Drawings including all necessary offsets in framing which may not be indicated; adjust location of, and vary size of, studs as required to provide continuous wall planes for their entire extent; vary finish thicknesses if necessary. B. Floor Track: Align and securely anchor floor track to building construction with fasteners at 24" on center maximum in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as required for rated construction. C. Top Track: Align and securely anchor ceiling track to building construction by welding, screwing, or other method best suited to conditions in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as required for rated construction, as applicable. Comply with Section 01450 requirements for anchorage into metal decking. D. Secure studs to floor track with rigid connection and install in single lengths from floor to ceiling track. Where interior partition ceiling track is directly anchored to structural members, and unless flexible ceiling track is installed, cut studs 1/2 inch short of web of track and secure in position with metal channels or gypsum board anchored to the studs, only. E. Align all punch -out holes in studs within a continuous length of wall, including shelf standard studs, to receive horizontal stiffening channels and/or other utilities. F. Stud Spacing: 1. 16" o.c., unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. but not exceeding manufacturer's recommendations or requirements for rated construction for stud type, length and loading. 2. Provide double studs, closer stud spacing, and additional reinforcement as detailed or required at all door frames, cased openings, borrowed lights, recesses for equipment, etc. G. Stud Bridging: Install as follows, whether or not recommended by the framing manufacturer to achieve performance within specified requirements without sheathing or bridging. 1. At interior partitions greater than 4 feet in length, and with gypsum wallboard or other rigid facing material on one stud flange only, provide bridging channels in horizontal rows at a maximum of 5' -0" on center for the full height of the partition. 2. Interior full height partitions (studs extending from the floor to the structure above) with gypsum wallboard or other rigid facing material stopping 3' -0" or more below top of studs. Provide one row of bridging channel horizontally approximately 12 inches above termination of gypsum board material and one additional row for each 5' -0" of expos d studs. 3. Install stud bridging channels in long lengths, wire tying and lapping the joints a minimum of 12." Attach bridging channel to each stud as shown in manufacturer's printed instructions. 04/08/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 09111-3 SECTION 09111 LIGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING H. Frame all openings as required for duct penetrations, wall louvers, access hatches. etc. I. Attach studs adjacent to frames securely to top and bottom track, either by welding or screws; secure to door head tracks with clip angles; weld or bolt all frame anchors to studs. J. Plumbing Chases and Double Stud Partitions: 1. Cross brace all non - acoustically insulated double stud partitions using 5/8" minimum thickness gypsum wallboard with length of braces equal to thickness of partition, 12 inches high and installed at 24 -inch centers vertically; where studs are not directly opposite, provide supplementary furring channels for anchoring bracing. 2. Where an acoustically insulated partition is indicated to be constructed from double rows of studs, maintain mechanical isolation between rows of studs; coordinate with plumbing and electrical work to ensure that no item is anchored to studs on opposite sides of wall and that acoustic separation is maintained between each side of the partition. 3.4 BACKING PLATES A. At Contractor's option, provide minimum 4" wide metal backing plates screwed rigidly to studs, in lieu of wood blocking, for support of wall mounted items, and where otherwise specifically indicated. Backing plates shall be minimum 16 gage. B. Coordinate specific requirements with applicable subtrades and suppliers to accurately locate and provide for proper alignment of equipment, fixtures, and accessories. 3.5 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Studs and Furring: 1. Variation from Level: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 2. Variation from Vertical: 1/8 inch in 10 feet, except 1/16 inch from true plane at escalator wells, mall entries, columns, and other surfaces indicated to receive adhesive attached mirrors. 3. Variation from Indicated Location: 1/4 inch. 4. Variation in Alignment: 1/8 inch between any three framing members, except 1/16 inch between any three studs at wall surfaces indicated to receive adhesive attached mirrors. 3.6 GAGE SCHEDULE A. Provide studs of gages required to meet the specified deflection and design load requirements for each partition type configuration, unless indicated or specified otherwise. 09111 -4 END OF SECTION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 04/08/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 r NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum board construction and finishing systems. B. Related Sections: 1. 09111 - Lightgage Metal Support Framing: Metal support framing; wire mesh. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates. the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C36 - Gypsum Wallboard. 2. C442 - Gypsum Backing Board and Coreboard. 3. C475 - Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. 4. C557 - Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing. 5. C1002 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board. B. Gypsum Association (GA): GA 216 - Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials of each type specified shall be products of a single manufacturer. B. Perform work in accordance with GA 216, unless specified otherwise, or required otherwise to meet fire rating requirements. C. Fire rating requirements take precedence over the construction requirements indicated. In the event of conflict, notify the Architect, and do not begin construction in the area of conflict until the conflict has been resolved. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BOARD MATERIALS A. General: 1. Furnish boards of maximum permissible length for type of installation indicated. 2. Tapered edge for boards to be exposed, taped, and finished; square edge for boards in concealed applications. 3. Furnish type X board for fire rated partitions; and shaftwalls; furnish board which has been tested as part of the approved assembly. 4. 5/8 inch thick unless noted or specified otherwise. B. Types of Gypsum Board: 1. Standard Board: ASTM C36. 04/24/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 09250 -1 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 2. Backing Board: ASTM C36 or ASTM C442. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive for Laminated Construction: ASTM C557, unless recommended otherwise by the gypsum board manufacturer. B. Corner and Edge Trim: Concealed flange screw -on or mud -on type; galvanized steel or zinc alloy. C. Reveals: Extruded aluminum; sizes and shapes as indicated; products of Fry Reglet Corporation, Gordon Inc.. or Pittcon Industries. Inc. are acceptable. D. Joint Tape, Joint Compound. and Finishing Compound: ASTM C475 and GA 216. E. Mesh Tape: 2 -1/2 inch wide glass fiber tape; 10x10 mesh; self adhesive type. F. Screws: ASTM C1002, length as required for penetration of framing members. G. Other Related Materials: Furnish all other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete installation of gypsum board. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. B. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. C. Verify that mechanical and electrical work. and blocking, framing, and insulation to be concealed in partitions, has been installed and completed. Verify that blocking for toilet accessories, toilet partitions, and urinal screens has been installed. D. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and tolerances of existing substrates and supporting framing, and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 BOARD INSTALLATION A. Provide partitions of types indicated on the Drawings; where a partition type is not indicated, provide same construction as that of adjacent partitions, or as partitions in areas of similar use or type. B. Install gypsum board in accordance with GA 216. Install gypsum board with long dimension perpendicular to the framing members unless approved otherwise. C. Erect board so that all edges and corners are firmly supported. D. Use screws to fasten gypsum board to metal furring or framing. E. Install board continuous to structure at all partitions indicated to be fire rated; install required number of layers of board behind drinking fountains, panel boards, cabinets, and other recessed accessories as necessary to maintain fire rating of walls. 09250 -2 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 04/24/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD F. Multiple Layer Applications: 1. Use backing board or standard board for concealed layers; type X as required for fire ratings. 2. Offset joints of each layer, a minimum of 12 inches. 3. Secure each layer with screws into framing members. 4. Adhesive application of gypsum board may be used in non - acoustically insulated partitions, if it is in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations . 5. At exposed edges to form steps on wall surface. install L -trim in accurate line and in firm contact with surface of face and substrate boards, without gaps. G. Cutouts: 1. Cutouts for air conditioning, electrical, mechanical, and plumbing items shall be clean and true cut throughout the entire thickness of the boards and of minimum sizes for the items to be accommodated. 2. Cut openings for a tight fit without damage such as spalling on either face of the board, fracturing of the core, or tearing of the covering and with such accuracy that plates, escutcheons, or trim will cover the edges. 3. Replace with new materials, all boards which are damaged at cutouts. H. Unless otherwise detailed, where ceiling track is anchored to structure, extend board to within 1/2 to 3/4 inch of structure; where wall end stud is anchored to structure or to finish material which is rigidly anchored to structure, extend board to within 1/4 to 3/8 inch of intersecting surface. Do not anchor wallboard to rigid ceiling tracks or wall end studs which are anchored to building structural elements. Coordinate installation of board with placement of J -trim. where required. I Sealant Joints: 1. Coordinate installation of firestopping and sealants at concealed joints between partitions and structure at all fire rated and acoustically insulated partitions. J. Fasteners: Properly space fasteners in careful accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, pertinent codes, and regulations for rated construction, with heads driven slightly below the surface, but without breaking the paper cover. K. Trim: 1. Use longest practical lengths, with no piece less than 2 feet long for continuous runs greater than 8 feet. Securely fasten and align trim ends at joints. 2. Place concealed flange corner beads at all exposed external corners, bent to conform to required angle, where other than 90 degrees. 3. Place concealed flange type L -trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 4. Use J -trim where sealant joint is indicated at gypsum board edge, and at locations where edge of board would otherwise be exposed to view. L. Control Joints: Not required. M. Reveals: Install as indicated, with ends neatly fitted and butted in accurate alignment. 3.3 FINISHING A. General: 1. Tape and finish joints and finish fastener penetrations which will be exposed, painted, covered with wall covering, or covered with fabric in the finished work. 2. Tape tapered joints behind ceramic tile. 3. Unless otherwise approved by jurisdictional authorities, tape joints at fire -rated partitions, including surface above ceilings. 4. Final filling of taped joints shall not be required in concealed locations. 04/24/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 09250 -3 II �O w 0 c o O — O � Ww U. O w z O i— • SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD 5. Taping and finishing of board joints and fastener penetrations in non -rated partitions is not required, and at board surfaces above suspended ceilings. B. Taping: 1. Apply a uniform layer of taping compound at joints and angles to be reinforced. 2. Apply reinforcing tape immediately centered over the joint and seated into the compound. 3. Skim coat shall follow immediately but shall not function as a fill or second coat. 4. Tape shall be properly folded and embedded in angles to provide a true angle. C. Filling: 1. After first application of taping compound has hardened. apply taping compound. filling the board flush with the surface. 2. The fill coat shall cover the tape and feather out slightly beyond the tape. D. Finishing: 1. Fastener Depressions: Except as otherwise specified, apply taping compound to fastener depressions followed when hardened by at least 2 coats of taping compound, leaving depressions level with the plane of the surface. 2. Apply taping compound to trim and other similar components, feathering out from the ground to the plane of the surface as specified for joints. 3. Finish joints with at least 3 coats of joint compound. each coat extending beyond preceding coat. Final coat over joints at tapered edges shall be feathered to 6 inches, minimum, each side of the joint; joints at square edges or butt ends of boards shall be feathered 12 inches minimum each side of the joint. 4. Finishing of joints may be omitted at surfaces scheduled for "fire- taping." only, and at areas of square edge board to be covered with ceramic tile. 5. Feather the finish coat from the ground to the plane of the surface, with a maximum camber of 1/32 inch. 6. Where necessary to sand, do so without damaging the face of the board. 7. Provide a smooth surface with joints fully concealed. 8. Skim coat: Apply smooth uniform skim coat to board surfaces to remain exposed in the finished work. Sand as necessary to present smooth surface, free of variations in texture, ridges, and other imperfections which would be visible under critical lighting conditions. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Typical: Install gypsum board with 1/8 inch in 10 feet maximum variation from plane in any direction. B. Skim - Coated Surfaces: Finish flat surfaces for maximum variation of 1/16 inch from true plane; finish curved surfaces for uniform appearance, including intersections and arrises. 09250 -4 END OF SECTION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 04/24/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PARTI GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Ceramic tile. 2. Waterproof membranes under tile floors. 3. Tile sealing. B. Related Sections: 1. 01230 - Alternates: Description of Alternates. 2. 03546 - Slab Leveling: Coordination with slab leveling requirements and screed installation. 3. 07920 - Joint Sealants: Expansion/control joint sealants and fillers. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C150 - Portland Cement. C. Tile Council of America (TCA): 1. Handbook of for Ceramic Tile Installation, current edition. 2. 137.1 - Recommended Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 5/29/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 09300 TILE B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. A108.1 - Glazed Wall Tile, Ceramic Mosaic Tile, Quarry Tile and Paver Tile Installed with Portland Cement Mortar. 2. A 108.5 - Ceramic Tile Installed in the Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex- Portland Cement Mortar. 3. A118.4 - Latex- Portland Cement Mortar. A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330 and 01770, as appropriate. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's standard literature for screeds, sealers, adhesives, waterproof membrane, mortar, grouts, and additives. C. Samples: 1. Tile: Submit samples of each type and color of tile to be provided in this Section. Include representative range of dimensions, colors, and finishes of materials proposed for the work. 2. Grout: Submit 2 cured samples, minimum 2 inches long, of each type and color of grout proposed for the work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installation of tile shall be performed by specialists in the installation of tile, with minimum five years experience in work of type and scope similar to that of this project, 09300 -1 SECTION 09300 TILE including stone tile installation. Installing company shall be capable of furnishing, upon request. resume of similar work performed within the last three years in the Project area. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. 1.6 GUARANTEE A. In accordance with Section 01770, furnish from the tile installer, written guarantees. executed to the Owner, against defects in workmanship and materials as follows: 1. 2 years for ceramic tile. B. Include coverage of failure due to non - complying installation procedures; failure of grout due to improper mixing, installation, or curing procedures, and release of tile due to failure of adhesive bonds or mechanical fasteners under normal usage and movement conditions. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish equivalent of 5 percent of installed quantity of each type of ceramic tile furnished by the Contractor in this Section. Leave at store where directed, in clearly marked scaled cartons. Overage tile which is used to satisfy extra stock requirements shall be free of damaged tiles. seconds, or tile which is not in conformance with these specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CERAMIC TILE A. Tile Manufacturers and Types: As scheduled B. General: Furnish tile manufactured in accordance with ANSI A137.1. C. Special Shapes: Furnish special shapes as standard with the tile manufacturer, as detailed, and as required for installation in compliance with these specifications. Include bullnose, double bullnose, and other special shapes as required for uniform transitions and concealed edges in the finished installation. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS 09300 -2 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Setting Materials: 1. Rapid -Set Latex Portland Cement Mortar (Thinset): "Grani/Rapid by Mapei Corp, "211 Crete Filler Powder" with "4237 Latex Thin -set Mortar Additive" and " 101 Rapid Set Latex "(proportions as recommended by the manufacturer for the setting time required) by Laticrete International, Inc. 2. Rapid Set Medium Bed Mortar: " Grani/Rapid" by Mapei Corp., or "211 Crete Filler Powder" with "3701 Latex Mortar Admix" and "101 Rapid Set Latex "(proportions as recommended by the manufacturer for the setting time required), by Laticrete International, Inc., or approved. B. Reinforced Waterproof Membrane: 1. Laticrete International, Inc. "Laticrete 9235 General Purpose Waterproof Membrane ". 2. The Noble Company "Nobleseal TS ". 3. Or approved. 5/29/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09300 TILE C. Epoxy Grout: ANSI 118.3; Bostik Hydroment "Color - Poxy." Laticrete International Inc. "Latapoxy SP100." Mapei "Kerapoxy. "or approved. Colors as selected from manufacturer's standard. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work. carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. B. Identify locations of control joints, construction joints, and cracks in slab surfaces to receive tile; note all variations between Drawings and actual field conditions. C. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. D. Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces free of grease, dirt, dust, organic impurities, curing agents, and other materials which would impair bond. Floors to receive tile without waterproof membrane or crack isolation shall be cleaned by detergent, scarification, shot blasting, or other methods as recommended by the mortar materials manufacturer to ensure secure bond; thoroughly rinse with clear water. B. Inspect substrate conditions, and notify the Architect if substrate surfaces are unacceptable for proper installation of tile. Tile shall not be installed until surfaces are in condition to produce installation within specified surface tolerances. C. Field coordinate the actual casework/aisle layout in areas indicated for display casework in tile fields. D. Accurately lay out locations of tile. Determine and indicate borders, patterns, screed locations, starting points, and field- determined tile dimensions. Do not commence tile installation, until all conflicts with patterns indicated on the drawings have been resolved with Architect. E. Commencement of tile work in each distinct area or application constitutes the installer's acceptance of the particular substrate. F. Where additional fabrication is required for fitting and detailing of stone to fit adjoining materials, shop fabricate wherever feasible. G. Field cut tile as necessary for accurate placement and fit, with uniform joint widths 3.3 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install waterproof membranes in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 5/29/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 09300 -3 SECTION 09300 TILE NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Except where indicated otherwise, extend waterproof membrane up the wall and cabinet bases. Do not expose the waterproof membrane to view. C. Install waterproof membrane into clamping ring of floor drains. D. Protect waterproof membrane from damage until after tile installation is complete. E. Membrane locations are scheduled at the end of this Section. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF TILE A. TCA Systems: Unless specified otherwise. install tile in accordance with the TCA systems scheduled at the end of this Section. Use materials specified in this Section. unless specified otherwise. B. Field cut tile as necessary for accurate placement and fit, with joint widths uniform. Ease exposed top edges of cut stone tile to a uniform profile to match factory edge. Saw cutting after installation will not be permitted, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. C. Clean tile joints to receive grout free of mortar to a minimum depth of 1/4 inch; rake expansion joints free of mortar to full depth of setting bed for receipt of sealant. D. Use medium bed mortar as filler around floor drains where thinset mortar bed thickness exceeds 3/16 inch thickness. E. Grout Joint Widths: a. Ceramic Floor Tiles: Tile manufacturer's standard for modular size. F. Installation Tolerance: Install tile with uniform joint widths; maximum variations at grout joints not to exceed the following: 1. Variation in Average Joint Width: Plus 0 or minus 25 percent of specified width. 2. Variation in Width Between Individual Joints: Plus or minus 25 percent of average joint width within each distinct field. 3. Variation in joint width from one end to the other: 25 percent. 4. Variation in Finish Height of Floor Tile Edge Across Grout Joint (lip): 1/32 inch. 3.5 GROUTING A. Grout tile joints, except expansion joints, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Tool or float joints slightly concave; recessed to bottom arris of bevel at eased edge tiles. B. Do not grout joints indicated to receive sealants, including inside right angle corner joints between floors and walls or column bases. Grout joints which intersect joints to receive sealant shall be finished flush with tile edges. C. The tight gap between screed and tile shall remain free of grout as detailed. Protect screed from damage and dislocation during grouting operations. D. Wipe surface clean after grouting; use minimum amount of water necessary to clean surfaces to avoid leaching of pigments or cement from uncured grout. Take special care to minimize standing time of uncured grout on exposed surfaces of screeds. Do not use acid cleaners. 09300 -4 5/29/98\11/2498\11/13/00 4r� NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09300 TILE 3.6 CURING A. Immediately after grouting and cleaning. begin curing procedures accordance with the grout manufacturer's instructions. B. Protect tile surfaces during curing. Keep traffic off tile surfaces. C. Periodically test cured grout, to confirm complete and proper hydration. Remove and replace with new, grout which fails to cure properly. 3.7 PROTECTION A. In accordance with Section 01500. 3.8 CLEANING A. In accordance with Section 01500 and Section 01770. B. Coordinate final cleaning with work of Section 07920. Do not begin cleaning operations until tile expansion joint sealants are fully cured. 3.9 SCHEDULES A. Tile locations and corresponding grout types are scheduled and indicated on the Drawings. B. Install waterproof membrane under floor tile surfaces at the following locations: 1. ESPRESSO flooring at service side. C. TCA Installation System Schedule: A • • lication Ceramic tile over gypsum board Installation S stem W243 (latex portland cement mortar with epoxy :rout F115 (latex portland cement mortar with epoxy grout) W243 (latex portland cement mortar with epoxy grout). Floor and base tile 5/29/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 END OF SECTION 09300 -5 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Suspended acoustical ceiling grids and acoustical units. B. Related Sections: 2 1. 09111 - Lightgage Metal Support Framing. v 2. 09250 - Gypsum Board. p 3. 13900 - Fire Suppression: Sprinkler layout and penetrations. co Ui C. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of 0 LL Section 01600. tu 0 1.2 REFERENCES g Q A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a 1. C635 -83 - Metal suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings. 2. C636- 76(1981) - Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panels. OF 1.3 SUBMITTALS D A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. 0 F- LU il l B. Shop Drawings: Show complete ceiling layouts, detailing the relationship and/or attachment of the �? following: p 1. T -bar arrangement. u . Z 2. Main runners and splices. V 3. Cross runners and intersections. 4. Wall trims. Z 5. Supply and return diffusers. 6. Light fixtures. 7. Flush and surface - mounted speakers, speaker brackets. 8. Sprinkler heads. 9. Lateral bracing and method of attachment to existing structure. C. Samples: 1. 3 each, minimum 12" x 12" of each type of proposed acoustical panel unit proposed for the work. 2. 3 each, minimum 4 inches in length, of each type of T -bar, wall molding and expansion joint assembly proposed for the work, if required. D. Product Literature: 3 copies of manufacturer's product data of all products and systems to be used, clearly marked and fully described. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with all recommendations of Acoustical Materials Association and ASTM C636. 1.5 EXTRA STOCK 1/28/94 \11/25/98 \11 / 13/00 09510 -1 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS A. Furnish 3 percent extra stock for each acoustical panel type and finish scheduled, for future replacement. B. Deliver factory finished panels in unopened factory cartons; clearly marked to identify contents. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ROUGH SUSPENSION A. Hanger Wire: Minimum 12 gage, galvanized. soft annealed, mild wire steel. B. Wire ties: 18 gage galvanized annealed steel wire. C. Carrying channels 16 gage. 1 -1/2," cold rolled steel. 2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Exposed "T" Suspended Ceiling System: 1. Type: ASTM C635. structural classification heavy duty. Furnish complete system. 2. System: One of the following: a. Chicago Metallic Corporation " 1800" System. b. USG Interiors. Inc. "Donn DX 26." 3. Grid system 2'x4'. B. Wall Moldings: L-profile: Manufacturers standard. C. Color: Manufacturer's standard pre - painted low -gloss white finish. D. Accessories: Furnish all seismic, compression struts, stabilizer bars and cross members as necessary for installation of the system. 2.3 ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Acoustical units shall conform to FS SS -S- 118A. B. Type 3 - Moisture - Resistant Panels: 1. Manufacturer/Pattern: Celotex "Vinyltone" or USG Interiors Gypsum Ceiling Panel #3270 w/ White Vinyl Facing. 2. Size: 24" x 48." 3. Minimum Thickness: 1/2 inch. 4. Mounting type: Exposed "T." 5. NRC Spec. Range: Non - acoustical. 6. Edges: Square. 7. Finish: Manufacturer's standard vinyl or scrubbable surface. 8. Locations: At Espresso Bar and Espresso Storage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 09510 -2 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1/28/94\11/25/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. C. Coordinate work of this Section with Architectural, Structural, Electrical, Mechanical, and Sprinkler work. D. Light Fixtures and Track: Comply with manufacturer's specifications to prepare for installation of light track and to coordinate fixture locations. 3.2 INSTALLATION - GRID SYSTEM A. General: Install all components of the suspended ceiling system in accordance with good trade practice, all pertinent codes and regulations, the approved Shop Drawings, and the approved manufacturer's product data. Firmly anchor all items in place. B. Hanger Wires: 1. Where spacing of beams or joists precludes directly suspending wires, provide 1 -1/2" runner channels to support hanger wires and provide two hanger wires at diagonal installations. 2. Space hanger wires 4 feet on center, each direction. with additional hangers at ends of each suspension member; do not splay wires more than 5 inches in a 4 -foot vertical drop and wrap wire a minimum of 3 times horizontally turning end upward. C. Saddle tie carrying channels to main structure for indirect hung suspension system or install carrying channels with leveling clips to main structure for indirect hung suspension system. D. Exposed Suspension: 1. Space main runners at 4 feet on center at right angles to carrying channel, level and square to adjacent walls with cross runners at 2 feet on center (exposed "T" system). 2. Provide exposed "T" at perimeter of all square and rectangular light fixtures, including 1 x 4 fixtures. E. Stabilize ceiling suspension system against lateral movement, including seismic loads by means of diagonal bracing. F. Install matching L -type wall moldings at intersections of suspended ceilings with vertical surfaces. G. Frame for HVAC diffuser openings, light diffusers, and light fixtures where shown or as required. H. Suspension System Installation Tolerance: Level to within 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3.3 INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Install acoustical units in level plane in straight line courses, placing materials to bear all around on suspension members. B. Neatly cut acoustical units as required for installation. Carefully install to avoid damage. Trim adjacent to recessed light track to accommodate reduced width. C. After the entire ceiling installation is completed, adjust grid systems to specified tolerance. 1/28/94 \11/25/98\11/13/00 09510 -3 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 3.4 CLEAN-UP " .1* NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON A. Completely remove all fingerprints and traces of soil and damage from the surfaces of grid and acoustical materials using only those cleaning materials recommended for that purpose by the manufacturer of the material being cleaned. 09510-4 END OF SECTION 1/28/94\11/25/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Reinforced plastic panel wall covering. 2. Adhesives, sealants, and related accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. 09250 - Gypsum Board: Substrate. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Samples: 1. Three samples of wall paneling material proposed for the work; 3 x 4 inch minimum size. 2. One each of each cap, corner, and division molding proposed for the work; minimum 4 inches in length. C. Product Data: 1. Product data on adhesives and sealants to be used in conjunction with panel system installation. 2. Manufacturer's product description and installation instructions for system components. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Panel system shall be USDA approved for use in food preparation and service areas. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of Section 01600. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain a minimum temperature of 60 degrees F and relative humidity as prescribed by the adhesive manufacturer, during installation, and until installed adhesive is fully cured. B. Allow no containers of adhesive to be opened until all potential sources of flame or spark have been shut down or extinguished and until warnings against their ignition during adhesive application have been posted. C. Provide ventilation to disperse fumes during application of solvent based adhesive. 1/31/97\1/11/99\11/13/00 SECTION 09775 REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL WALL COVERING 09775 -1 SECTION 09775 REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL WALL COVERING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PANEL SYSTEM COMPONENTS NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Panel Material: 1. Manufacturer/Type: a. Marlite Brand Class I/A Fire Rated FRP by Marlite (Dover, OH 330/343 - 6621); color P -100FR White. b. Fire -X Glasbord with Surfaseal, by Kemlite Company (Joliet, IL 800/435- 0080); color White 85. 2. Panel Type: Fiberglass reinforced polyester panels, with embossed textured face. 3. Thickness: 3/32 inch. 4. Size: 48 inches x length required for conditions indicated. 5. Fire Rating: Maximum 25/450 flame spread / smoke developed in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Moldings: Manufacturer's standard PVC cap, corner, and division moldings; color to match panels. C. Adhesive: 1. For Panel Installation: Marlite Brand C -375 or C -551 Construction Adhesive by Marlite, or 444 Non - Flammable F.R.P. Panel Adhesive by W. W. Henry Company, 2. For Molding Installation: Marlite Brand C -375 C -551 Adhesive by Marlite, or 444 Non - Flammable F.R.P. Panel Adhesive by W. W. Henry Company. 3. Furnish adhesive spreaders with 3/16 inch V- notches, 5/16 inch apart for application of adhesive to panels. D. Sealant: Flexible waterproof sealant for bedding panel edges, Marlite Brand Silicone Sealant MS -251 by Marlite, or Silicone Sealant S255W by Kemlite Company. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONDITION OF SURFACES A. Substrate: Verify that drywall substrate is clean, dry, solid, straight, and free from projections. B. Where conditions require installation of paneling prior to installation of flooring, coordinate with other trades to establish accurate location of top of base. C. Do not start work until other work requiring penetration of wall covering has been completed, or accurately located. D. Commencement of plastic paneling wall covering work constitutes installer's acceptance of the substrate. 3.2 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut panels accurately to size with proper allowance for expansion and moldings. B. Sand or file all edges smooth without chipping. C. Cut openings for penetrations in accurate location with approximate 1/8 inch clearance around penetrations. 09775 -2 1/31/97\1/11/99 \11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1/31/97\1/11/99 \11/13/00 • SECTION 09775 REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL WALL COVERING 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install base molding to wall at proper elevation, in solid bed of adhesive. Allow adhesive to set thoroughly prior to installation of paneling. B. Seal base molding to top of wall base. C. Establish centerline of each distinct flat area to be covered. Trim division moldings to mate with base moldings; install in solid bed of adhesive, either on centerline, or offset 24inches from center, as necessary to maximize panel widths at corners. Molding shall be installed straight and plumb. D. Cut top cap and division or corner moldings to shape, with edges trimmed to fit to adjacent moldings. E. Apply sealant into installed moldings in sequence with panel installation. F. Apply adhesive to backs of panels in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. G. Maintain lines and levels of panel edges and moldings. H. Allow 1/8 inch gap between top cap, corner, or division molding posts. and panel edge; all edges shall be firmly bedded to the moldings in sealant. I. Promptly remove sealant squeeze out with a damp cloth, as work progresses; remove adhesive with appropriate solvent. J. Install sealant behind flanges and at penetrations through paneling, and between top cap of panel and substrate. K. Sealing of food service equipment to substrates is specified elsewhere. 3.4 CLEANING A. Inspect surfaces of paneling and remove excessive adhesive from face of plastic using solvent recommended by manufacturer. B. Promptly remove unused cut pieces from the site. C. Prior to substantial completion of each area where reinforced plastic panel wall covering is installed, clean all surfaces of plastic panels, using procedures recommended by the manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09775 -3 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Finish systems. field applied. B. Related Sections: 1. 06413 - Espresso Casework: Shop applied finishes. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330 and 01770, as applicable. B. Materials List: Submit a typewritten list of materials proposed. Include manufacturer's specifications and other data as required to verify compliance with the specified requirements. C. Paint Samples: Submit three samples of each paint finish on an 8 "x 10" piece of material similar to substrate to which paint will be applied. Reference manufacturer, type of paint, color, sheen, substrate, and application. Samples shall include complete paint system, including primers, sealers, undercoats, etc.. applied using the same techniques as proposed for the finish work: samples of systems proposed for gypsum wall board shall be backrolled to present sheen and texture proposed for the work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in commercial painting and finishing with a minimum of 3 years documented experience in work of type and scope required for this Project. B. Visual Standards: Each distinct area of the finished work shall be free of variations in color and sheen, orange peel, runs, sags, foreign matter, blistering, checking, cracking, and scratches. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. In accordance with Section 01600. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Lighting: Maintain a minimum lighting level of 15 foot candles on the surfaces being painted or finished. B. Ventilation: Provide adequate continuous ventilation. 1.6 MAINI'ENANC A. Furnish overage of paint materials equal to 10 percent minimum of quantity of each paint and transparent finish system component, color and sheen required for the work, but furnish not more than five full one gallon cans, nor less than two full one quart cans, of each type. Overruns in excess of five gallons may be furnished to the Owner at the Contractor's option. Overage shall be 10/08/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 09900 -1 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Unless specified otherwise, furnish manufacturer's highest grade coating systems by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Ameritone Paint Corporation. 2. Benjamin Moore & Company. 3. Frazee/Parker /Kwal- Howells. 4. Fuller - O'Brien Corporation. 5. Kelly -Moore Paint Company. 6. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.. 7. The Sherwin - Williams Company. B. Each distinct coating system shall be the product of a single manufacturer. C. All products shall be in compliance with jurisdictional requirements relating to volatile organic compounds (VOC). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully examine the preparatory work of other sections, and verify that such work is acceptable for the work of this section. Report all unacceptable conditions to the Architect. Do not begin work in areas of unacceptable conditions until the conditions have been resolved. B. Verify that gypsum board indicated to receive skim coat, as specified in Section 09250, has received satisfactory skim coat. C. Starting painting work constitutes Contractor acceptance of surfaces, and responsibility for unacceptable work caused by prior foreseeable substrate conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Adequately protect surfaces not to be painted including surfaces within the paint storage and preparation areas from spills, drips, over painting, and other damage caused by this work, . B. Hardware and Miscellaneous Items: 1. Remove electrical outlet and switch plates, mechanical diffusers, escutcheons, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings prior to starting work. 2. Store, clean and replace these items upon completion of work in each area. 3. Use no solvent or abrasives that will remove the permanent lacquer finish normally used on some of these items. C. Prepare surfaces by removing all dirt, moisture, and foreign matter which would impair the proper adhesion of the finish. 09900 -2 taken from the batch mix furnished for the work. Overage shall be furnished in completely filled, properly labeled, sealed cans. NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 010/08/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON D. Gypsum Board: Remove all contamination including oil. grease, dirt, product residue. oil coating, etc. by brushing, washing, and light sanding, as necessary to provide proper surface for bonding of new coating. 3.3 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Follow paint manufacturer's label directions for general application procedures and coverage rates, unless specified otherwise. B. Apply primer coats untinted, except that latex paints used as primers on gypsum shall be tinted. Where more than one coat of paint is required tint each succeeding undercoat similar in tint but slightly lighter in value (shade) than the final coat. C. Opaque Finishes: As scheduled. Number of coats specified for each application is minimum; apply additional finish coats as necessary for complete hiding of substrate colors, and as determined by mock -up. D. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. Make sure each coat of finish is dry and hard before a following coat is applied unless the manufacturer's directions state otherwise. E. Rollers for application of interior latex flat sheen paints shall have nap 1/2 inch or less; for all other paint types, rollers shall have nap 3/8 inch or less. F. Where roller finishes are scheduled for application to gypsum board surfaces, apply first coat with a roller to achieve texture approved by the Architect; finish coats may be spray applied at Contractor's option. Backroll spray applied finish coats immediately after application. G. Equipment: Spray apply unless otherwise indicated. Use techniques and procedures as necessary to prevent compromise of equipment operation, such as painting over indicator lights, motion detector lenses, etc., paint intrusion through grilles, obscuration of labels, etc. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Provide barricades, signs, and protective covers as necessary to protect work of this Section from damage. Remove prior to building substantial completion. 3.5 CLEANUP A. As the work proceeds and on completion of the work, promptly remove all sealers, primers, paints and finishes where spilled, splashed or splattered in a manner not to damage the surface from which it is removed. B. Remove masking. C. Clean, or replace with new, all lamps and electrical fixtures damaged by overspray. 3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Wall Board- Latex System: 1. Roller texture; sheens as scheduled on the Drawings. System variations shall be as follows: a. Prime Paint Only: One coat latex primer. b. Two Coat System: First coat latex interior primer /sealer, second coat interior latex. c. Three Coat System: First coat latex interior primer /sealer, second and third coats interior latex. 10/08/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 09900 -3 SECTION 09900 PAINTING SECTION 09900 PAINTING NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2. Applications: a. Prime Paint Only: Behind casework and other gypsum surfaces scheduled to receive prime paint only. b. Two Coat System: At all gypsum board locations except as otherwise indicated or specified. c. Three Coat System: At all gypsum board locations indicated to receive deep tone colors. d. Verify sheen with Architect before proceeding with work. e. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, do not apply paint to surfaces to receive adhesive applied hard surface finish, such as ceramic tile. B. Wood Finish for Wood Millwork: 1. Finish: Sherwin - Williams Company, "Sher- Wood" Water White Conversion Varnish - V84F83- DRE(17 -21). 2. Sanding Sealer: The Sherwin Williams Company. "Sher -Wood Vinyl Sealer" T67F3. 3. Stain: Compatible with finish system; color match as specified. 3.7 COLOR AND GLOSS SCHEDULE A. Provide paint colors as scheduled on the Drawings, and as specified. B. Paint colors and sheens shall be as indicated in the specified painting and finishing schedules unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 09900 -4 END OF SECTION 010/08/97\ 11/24/98\ 11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART I GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Signage indicated on the Graphics Schedule. 2. Graphics and menu board for ESPRESSO BAR. B. Related Sections: 1. Architectural Schedules: Graphics Schedule. 2. 06413 - Espresso Casework: Coordination requirements for Espresso signage and graphics. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Samples: 1. Submit one sample of each specified letter style, color, and type, showing exact materials and finishes. 2. Submit full size samples indicating the proposed finish for the figure S representing steam and the letter E of the Espresso Bar main entrance sign. 3. Submit a partial mock -up sample of the menu board, not less than 36 inch width by 18 inch height of the upper left corner, complete with the letter M of the word menu, 4 lines of text in the column titled espresso drinks, aluminum and stainless steel bars, and vinyl background in the required color and pattern. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Approved Fabricators: 1. Garnett Accubraille, Bellevue, WA (425- 637 -0097) (425- 637 -0197 fax). 2. KDI, Eugene, OR (800 -533- 2796). 3. Messenger Sign Co., Seattle, WA (206/623 -4525) (206/622 -2894 fax). 4. Reed & Associates Inc., Renton, WA (425- 854 -5635) (425 -35 -8964 fax). B. Qualifications of Installers: Use only installers skilled and experienced in the installation of graphics of the type scheduled. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Paint: Types as used in the approved samples. B. Fasteners: 1. Tape: 3M Scotch brand #4016 SYAB double -stick tape, 1/16" thick. 2. Screws: Flat head; finished or painted to match adjacent finishes. 05/05/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 v SECTION 10400 IDENTIFYING DEVICES AND GRAPHICS 10400 -1 SECTION 10400 IDENTIFYING DEVICES AND GRAPHICS C. Espresso Graphics and Menu Board Materials: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167, Type 302 or 304. 2. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209, alloy as recommended by fabricator. 3. High Pressure Foam: Manufacturer and density as recommended by sign fabricator. 4. Plastic Laminate: Vertical grade; 0.032 inch thickness; manufacturer's standard colors as selected by Architect. 5. Vinyl Letters: Manufacturer's standard colors as selected by Architect, Futura Condensed font family, text and figures as advised by Nordstrom. 6. Vinyl Background: 3M product as indicated on the Drawings, or approved. D. Miscellaneous Materials: Furnish miscellaneous fasteners, adhesives, silicone sealant, plastic laminates, templates, and other materials as indicated, and as standard with the fabricator for each sign type and installation condition. 2.2 FABRICATION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Unless required otherwise, signs shall be free of rough edges, irregular surfaces, non uniform finishes, and similar imperfections. B. Painted Letters: 1. Finish letters as necessary to produce smooth. dense, and uniform surfaces ready to receive paint coatings. 2. Paint shall be spray applied unless approved otherwise. C. Silk Screened Signs: Fabricate with uniform colors. sharp definition of line, and accurate configuration. D. Furnish templates with individual letter signs to ensure proper letter spacing. E. ESPRESSO Signage Wood Components: Fabricate in accordance with requirements of Section 06413, finish to match approved sample for ESPRESSO casework finish. F. Espresso Graphics and Menu Board: 1. Art Work: Disk in Macintosh format will be furnished by Architect and will indicate font types along with pattern and color for the vinyl background. 2. Jitterbug Finish: Match orbital textured samples furnished by Architect. 3. Laminated Metal Letters: a. Laminate the metal components to the high pressure foam substrate using adhesive recommended by foam manufacturer. b. Metal for letters shall be not less than 16 gage thickness; metal for the figure S representing steam shall be not less than 12 gage thickness. 4. Provide clear lacquer finish to protect aluminum surfaces. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 10400 -2 05/05/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate installation of blocking in adjacent construction as necessary to support signs. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install signage as referenced in the Graphics Schedule, the Espresso graphics and menu board, and other items as specified below. B. All graphics shall be mounted level and plumb and in accurate alignment, unless indicated otherwise. C. Use templates for proper alignment and spacing. D. Mounting: 1. Where screw mounting is indicated over gypsum board surfaces, use hollow wall screw anchors or similar anchor devices. 2. Where double stick tape is used for mounting, the tape shall not be visible in the installed position. 3. Plastic signs mounted with double stick tape in Dressing / Fitting rooms shall be mounted with double stick foam tape continuous around perimeter at hack of sign. with uniform VS inch space between edge of sign and edge of tape. Close all gaps between back of sign and substrate at sign edge. 4. Pin mounted and screw mounted signs shall be bedded in a continuous bead of sealant to close all gaps between back of sign and substrate at sign edge. Mask substrate as necessary to prevent sealant from staining wall finish material; tool sealant 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch behind edge of sign. 3.4 SCHEDULE A. Provide signage as listed in the Graphics Schedule. 05/05/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 END OF SECTION SECTION 10400 IDENTIFYING DEVICES AND GRAPHICS 10400 -3 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal toilet accessories. SECTION 10810 TOILET ACCESSORIES B. Related Sections: 1. 09111 - Lightgage Metal Support Framing: Installation of blocking. rough openings. 2. 09300 - Tile: Coordination requirements. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A167 - Specification for Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel, Plate. Sheet and Strip. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier for equipment manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. shall be as approved by the Owner. Refer to Bobrick National Account Agreement Contract #60 for special pricing and bid instructions; contact 800/368 -7832. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Verify locations and dimensions shown with field conditions and be responsible for accuracy and conformity of the work with existing conditions. B. Avoid damaging the work or finish of other trades; repair any damage, or replace damaged items, as directed, at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Materials: Manufacturer's standard for the various units, except where specified otherwise. B. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, Type 304, with No. 4 or No. 6 satin finish on exposed surfaces. C. Attachments: Furnish complete with all anchors, mounting frames, plates, and other devices required for complete installation. Do not use cement mounting. D. Security: Provide locks keyed alike insofar as practical; furnish 6 keys for each different type of locking device. E. Fasteners: Provide concealed type insofar as possible; where design requires exposed fasteners, provide stainless steel, vandalproof type. F. Location and Quantities: Provide accessories in locations and quantities shown on the Drawings or as specified. Where accessories are not shown on Drawings, install at location and height as directed by Architect. 07/13/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 10810 -1 SECTION 10810 TOILET ACCESSORIES 2.2 MANUFACTURER A. Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc., unless otherwise indicated; no substitutions. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Paper Towel Dispensers (PTD): 1. For Installation at ESPRESSO: 38616, semi recessed B. Liquid Soap Dispensers (SD): 1. B -8226: 34 oz. capacity, for installation in countertops at ESPRESSO. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Install accessories plumb and level in strict accordance with recommendations of manufacturer. using concealed fasteners insofar as practical. B. Install accessories securely anchored to substrate; coordinate with work of Section 09111 for framing of openings and installation of blocking. C. Install accessories after all other adjacent finishes are completed using only workmen skilled in this category to install the various items; exercise care to avoid damage to other trades' work; he responsible for damage during performance of this work. D. Mounting Heights: 1. Mount accessories in locations and elevations as indicated on the Drawings. Where elevation is not indicated, mount at the minimum elevation recommended by the manufacturer. E. Clean and polish exposed surfaces after removal of protective covering. 10810 -2 END OF SECTION 07/13/98\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER MALL ESPRESSO BAR REMODEL TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 11400 2.0 DESCRIPTION OF WORK B. F. G. H. I. 2.0 SUBMITTALS Pt SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT A. Extent of food service equipment work is indicated on drawings and by equipment lists in this section. The work to be performed under this Contract includes finishing all custom stainless steel equipment, providing KES supplied appliances, necessary installation materials (screws, silicone caulk, etc.) and labor to completely set, level, attach and silicone the KES items as shown on drawings and written specifications. C. Contract: The work under this Section shall be executed as a part of the General Contract for the work, and where the term "KES" is used, it shall refer to the Food Service Equipment subcontractor responsible for this portion of the work. D. Equipment Contractor: The Equipment Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating this work with the work of others, including the coordination of Owner provided items (coffee equipment, POS stations, etc.) with the KES supplied appliances. E. Damage: All damage to the premises and other equipment as a result of the food service installation shall be repaired and all debris, crates and paper shall be removed by the KES installer and disposed of legally. Installation: Installation shall include all costs of freight, warehousing, factory price increases past bid date, hoisting and handling of equipment necessary to complete this work. Refer to Division 15 sections for plumbing coordination - Plumber to attach all faucets and drains as needed for proper operation. Any plumbing items not furnished by equipment manufacturers (tailpieces, fittings, etc.) are to be supplied by the Plumber. All loose plumbing items supplied with the kitchen equipment will be installed in the field by the Plumber. Plumber will provide all interconnecting piping from kitchen equipment to the appropriate wastes and water lines. Refer to Division 16 sections for electrical coordination - Electrician to provide electrical supplies and make all electrical connections to kitchen equipment for proper operation. Electrician to install all loose electrical switches, controls, etc. supplied with the kitchen equipment and provide all interconnecting wiring from the kitchen equipment back to the rough -in connection point. Cleaning : Equipment packing debris to be removed by KES, however protective stainless steel wrap to remain on equipment until removal by Owner's /General Contractor's final cleaning crew. J. Project Close -out - provide maintenance manuals and key sets as described in section 2.0. Complete punch list items prepared by Owner, Architect and Food Service Consultant at a time convenient to Owner. A. Equipment Spec Books: Submit four spec books in hardcover black binder. Insert spec sheets in order of list of kitchen equipment shown in written specifications and labeled in the upper right hand corner with the appropriate item number. Hi -lite accessories and voltages as NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER MALL ESPRESSO BAR REMODEL TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 11410 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT appropriate on the spec sheets. If factory spec sheets aren't available, indicate relevant information (size, plumbing requirements, electrical requirements) on white sheet. Gather spec sheets from the Owner for Owner supplied equipment and insert in spec book. Z B. Shop Drawings: Submit plan views, elevations and sections for custom fabricated items at a minimum scale of at least 1/4" = l' -0 ". W C. Maintenance Manuals: Submit three sets in hardcover black binders with project UO address and "Food Service Operation & Maintenance Manuals" on front and edge of binder. co 0 Include information from each piece of equipment with electrical or gas connections. Information u) W should include operation instructions, cleaning and maintenance instructions, parts listing if N available, list of service agencies (names, addresses and phone numbers) authorized to repair the w O equipment, voltage, gas type, refrigerant used, serial number and copies of the warranties. List g should be sorted alphabetically by manufacturer. g .71 u. D. Keys: Collect all keys for food service equipment, individually tag and turnover to = d Owner prior to project completion. Prepare key list, indicating manufacturer, model number, F- W cylinder lock number. Include copy of key list in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. ? O 3.0 EXECUTION iu A. NSF Standards: For custom stainless steel fabricated items, comply with NSF standards U N related to construction of backsplash radius, sink coving, etc. p I- WW B. Caulking: Use GE silicone sealant, approved for use on surfaces in contact with food. U Color to be aluminum, gray or clear as appropriate for the particular application. u. p W Z C. Stainless steel: Provide # 304 material, No. 4 finish, in the following gauges: to O t- Z A. B. 1. Worktable tops -14 gauge 2. Undershelves -18 gauge 3. Sinks and drainboards -14 gauge 4. Sink covers -18 gauge 5. Wall shelves - 18 gauge 6. Stainless steel legs -16 gauge with stainless steel leveling feet 7. Wall flashing -18 gauge 8. Corner guards and wall end caps -16 gauge 9. Enclosure panels -18 gauge 10. Stainless steel cove base -16 gauge Field Dimensions: Visit job -site prior to ordering equipment to verify critical wall dimensions affecting kitchen equipment. If dimensions affect the specified equipment - notify the Owner in writing, list proposed remedy and await response before proceeding. Inspect access route for equipment into the facilities and notify the Owner in writing of any conflicts with access. Installation: Equipment to be set level and secured to wall per manufacturer's recommendations. Silicone gaps between backsplashes and walls less than 1/4" wide - if gaps between equipment and walls exceed 1/4", provide new trim pieces to seal void. Cut -out plumbing access holes and electrical j -box openings in metal flashing. Coordinate setting kitchen equipment with other trades. C. Discrepancies: All clarifications or questions will be sent to the Owner in written form. If response isn't given quickly enough or further questions remain unresolved, assume the answer NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER MALL ESPRESSO BAR REMODEL TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 11410 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT which results in higher quality /more expensive. Send update to the Owner, indicating how the question was resolved. 4.0 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT: Specified equipment to be used — no substitutions to be used without written permission of Owner and Food Service Consultant. ESPRESSO BAR EBI. I ea 31" refrigerated display case, Federal # SGR3148SC, flat front style with lights below glass shelves, cord /plug, Natural Oak color plastic laminate (special color unnecessary due to millwork surround), mirrored interior ends, reflective rear door hinged left (as viewed by Operator), rear door lock, CRMA approval in lieu of NSF listing, five year compressor and one year labor warranties 583 KES EB2. 1 ea Dessert display case OWNER EB3. 1 ea Cash register OWNER EB4. 1 lot Cup dispensers, Modular # KSF series, (3) 1005 large /cold 12 oz to 44 oz with # 5A gasket and (6) 1004 medium /hot 3 1/2 oz to 24 oz with # 3E gasket 574 KES EB5. 1 ea Trash receptacle OWNER EB6. 2 ea Espresso grinder OWNER EB6A. 1 ea Knock box, Polarware # E06064 -KBM, with bottom cut -off to allow use for trash chute 583 KES EB7. 1 ea Espresso machine OWNER EB8. 1 ea 27" undercounter refrigerator, Randell # 9404 -7, with 3" casters, left door hinging, plastic laminate door front, door lock, five year compressor and one year labor warranties 583 KES EB9. 2 ea Undercounter insulated ice drawer, approximately 24" wide with heavy duty drawer slides, 1" drain, support housing and lower access panel 583 KES EB10. 1 ea Dipperwell and faucet, T &S # T &S # 6678 -45/B -2282 574 KES EB11. 1 ea Whole bean coffee grinder OWNER EB12. 2 ea 48" undercounter refrigerator, Randell # 9301 -7, with 4" casters, standard door hinging, special plastic laminate door fronts, door locks, five year compressor and one year labor warranties 583 KES EB13. 1 ea Coffee machine OWNER EB14. 2 ea Blender, Vitamix # VM0115, 64 oz capacity, countertop style with cover 574 KES EB15. 1 ea Four slice toaster, Hobart # ET -27 574 KES NORDSTROM SOUTI- ICENTER MALL ESPRESSO BAR REMODEL TUKWILA, WASHINGTON EB16. 1 ea Soap and paper towel dispenser OWNER EB17. 1 ea Drop -in hand sink, Advance # DI -1 -5, with Chicago # 526 -CP faucet and # E -3 aerator. (SOAP AND PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PROVIDED Z UNDER SECTION 10800.) 574 KES EB18. 2 ea Two section reach -in refrigerator, existing OWNER it U EB19. l ea Water filter system, Puremark # PFSBSI -3BY, with inlet /outlet pressure 0 Q gauges and two full sets of replacement cartridges 574 KES u) U1 EB20. 1 ea Ice machine, Manitowoc # QY- 0454A, stainless steel finish with co u. approximately 380 lbs. of ice production every 24 hours, initial start -up w 0 and adjustment 583 KES 2 u.Q EB21. l ea Ice bin, Manitowoc # C- 470 -S, stainless steel finish with approximately (i) d 320 lbs. of ice storage capacity, bin door latch holder, ice scoop holder 583 KES W Z EB22. 1 lot Dry storage shelving, existing OWNER o t- EB23. 1 ea Desk, existing OWNER w D o EB24. SPARE a C W EB25. SPARE U u. O Ili Z U O A. Equipment Start-up: After final cleaning by General Contractor, start -up equipment Z 5.0 CLOSE -OUT B. C. and check for excessive noise and other mechanical errors. SECTION 11410 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT Demonstration: At a time convenient to the Owner, schedule equipment demonstrations with the Owner's personnel and factory representatives. Warranties: Insert in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals on company letterhead the following warranty statement — I, the undersigned, hereby certify that the kitchen equipment work installed Nordstrom Easton eBar has been performed in full accordance with the Contract Documents. I guarantee the work to be free from defects in workmanship for one year from date store opening (insert date here) and will correct at a time convenient to the Owner. This warranty includes one year parts, one year labor and five year compressor. Labor warranty to include temperature adjustments as necessary. Compressor warranty to include the supply of a replacement compressor to the job site without any prorating. Full cost of replacement compressor included. However, this cost doesn't include any labor charges to install the new unit. END OF SECTION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Complete burglary alarm and detection system including wiring, contacts, devices. panels, backboxes, and wireway. B. Related Sections: 1. 08710 - Door Hardware: Electric strikes. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitution of products and specified installer will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600, and subject to approval by the Owner. E. Separate Contract: Monitoring and maintenance of alarm system will be furnished by the Owner. under separate contract. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Product Data: Submit minimum 4 copies of manufacturers product data sheets for the alarm system equipment noting location of each piece of equipment, size, wiring requirements and schematic wiring diagram of all equipment. C. Shop Drawings: Submit plans of each floor indicating wiring requirements for each conduit run, note each device and equipment location. . Submit a list of all alarm zones for approval. Shop drawings shall be original and show only the burglar alarm system. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.4 SEQUENCING /SCHEDULING SECTION 13710 BURGLAR ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM A. Codes and Ordinances: Comply with all applicable codes and ordinances. Obtain and pay for all permits. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. The installer shall have at least 5 years of successful installation experience on similar projects and shall be properly licensed. 2. The subcontractor for work provided under this Section shall also be the system installer. Cable installation may be subcontracted, but system component installation, final connections, progranuning, and system testing shall be performed by the Burglar Alarm and Detection System subcontractor. 3. The installer shall have a permanent 24 hour phone number for emergency repair. C. System Purchase: Unless otherwise specified, this system shall be purchased, not leased. A. Alarm perimeter system shall be completely installed and operational 4 weeks before store opening or the expense of additional security guards incurred due to lack of perimeter alarm systems shall be paid for by this installer. B. Complete alarm test for all remaining systems and walk through two weeks before store turnover. 4/29/96\12/2/98\11/13/00 13710 -1 SECTION 13710 BURGLAR ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM C. Alarm company shall have representation on twice monthly basis at Owners /Architects meeting after contract award. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BURGLARY ALARM SYSTEM A. All equipment shall be UL approved. B. Main Security System: 1. Control Panel: Existing to remain. 2. Perimeter Devices: Sentrol #1078 ; provide for each indicated door.. Door contacts shall be recessed in all public areas and wherever possible in stock areas, with rail mounted contacts on each entrance and receiving overhead door. Devices shall be wired into the annunciator panel. Each device shall be connected to a point terminal to provide individual point identification at the alphanumeric annunciator keypad. 3. Hold -Up Buttons: Ademco #268; finger type single pole double throw, with key reset. C. Additional Hold -up Protection: 1. Provide hold -up buttons in ESPRESSO to be visually and audibly annunciated in EMPLOYEE SERVICE AREA (ESA). D. P.I.R. Detectors 1. Barrier Coverage: Provide a Detection Systems. Inc #DS7742 with optional 25' x 16' trap coverage. 2. Broad Coverage: Provide a Detection Systems, Inc #DS7742 with optional 50' x 60' trap coverage. 2.2 CABLE A. Cable shall be listed as suitable for use in ducts, plenums, and other space used for environmental air, and shall be listed as having adequate fire resistant and low smoke - producing characteristics. B. Bridle Rings: Caddy #4BRT32BC -200, or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Furnish and coordinate location requirements for conduit installed as a part of Section 16050. B. Provide all wiring to annunciator panels and all alarm devices. C. Alarm transmission signal shall be either by Multiplex or Digital dialer system, as determined by the Nordstrom Regional Security Manager. D. Provide a complete operational system as indicated and specified. E. Cables shall be bundled with plenum rated Teflon cable ties 30 inches on center. Support cables from structure at maximum 5' -0" centers with bridle rings. Cables shall run parallel to building structure and shall not be looped diagonally across ceiling space. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping, water piping, waste piping, or adjacent to electrical conduit. 13710 -2 4/29/96\12/2/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3.2 FIELD TESTS A. At the completion of the system, notify the Owner (Regional Security Manager), and test the entire system for proper function. Instruct Owner in operation of system. Make all corrections to system at time of test. 4/29/96\12/2/98\11/13/00 END OF SECTION SECTION 13710 BURGLAR ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM 13710 -3 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 13900 FIRE SUPPRESSION 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Design. reconfiguration, and extension of existing sprinkler system as required for fire protection in renovation area. B. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. In general, the work shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Payment of all permits, fees and charges in connection with the work. 2. Relocate existing ceiling sprinklers and install new sprinkler in floating ceiling for compliance with these specifications. referenced standards, and the local public authorities. B. Design Criteria for Overhead Sprinkler System: 1. The sprinkler system shall be designed, modified, fabricated, and installed in accordance with the Standards and Appendices of the latest edition of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) No. 13 -1996 requirements for an Ordinary Hazard Pipe Schedule system, and the local public authorities. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals under provisions of Section 01330. B. Shop Drawings: a. Include details of the sprinkler system showing sections, light fixtures, air conditioning ducts, soffits, decks, canopies, etc. and other equipment to be used. b. Obtain Fire Marshal's stamp of approval on all drawings prior to submittal to the other appropriate government agencies (Building Department, etc.) for review. C. Record Drawings: Keep a set of drawings on the job, noting all changes made in connection with final installation and transmit a marked set of drawings including all reflected ceiling plans showing "as built" conditions to the General Contractor for subsequent transmittal to the Owner. 1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. The wet pipe sprinkler system shall be designed and installed in accordance with the latest standards of the National Fire Protection Association, and is subject to the inspection and acceptance of the Owner's Representative, and the local public authorities. B. Comply with all applicable local rules, regulations, laws and ordinances , and standards of the National Fire Protection Association including, but not limited to, NFPA Nos. 13 -1996 and NFPA 25 -1998. C. Installer Qualifications: The System shall be installed by a sprinkler subcontractor duly licensed and regularly engaged in the installation of automatic sprinkler equipment, using only experienced workers. 13900 -1 2 ccw 6D 00 �o 9 w w 111 g W v_i g. • w U 0— o f w .z U — O Z SECTION 13900 FIRE SUPPRESSION PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DEVICES. MATERIAL. AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials used or installed in the overhead piping shall comply with the Standards and Appendices of the latest editions of the National Fire Protection Association Pamphlets Nos. 13. except that piping with a wall thickness less than Schedule 40 shall not be joined with cut grooves or threaded fittings. Piping with a wall thickness less than schedule 10 shall not be used. "Plain End" fittings or couplings shall not be used in this system installation. All equipment shall be submitted for approval prior to installation. B. Sprinklers: Sprinkler installed in floating ceiling shall be Central Model GB -QR, recessed, quick response type, glass bulb, chrome plated with matching chrome escutcheon. Sprinkler shall be recessed to the maximum depth permitted by the UL listing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Coordinate location of all exposed piping with Architect. B. Run all sprinkler piping to not interfere with other work. C. Layout and installation of sprinklers in floating ceiling shall be review and approval by Architect prior to installation. 3.2 SYSTEM ACTIVATION 13900 -2 END OF SECTION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON A. Fire protection within all areas of the existing store shall remain in service during all store and office hours, lam to 10pm. Sprinkler work shall be coordinated closely with the General Contractor to assure protection of the facility. B. The sprinkler subcontractor's jobsite foreman shall be responsible for inspecting all piping prior to activating the system following work, to avoid water damage to Owner's stock and property. C. The sprinkler subcontractor's foreman shall then place all systems in full service and so advise the General Contractor prior to leaving the jobsite. The General Contractor shall also inspect the control valves to ensure that the sprinkler systems are in full service, prior to releasing the sprinkler subcontractor's foreman for that day. 3.3. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Upon completion of the installation, the overhead piping systems shall be hydrostatically tested. To assure that no water leakage will occur in this existing area, the system piping shall be pretested with 50 psi air pressure prior to the 200 psi hydrostatic test. NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Section Includes: General provisions and requirements for all Sections of Division 15 - MECHANICAL, covering the following: 1. Quality Assurance. 2. Submittals. 3. Coordination. 4. Measurements. 5. Drawings. 7. Racks, stands and supports. 8. Labeling. 9. Damage. 10. Testing. 11. Cleaning. 12. Demonstration. • B. Related Sections: 1. Division 16 - Electrical: Electrical connections to mechanical equipment. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Sections 01330 and 01770, as applicable. 1. Submit complete, at one time. Partial submittals will not be considered. 2. Where required, catalog sheets shall be complete, and the item or model number to be used shall be clearly marked. 3. Form: With the exception of shop drawings, submittals shall be in booklet form. The data shall be arranged and indexed under basic categories. A typewritten index shall be included with dividers and identifying tabs between sections and references to specification Section numbers. B. Shop Drawings: Furnish shop drawings or catalog cuts as specified, and as necessary to coordinate equipment installation methods with work of other trades. C. Equipment Lists: Furnish 6 identical copies of a complete equipment material list showing ratings where appropriate for approval and coordination. D. Record Drawings: Maintain a current set of drawings on the job, noting all changes made in connection with final installation and convey a marked set of drawings showing "as- built" condition to the Owner in accordance with Section 01770. 12/3006M/24/95\ 1 1/I3. 15010-1 SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS E. Maintenance and Operation Manuals: 1. Unless otherwise required. submit three copies of maintenance and operation manuals prior to completion of project, providing complete manufacturer's identification and service requirements for all equipment installed, catalog sheets. fixture numbers. parts list. certificates of guarantee, and operating instructions. 2. Provide copies bound in booklet form, with edges imprinted with the name of the job, Architect. Mechanical Engineer, and titled "Mechanical Operation and Maintenance Manual." 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes, Ordinances and Permits: 1. Comply with all governing codes and ordinances of the City of Tukwila, King County and the State of Washington. 2. Secure and pay for all inspection fees and permits. 3. Safety: Comply with all rules and regulations of the State's Industrial Accident Commission and N.F.P.A. 101. 4. Material and equipment for all work shall be designed and installed in compliance with applicable codes of public authorities, including 1997 Uniform Mechanical Code and the 1997 Uniform Plumbing Code. B. Drawings: 1. Architectural, structural. and electrical drawings form a part of the work to be done under this section. 2. When discrepancies exist among scale, dimension, or quantity on architectural, structural, electrical or mechanical drawings, they shall be called to the attention of the Architect whose decision regarding such discrepancies shall be final and binding. 1.4 COORDINATION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON C. Fire Rated Systems: Maintain the integrity of fireproofing materials and system and of rated partitions and floors at all mechanical penetrations. A. Cutting and Patching: 1. Coordinate cutting and patching with work of other Sections. 2. Furnish cutting, patching, equipment curb or base requirements well in advance of work in this Division. 3. Cutting shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner limiting scope to only that which is necessary to accomplish the new work. 4. Openings in concrete shall be saw -cut or core drilled only. 5. Do no cutting of structural members without permission of the Architect. 6. Take precautions to protect all buildings, contents and occupants and repair to like -new condition, or replace if directed, all damage to buildings and their contents. A. Interference With Other Systems: Placement of elements in ceiling plenums shall be coordinated among the various trades according to the following order of precedence, with the first having highest priority: Light fixtures. Floor outlets. Sprinkler heads. Ductwork. Drainage piping. Other piping, electrical conduit. 15010-: III b 1a4A1\lui3oo NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS B. Field mounted electrical disconnect switches are to be installed under Division 16 so as not to interfere with access to HVAC equipment or accessories. HVAC subcontractor shall coordinate with electrical subcontractor prior to mounting of these electrical items. 1.5 MEASUREMENTS A. Verify all measurements at the job site. B. Locate all piping etc., to clear openings. 1.6 DRAWINGS A. The mechanical drawings are generally diagrammatic. Complete details of the building which affect the mechanical installation may not be shown. For additional details, refer to the Architectural, Structural and Electrical drawings. 1.7 RACKS. STANDS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide all racks, stands and supports for mechanical equipment and work as required. Construct of steel angle or channel, cut to fit neatly. welded or bolted into a sturdy fit, designed to resist all vertical and lateral forces required by code. Provide with primer paint. 1.8 LABELING A. Valves: Provide brass tags with engraved numbers on all valves. Furnish a master list noting valve numbers, their function, and location in the building. List shall be typed on 8 -1/2" x 11" paper and mounted in a frame. Series 100 numbers shall apply to valves located on the first floor, series 200, second floor, and so forth. B. Nameplates: Vinyl film, Scotch cal Film 3651 with adhesive backing, or equal. Lettering to be black on white background. 1. Access Panels: Provide for all mechanical item access panels, identifying item requiring access; C. Labels: Provide adhesive type color coded pipe identification labels for the following services: filtered water, domestic hot water and cold water. 1.9 DAMAGE A. All subcontractors shall be responsible for damage caused to their work and that of other trades, in the execution of their work, and shall make, or pay for, all necessary repairs to restore damaged work to like -new condition at no cost to the Owner. 1.10 TESTING A. Scope: Test all piping before covering. The Architect or his representative is to be present at all tests. Notify Architect at least 48 hours before an expected test. B. Water piping: Test all water piping at 125 psi water pressure and hold for four hours. Test in sections before covering. Test entire system when completely installed. Repair all defects shown by test and retest until entirely tight. C. Waste, Sewer Piping: Test all waste, sewer and vent piping by filling with water to a minimum of 10' -0" above grade of first floor and hold for four hours. Test in sections as work progresses. Repair all defects shown by test and retest until entirely tight. t213d96111/.'•/9th11 /13/00 15010 -3 SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.11 CLEANING A. Leave all equipment clean and ready for use. Protect all equipment from damage during construction. Leave in new condition. B. Remove all adhesive labels from the fixtures and exposed piping. 1.12 DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to facility acceptance, but after component has been tested and is in operable condition. provide "classroom" and "field" instruction to the Owner's personnel, as necessary to fully describe and demonstrate all operable mechanical equipment and systems. B. Instruction shall be performed by the Contractor's staff and authorized manufacturer's representatives, as necessary. C. In addition to equipment demonstration requirements specified in other Sections, instruction sessions shall be as necessary to completely describe systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE LABELING A. Install at least one label every 50'40" in exposed locations (stock rooms, etc.), and one label every 20' -0" in concealed locations above and below kitchens for the services listed. 15010-4 END OF SECTION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 7:Y30096111/24/93111/1190 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Piping and fittings. 2. Valves. 3. Water heaters. 4. Pipe support systems. 5. Accessories. SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS & METHODS B. Related Sections 1. 15010 - Mechanical General Provisions. 2. 15083 - Piping Insulation. 3. 15410 - Plumbing: Fixtures. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. B32 - Solder Metal. B. American National Standards (ANSI): B16.4 - Cast -Iron Threaded Fittings. Class 125 and 250. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Sections 01330, 01770 and 15010, as applicable. B. Product data: Submit for each material /fixture proposed. C. Confirmation of Preparation for Service: Submit documentation as follows. 1. Waste and Drain Lines: Submit letter verifying performance of "Roto Rooter'service, as specified. Include a highlighted drawing showing each pipe that was cleaned and which cleanout was opened. 2. Potable Water System: Submit letter verifying performance of specified disinfection procedure. Include identification of all parts of system treated, date of treatment, and method used. 3. Water Heaters: Submit a letter verifying that water heaters have been adjusted and started up by a factory authorized representative. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the general requirements specified in Section 15010. B. Welding: For welding pipe and fittings, all welders shall be qualified and licensed by the State of Washington. C. Seismic Design: 1. Provide anchorage and bracing of all mechanical components to meet the seismic requirements of Chapter 16 of the Uniform Building Code, including City of Tukwila and King County Amendments. 4/26/96\11/24/98\11/13/00 15050 -1 SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS & METHODS 2. Seismic bracing and anchorage shall be subject to Owner paid inspections performed by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the State of Washington, 3. Correct all bracing and anchorage systems determined by the Owner's Structural Engineer to be non - compliant, or furnish structural calculations verifying compliance from a Contractor -paid structural engineer licensed to practice in the State of Washington. D. Pre- Installation Conference: Conduct in accordance with Section 01312. 1. Require in attendance the plumbing subcontractor, the fire protection subcontractor, the Architect, and other trades affected by the work. 2. Agenda: Include review of the following items. a. Scheduling and coordination of the work. b. Equipment access requirements, including FIT boxes, dampers. plumbing valves, and cleanouts. c. Clearances. d. Sleeve sizes and locations. e. Suspension and seismic restraints. 1.5 WARRANTIES A. Submit in accordance with Section 01770. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All equipment specified shall be regularly catalogued items of the manufacturer and in use for at least two years and shall be supplied as a complete unit in accordance with the manufacturer's standard specifications and any optional items required for proper installation for equipment unless otherwise noted. B. Unless specified otherwise, all materials specified in this section shall be U.S. made. C. All changes in direction shall be made with fittings. T -drill is not acceptable. D. All electrical components shall be UL listed. 2.2 DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPING A. Drain and Waste Piping: 1. Above Grade: 3" and larger - cast iron standard weight, except piping 2 -1/2" or less diameter shall be DWV copper pipe. No -hub joints are acceptable. 2. Below Grade: Standard weight cast iron bell and spigot with 2 coats of asphalt or schedule 40 PVC with gasket joints. See Detail on sheet P2.01 for pipe support installation with galvanized steel hangers and rods. B. Vent Piping: Standard weight cast iron or copper. C. No-Hub Couplings: 1. Piping 4" Diameter and Smaller: Tyler No -Hub Series 006206 through 006268. D. Floor Cleanouts: J.R. Smith 4020, polished bronze cover, unless noted otherwise on Drawings. E. Wall Cleanout Covers: Chrome plated or stainless steel discs with retaining screw. 15050 -2 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 4/26/96\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2.6 VALVES 2.9 ACCESSORIES A. Sealants: As specified in Section 07920. B. Solder: ASTM B32, 95/5 type. 2.10 SUMP PUMP ASSEMBLY 4/26/96\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS & METHODS 2.3 WATER PIPING MATERIALS A. Copper Tube: Type L hard -drawn temper; wrought - copper fittings using 95/5 solder.. 2.4 HEATERS, VALVES, AND ACCESSORIES z z A. Dial Pressure Gages: Steel case. 4 -1 /2" diameter; range to match average pressure encountered. w CL a B Thermometers: 9" industrial, aluminum case, adjustable angle. 30 to 240 deg. F range. U 0 0 C. Escutcheons: Polished, chrome - plated. 2 2.5 HORIZONTAL - PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS N 0 A. Pipe Rings for Rod Hangers: 2 1. For pipe 2" and smaller, adjustable strap type. Grinnell Fig. 97. 2. For pipe 2 -1/2" and larger, clevis type with adjustable nuts on rod, Grinnell, Fig. 260. u- 3. Furnish lined hangers for copper pipes. CY 4. See detail on sheet P2.01 for below grade hanger and rod installation on waste piping. w Z � B. Hanger Rod Attachments: O 1. Attachments to structural steel with malleable iron beam clamps or structural steel angles or Ui w channels spanning between beam flanges or angle clip seats. D a 2. Attachment to concrete with concrete inserts for new concrete construction. installed 0 t) prior to placing of concrete and expansion shields for existing. o H 3. See detail on sheet P2.01 for below grade hanger and rod installation on waste piping. tu W u. F O Z A. Furnish factory- fabricated valves recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. v Furnish valves of types and pressure ratings indicated but rated at not less than 125 psi WSP to 0 comply with installation requirements; sizes as indicated, and connections which properly mate with z pipe, tube, and equipment connections. B. Manufacturer: Crane, DeZurik, Fisher, Fairbanks, Hammond, Jenkins, Milwaukee, NIBCO, Powell, Stockham or Walworth. C. Drain Valves: Valves shall have bronze body, composition disc, and hose threaded outlet. D. Ball Valves: Select with port area equal to or greater than connecting pipe area; include seat ring designed to hold sealing material; lever- handles; brass screwed; Teflon seats and seals; stainless ball. E. Check Valves: Construct pressure containing parts of valves as follows: 1. 2" Size and Smaller: Bronze swing check, bronze disc. Crane Cat. No. 37. 2. 2 -1/2" and Larger: Iron body, swing check, brass trim, with brass -faced disc, brass body seat ring. Crane Cat. No. 373 for flanged pattern. 3. In Copper Tubing: Swing check, Y- pattern, screwed cap bronze body end disc. Crane Cat. No. 1342. 15050 -3 SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS & METHODS B. Provide high water alarm as indicated on drawings. 15050 -4 3.2 WASTE, VENT AND CONDENSATE PIPING A. Pitch all waste pipe 4 inches and larger in diameter, 1/8 -inch to 1 foot minimum. NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Provide sump pump assembly including basin and appurtenances as indicated on drawings. Provide additional spare sump pump (only) as indicated on drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING WORK to O A. Coordinate space and installation requirements for mechanical work indicated diagrammatically on to 0 the Drawings. Follow routing shown for lines as closely as practicable. Make runs parallel with the lines of the building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installation and to u. repairs. Keep gravity piping tight to structure at start of run. Overlay Plumbing Drawings with w HVAC, Sprinkler and Electrical Drawings prior to starting work. Where a conflict is identified. r reroute services as required. g Q B. Offsets in Piping: Coordinate work and provide all piping offsets as required to complete the piping a installation. No extra payment will be allowed for offsets required because of actual construction w conditions. O C. Replace all fireproofing damaged or removed from structure during the course of the work to maintain the rating of the fireproofing. U to D. Paint all exposed exterior piping to match color of adjacent surface. Comply with Section 09900 for a paint systems and materials. W w E. Provide all incidental accessories and procedures which may not be indicated or specified. but which u le"; are normally necessary for a complete and functioning installation. z cyN F. Support all piping independent of HVAC equipment, ductwork, or supports. O z G. Provide a minimum of 12 inch clearance between bottom of piping and top of acoustical ceiling tiles. H. Provide di- eletric fittings on all joints between pipes of dissimilar materials. I. Food Service Equipment: 1. Perform work in accordance with instructions of equipment manufacturer. 2. Make plumbing service connections per equipment and utility schedule. 3. Make final connections per approved food service equipment shop drawings so that equipment is fully operable. 4. Provide piping to connect or interconnect supplied parts to related equipment, including, but not limited to, booster and dishwasher. 5. Provide wall stops with handles, trim, valves, traps, and pressure reducing valves as required for specified equipment; chromed piping where exposed. 6. Provide additional parts and accessories as required by Code, if not covered in Food Service Specifications. 7. Run indirect wastes to floor sinks. 8. Coordinate layout of piping utilities, etc., with work of Section 11400 to conserve space within fixture and conceal piping when possible. 4/26/96\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS & METHODS B. Pitch all waste pipe less than 4 inches in diameter. U4 -inch to l foot minimum. C. Maintain uniform pitch. . D. All joints shall be water and gas tight. E. Joints between steel pipe and cast iron pipe may be caulked or screwed. F. Screw joints shall be American Standard with all burrs removed by reaming. G. Clean outs: Provide all clean outs shown or where necessary for cleaning of pipe. Clean outs shall be closed with flush brass screw plugs. Clean outs under concrete shall have a flush plate at floor lines. Note location on record drawings by dimensions from nearest building grid line. H. Provide trap and vent on sanitary waste fixtures. I. Elbows shall be long sweep where space and sloping allow; medium sweep otherwise. J. Run all piping concealed, except as approved by the Architect. K. All changes in direction shall be made with fittings. L. Provide trap primers for sanitary floor drains. Provide trap primers for floor sinks that don't have daily water drain, including all floor sinks outside of kitchen areas, unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate locations of trap primer wall panels prior to pouring slab on grade and installing wall studs. 3.3 WATER PIPING A. Joints shall be soldered using 95/5 solder. B. Provide ceiling shut -off valve on each water line at each fixture or group of fixtures to allow zone and fixture isolation while the remaining parts of the system are in service. 1. Where acoustical ceilings are scheduled, install not more than 2 feet above ceiling. 2. Where no ceilings are scheduled, install maximum 10 feet above finished floor in location accessible from below by ladder, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Do not locate shutoff valves above hard surface (such as GWB) ceilings or in areas where valve would be inaccessible. C. Pipe passing under or through walls shall be protected from breaking with sleeves. Provide link seal water tight penetrations through foundation walls. D. All changes in direction shall be made with fittings. Allow for expansion and contraction. Changes in sizes shall be made with reducers. E. Provide dielectric insulating couplings wherever copper tubing joins other materials. F. Wrap pipe with dielectric insulating tape at contact points with studs, unistrut and dissimilar materials. 3.4 PIPE HANGERS, ANCHORS AND ANCHOR BOLTS A. Provide suitable hangers, anchor bolts and anchors for all piping; also, required for securing any part of the work. 4/26/96\11/24/98\11/13/00 15050 -5 SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS & METHODS B. Comply with provisions of Section 01450 for attachments to metal decking and building structural members. C. Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structural steel for proper piping support. Spacing of supports shall be as follows: 3.5 SLEEVES 15050 -6 Pipe Size Maximum Hanger Spacing 1/2 to 1 -1/4 inches 1 -1/2 to 2 inches 2 -1/2 to 3 inches 4 to 6 inches 8 to 12 inches 6 feet 10 feet 10 feet 10 feet 14 feet NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Rod size 3/8 inch 3/8 inch 1/2 inch 5/8 inch 7/8 inch D. Copper tubing 1/2" and smaller shall be supported at 5' -0" on center maximum. E. Soil and waste pipe shall have at least one hanger or support per section. F. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts securely to forms. G. Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Where piping of various sizes to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping. and do not support piping from other piping. or ductwork. H. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping. I. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are copper plated, or by other recognized industry methods. J. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units. K. Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. L. Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ANSI B31 are not exceeded. M. Comply with the following installation requirements for insulated piping: 1. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps protruding through insulation (warm pipes only). 2. Shields: Where low- compressive - strength insulation and vapor barrier insulation are indicated on cold water piping, install semicircular sheet metal protective shields between hangers and insulation. A. Furnish sleeves to other Sections for installation at piping penetrations through floors, rated walls, or ceilings. 4/26/96\ 11r24/98\ 11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Coordinate location and installation of sleeves; furnish setting instructions. C. Fire stopping for sealing penetrations in fire rated assemblies is specified in Section 07840. 3.6 ACCESSORIES A. Valves: Provide the following types for each service. 1. Sectional Valves: a. 2 1/2" and Smaller: Ball valves. c. Install on each branch or riser serving 2 or more fixtures or equipment connections and where indicated on drawings. 2. Shut off Valves: a. 2 1/2 "" and Smaller: Ball valves. c. Install on inlet of each equipment item and inlet of each fixture. 3. Check Valves: a. All Sizes: Swing check valves. b. Installation discharge side of each pump and elsewhere as indicated. B. Test Valves: Install where indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Back flow Preventers: Install where indicated and where required by Plumbing Code. in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. D. Dial Pressure Gages: Install on water service inlet, pressure reducing valve discharges. pump suction and discharge, and elsewhere as indicated. E. Thermometers: Install on each water heater outlet, hot water pipe to dishwasher, and elsewhere as indicated. F. Provide escutcheons around all exposed pipe passing through floors, walls or ceilings. G. Valves: Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support can be provided when necessary. 1. Install valves with stems pointed up in vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed downward below horizontal plane. 2. All valves shall be labeled with tags indicating their function. Valves located above suspended acoustic tile ceiling shall be marked on the tile below with a clear thumbtack, and noted on the Project Record drawings. 3.10 CLEANING A. Provide "Roto Rooter" service for the entire vent lines, and 3" and larger sanitary waste lines prior to Store turnover. Extend service out to sewer manhole in the street. Rooting shall be performed by an independent contractor not related to the plumbing subcontractor. General Contractor shall supervise rooting and submit letter verifying all drain lines have been rooted. 3.11 TESTING A. Prior to installation of fixtures or insulation, pressure test all piping. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect installed fixtures and equipment from damage. 4/26/96\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS & METHODS 15050 -7 SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS & METHODS 3.13 DISINFECTION AND TESTING OF POTABLE WATER SYSTEM 15050 -8 END OF SECTION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Potable water systems or any part thereof installed or repaired shall be disinfected in accordance with methods prescribed by the administrative authority. In the event that no method is prescribed. use one of the following: 1. Fill with a solution containing 50 parts per million of available chlorine and allow to stand 6 hours before flushing and returning to service. 2. Fill with a solution containing 100 parts per million of available chlorine and allow to stand 2 hours before flushing and returning to service. B. Submit test results from an independent testing agency attesting that each fixture's water has been tested and the cholera and harmful bacteria count are below the level required by the local health department 4/26/96\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Piping insulation on: 1. Domestic hot and cold water supply piping. B. Related Sections: 1. 15050 - Mechanical Basic Materials and Methods: Piping. 2. 15410 - Plumbing Fixtures: Piping. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement. including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Sections 01330. 01770 and 15010. as applicable. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the general requirements specified in Section 15010. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING INSULATION A. Manufacturers: One or more of the following. 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Knout Fiber Glass. 3. Owens Corning Fiberglas Corporation. 4. Schuller International, Inc. B. Hot Water Piping, and Drain Piping, Fiberglass with vapor barrier jacket. Furnish plastic covers for installation at changes in direction of piping and at all tees and valves. C. Cold Water Piping: Fiberglass dual temperature pipe insulation with ASJ Cover, white color. D. Fiberglass Pipe Fittings Insulation: Zester PVC insulated fitting covers for application after pipe insulation is installed, secured with tack fasteners, staples or tape. E. Vapor Barrier Material: White Kraft paper- backed aluminum foil, strength and permeability rating equivalent to adjoining insulation jacketing. F. Staples, Bands, Wires and Cement: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. G. Special Requirement for Use of Insulated Material: All PVC fittings and valve covers in air plenums shall have a UL 25150 rating. 4/26/96\11/24/98\11/13/00 SECTION 15083 PIPING INSULATION 15083 -1 SECTION 15083 PIPING INSULATION PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which piping insulation will be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON A. Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its intended purpose. B. Install insulation on mechanical systems subsequent to testing and acceptance of tests. C. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulate each continuous run of piping with full - length units of insulation, with single cut piece to complete run. Do not use pieces or scraps abutting each other. D. Clean and dry mechanical surfaces prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. Provide oversize hangers around the outside of the insulation with pipe shields to prevent insulation compression. E. Maintain integrity of vapor - barrier jackets on cold piping mechanical insulation. and protect to prevent puncture or other damage. F. Unless otherwise indicated. cover valves, fittings and similar items in each piping system with equivalent thickness and composition or efficiency of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Install factory molded, precut or job fabricated units (at Installer's option) except where specified form or type as indicated. G. Extend mechanical insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar piping penetrations. except where otherwise indicated. H. Install protective metal shields and insulated saddles wherever needed to prevent compression of insulation. I. Cover insulated surfaces with all- service jacketing neatly fitted and firmly secured. Lap seams at least 2 ". Apply over vapor barrier where applicable. J. Do not insulate equipment, handholes, unions, cleanouts, ASME stamp, and manufacturer's nameplate. Provide neatly beveled edge at interruptions of insulation. 3.3 SCHEDULE A. Insulate the following cold plumbing piping system with fiberglass 1/2" thick, concealed; 1" thick exposed with vapor barrier, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Domestic cold water piping including filtered water. 2. Interior horizontal AC unit condensate waste receptor piping. B. Insulate the following hot plumbing piping systems with fiberglass 1 inch thick with vapor barrier: 1. Domestic hot water piping. 15083 -2 END OF SECTION 4/26/96M/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART I GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY z A. Section Includes: 1. Plumbing fixture installation. tr w 2. Plumbing connections to equipment furnished from other Sections. v U B. Related Sections: 0 I. 11400 - Food Service Equipment: Plumbing service connection requirements. w LU 2. 15010 - Mechanical General Provisions. -J 3. 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Piping. N w O 4. 15083 - Piping Insulation. g C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement. including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. a w 1.2 REFERENCES z A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). a w B. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO). D 0 tn 1.3 SUBMITTALS 8 -t ww A. Make submittals in accordance with Sections 01330, 01770, and 15010, as applicable. P t) u- O B. Product Data: Submit for each fixture proposed for the work. z tii U- C. Templates: Submit to casework fabricator, as appropriate, for preparation of openings in O countertops. z 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the general requirements specified in Section 15010. B. Standards: All material and workmanship shall comply with applicable local, county, state and national standards. C. Codes: Comply with the applicable codes of jurisdictional authorities. D. Provide anchorage and bracing of all plumbing components to meet the requirements of the Uniform Plumbing Code, including City of Tukwila and King County Amendments. E. Safety: Comply with all rules and regulations of applicable State Industrial Accident Commission and NFPA 101. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FIXTURES SECTION 15410 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Furnish fixtures as scheduled on the Drawings. Include all fittings and mounting accessories, as required for a complete and functional installation. 12/08/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 15410 -1 SECTION 15410 PLUMBING FIXTURES NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON B. Water Heaters: Types as indicated on the Drawings: equip each tank with an ASNIE approved temperature and pressure relief valve piped full size to floor sink. Provide ball valve and check valve on cold water supply and ball valve on hot water outlet specified in Section 15050. C. P -11 - Wall Mounted Trap Primer Assembly: Precision Plumbing Products P- I or P -2 automatic brass trap primer activated by drop in building water pressure. Stainless steel 12" x 18" hinged access door containing ball shut -off valve, trap primer, manufactured distribution manifold. Size primer for number of traps served per manufacturer's requirement. D Floor Drains; Floor Sinks; Area Drains: Outlet size as indicated on the Drawings. 1. Manufacturers: a. As specified: Jay R. Smith. b. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: Zum; Josam; Wade. 2. Types: a. Floor Drains: 2) FD -la: Same as FD -1 except with sediment bucket. b. Floor Sinks: 1) FS -1: Fig 3100 -12. medium receptor floor sink. 8 -1/2" top with dome strainer. E. Trap Primer: Precision Plumbing Products Inc. Model P -I or P -2. automatic brass trap primer activated by a drop in building water pressure; assemble as component of P-11. F. Water Hammer Arrestor: Precision Plumbing Products. Inc.. SC series. piston operated, type "K" copper barrel with brass threaded adaptor. Size as scheduled on drawings. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Oil -Free Plumber's Putty: Stainless plastic plumber's putty similar to Hercules Chemical Company "Sta- Put." PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fixtures: 1. Install where shown on plans complete with traps, valves, stops and all fittings. 2. Firmly anchor all fixtures against movement; locate in center of area allowed. 3. Fixtures shall be completely installed with all fittings and mounting accessories. 4. Run clear water through all water lines prior to completion of faucet installations to clear lines of debris. 5. Install floor drains/sinks to receive waterproof membrane provided under Section 09300. 6. Set fixtures for hand washing to 110 degree F maximum. B. Install trap primers in floor drains or use P -trap tap fittings required by Code to slope under beams. 15410 -2 12/08/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA. WASHINGTON SECTION 15410 PLUMBING FIXTURES C. Where water hammer arrestors are not indicated on Drawings, install air chambers at the ends on each horizontal runout or the top of each vertical drop to all fixtures in the domestic HW and CW lines. Air chambers shall consist of a 1' long x 3/4" capped copper pipe at the high point, or as required by the local plumbing jurisdiction. When multiple fixtures are installed on the same runout, Z single piston type arrestors, as specified, may be installed in lieu of air chambers if sized per the water hammer arrestor manufacturer's criteria. W END OF SECTION U v O 2 0LL W0 W U N S- W W U. O W Z O 12/08/97\11/24/98\11/13/00 15410 -3 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Section Includes: 1. Survey of existing facilities and building record drawings. 2. Modification to existing electrical systems to accommodate the renovations as indicated on the drawings. 3. Burglar Alarm 4. Security TV Cabling 5. Obtain and pay for all permits required to complete all indicated work. B. Related Sections 1. 01770 and 02225. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the latest provisions of all ordinances. laws. regulations and codes applicable to the work involved. B. All materials, products, devices, fixtures, forms or types of construction included in the work shall meet or exceed the requirements of the latest issue of the NEC, ANSI, IEEE. and NEMA. C. Seismic Design 1. Provide anchorage and bracing of all electrical components, including light fixtures to meet the seismic requirements of Chapter 23, table 23 -.1 of the uniform building code and requirements of the latest of the NEC,ANSI,IEEE and NEMA. 2. Seismic bracing and anchorage shall be subject to Owner paid inspections. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Electrical Pre -Bid site Review 1. Prior to Bid, visit project site and review all areas of the building space, including but not limited to, backrooms, unoccupied spaces and above ceiling areas to identify the following items which may not be shown on the plans: a. Existing electrical equipment that must be removed and/or relocated to accommodate the remodel work. b. Existing branch circuits, electrical feeders and associated raceway which are not scheduled for removal, but will require modification to accommodate the remodel work c. Existing cabling and raceway for low voltage systems, which are not scheduled for removal, but will require modification to accommodate the remodel work. 2. Include in Bid, the cost associated with: a. Removing and/or relocating existing electrical equipment to accommodate the remodel work. Include costs associated with extending associated conductors, cabling and raceway to maintain equipment fully operational. b. Modifying and replacement (with new as required) of existing branch circuits and electrical feeders to maintain continuity of circuits /feeders to equipment which is not scheduled for removal. c. Modifying and/or replace (with new) of existing low voltage system cabling to maintain continuity of cabling to equipment not scheduled for removal this shall include re- supporting and replacement (with new as required) of cable associated raceway. Splicing of low voltage system cable is not acceptable. 12/30/96\12/2/98\11/13/00 16010 -1 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 3. Include in Bid, description of any additional costs associated with extra work as a result of the electrical pre -bid site review. B. Completely coordinate the location of all electrical components with existing conditions and the work of other trades. Report all conflicts to the architect prior to commencing work. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.1 CONDUIT, WIRE, DEVICES AND RELATED MATERIALS A. Conduit Materials: 1. Electrical metallic tubing as required A.F.F. in dry areas. a. Set screw fittings are prohibited on conduit smaller than 1 1/2". 2. Galvanized flexible conduit may be used for final connections to mechanical equipment or light fixtures and moveable equipment to adjacent junction boxes. 3. Minimum trade size shall be 1/2" above grade and 3 /4" below grade. 4. All conduit shall be concealed. B. Wire and Cable: 1. Acceptable manufacturers shall be AFC Cable Systems, Inc. New Bedford, Massachusetts, Alfkex. Long beach, California. Corra/Clad by Coleman Cable and Wire Company, Chicago, Illinois. 2. MC Cable shall be 12/2 through 12/16; 10/2 through 10/8; 8/2 through 8/4; 6/2 through 6/4; 4/2 through 4/4 and shall contain copper conductors only, no aluminum allowed. 3. All MC Cable shall contain a green wire ground. The jacket shall not serve as the only grounding means. 4. This specification only recognizes MC Cable. BX, AC and/or other types of cable are not acceptable. C. Boxes: 1. Lighting outlet boxes: Hot - dipped galvanized, 4 inch octagon. Furnish with extension and plaster rings for conditions. Furnish with proper depth, fittings and bar hangars for anchorage. D. Switches and receptacle boxes for concealed wiring: Hot - dipped galvanized; 4 inch square and a minimum depth of 1 '/ " unless otherwise indicated; furnish bar hangers for metal stud partitions; furnish with suitable extensions and plaster rings. E. Boxes for 120 volt switches on opposite phases: Gang - switch type with barriers between switches. F. Pull and junction boxes: Code -sized galvanized steel boxes provided with plain blank removable covers held in place with screws unless otherwise indicated. G. Conduit Bodies: Cadmium - plated conduit fittings, cast ferrous metal type with sharp clean threads. H. Wiring Devices: 1. Duplex receptacles: Heavy duty type for general purpose use, rated 20A, 125V, Hubbell 5362- 1 or equivalent by P &S or Leviton. 2. White unless noted by Architect. I. Wire for 600 volts and below: Single conductor, soft drawn copper with 600 volt insulation, UL listed. 16010 -2 12/30/96\12/2/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 1. For feeders and branch circuits: Type THW. RHW, THWN. THHN or XHHN, conduit sizes are based on TIM when THHN or XHHN is used . Conduit size may be decreased to size specified in NEC. 2. Size: Wire size #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. Wire size #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. Use no wire smaller than #12 AWG, except as follows: a. Smaller size wire may be used only where specifically indicated. b. No. 14 AWG may be used for pilot control and signal circuits. 3. Size conductors to limit voltage Drop to NEC requirements. 2.2 BURGLAR ALARM A. All new equipment shall be compatible with the existing system. B. Hold -up button: Trumac Co. model HUB -2. C. Provide a hold -up button at the Espresso bar as indicated on the floor plans. Connect to existing store alarm system as directed by the Nordstrom Store Maintenance Manager. D. Hold -up alarm shall be monitored through the existing alarm panel and shall be visually and audibly annunciated in the store Employee Services room. 2.3 FIXED LOSS PREVENTION TV SECURITY A. Provide one plenum rated RG /59 U coaxial cable from location indicated on the floor plans. Run continuous from camera location to Loss Prevention camera room as directed by the Nordstrom Store Security Manager. Provide 15' spare cable length at each end of cable. Cable shall be Westpenn #25815 or equal Belden #1506A "Video Brilliance" UL Listed CL2P. B. All low voltage cable shall be supported using Bridle Rings: Caddy # 4BRT32/BC -200. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Survey existing facilities. Building record drawings shall be available from the Owner. 3.2 DEMOLITION A. Carefully lay out all work in advance, and where selective demolition is necessary for the proper installation of electrical equipment. B. Damaged surfaces shall be repaired to original condition at no cost to Owner. C. Removed existing equipment, not indicated for reuse, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site. 3.3 CONTINUITY OF SERVICE A. The existing store will be in use during this construction. Schedule work to minimize service interruption. Service interruptions shall be scheduled after normal operating hours only, no exceptions. All interruption shall require a prior approval by Nordstrom. 12/30/96\12/2/98\11/13/00 16010 -3 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS B. After service has been restored following an interruption. inspect areas affected by the interruption and return all automatically controlled electrically operated equipment to the same operating condition which existed prior to the interruption. 3.4 INSTALLATION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON A. Identification and Labeling: 1. Provide new, typewritten panel directories for all panelboards affected by this project. Clearly identify the loads served in the directory. B. Conduits Stubs: 1. All conduit stubs shall be EMT and have bushed ends and shall be stubbed to an accessible location. 2. Pull wire: Install in empty conduits. C. Remove or relocate existing conduits. wires, equipment. devices, fixtures, or other equipment which interferes with the new construction work, but may not be indicated on the drawings. This shall include extension of new and re- routing and re- hanging of existing conduit. conductors and cabling. D. Conduit routing: Coordinate space and installation requirements for electrical work indicated diagrammatically on the drawings. Follow routing shown for lines as closely as practicable . Make runs parallel with the lines of the building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installation and repairs. E. Conduit Supports: 1. Provide independent support for all conduit. 2. In both horizontal and vertical conduit runs, place supports at maximum 10' intervals. within 3' of a bend, and at every outlet of junction box. 3. Do not use perforated strap hangers or iron baling wire to support conduit. 4. Load limit on single hanger to 25 pounds maximum. F. Conductor splices shall not be permitted in any panel or disconnect. G. Conductors in panels: Neatly group and form conductors in panels. switchgear, and terminal cabinets in a manner to fan into terminals with regular spacing by using tie wraps. Label conductors. H. General equipment installation requirements: 1. Install electrical equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions unless specified otherwise. Provide working clearances recommended by manufacturer. I. Cutting and patching: 1. All cutting, patching and core drilling required to accomplish the work under this division shall be performed by the general contractor, limited in scope to only that which is necessary to accomplish the new work. 2. The cost for all cutting, patching and core drilling done by the general contractor to accommodate the electrical work shall be borne by the electrical subcontractor. Include a cost allowance in the electrical bid. 3. Furnish cutting, patching, equipment curb or base requirements to the general contractor well in advance of work. 4. Cutting structural members shall be done only with architect approval. Contact architect well in advance of work. 16010 -4 12/30/96\12/2/98\11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON J. General requirements for outlet locations: 1. Outlet locations shown are approximate unless dimensioned. Verify exact location before installation. 2. Check outlet location with the architectural. interior, mechanical and display casework drawings and coordinate with the various other affected trades to assure no conflict exists between the electrical outlets and work of other trades. 3. Where indicated for mounting on columns. all outlets, including telephone. sensor and data communications boxes shall be mounted on the centerline or symmetrical about the centerline of the column face. 4. The owner reserves the right to make reasonable changes in outlet locations without additional expense. K. General anchorage requirements: 1. Make no attachments which will impair the integrity if structural members instructions unless specified otherwise. 2. Do not support work from any acoustical ceiling suspension system, HVAC, plumbing, or sprinkler system components. 3.5 CLEANUP A. Protect all equipment from damage during construction. All equipment shall be protected during construction from water, dust and debris. Equipment not protected shall be replaced at electrical contractor's expense. B. Remove all labels, paint, plaster, dirt. etc. from fixtures, equipment and piping. 12/30/96\12/2/98\11/13/00 END OF SECTION SECTION 16010 ELEC. I'RICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 16010 -5 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 16715 DATA AND VOICE COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITS A. Section includes: Installation, termination. labeling and testing of cables. device outlets and distribution panels for the following: 1. Voice communications system. 2. P.O.S. system B. Drawings, the provisions of the agreement, including bonds and certificates, the general conditions and Division I Specification Sections apply to all work of this section. C. Substitution: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600 1.2 GENERAL A. Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and services for the installation as indicated, in accordance with general provisions of specifications and the contract drawings. B. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades. C. Provide all supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or necessary for a sound secure and complete installation, whether or not specifically indicated in the contract documents. D. Provide all necessary conduit, conduit sleeves and core drills required for a complete cabling system installation. Coordinate locations of conduit and core drills required with architect and indicate all locations on pathway shop drawings. All core drill locations shall be fully coordinated and approved by the architect so as not to compromise structural integrity of the building. E. The work covered by the contract drawings and the specifications covers a complete installation for (2) Voice, (3) P.O.S. System Communications System, including but not limited to: 1. Voice communications system category 3 horizontal cable. 2. Voice outlets. 3. Cable testing. F. Work and materials by others (NIC) include: 1. Furnishing and installation of computer hardware and related networking software and equipment. 2. Installation of adapter cables furnished under this section. 3. Installation of patch cables furnished under this section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Test reports: Submit four (4) copies of complete reports of all testing performed to the Owner, with copies to the Owner (Nordstrom ISG) two -weeks prior to store turn over. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation Standards: Cable installation shall comply with EIA/TIA 568 -A, 569, 606, 607. 12/3/96\12/2/981\11/13/00 16715 -1 SECTION 16715 DATA AND VOICE COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITS NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Materials: All materials shall be U.L. labeled where labeling is normally available. All equipment shall be regularly catalogued items of the manufacturer and shall be supplied as a complete unit in accordance with the manufacturer's standard specifications with any optional items required for proper installation unless otherwise noted. z C. Comply with all governing codes and ordinances of the local authorities having jurisdiction. 1 i= 1— z 1.5 MAINTENANCE rt g A. Deliver operations and maintenance materials to the Owner under provisions of section 01700. 0 0 to cow PART 2 PRODUCTS co u. w 2.1 P.O.S. SYSTEM 2 A. Retail terminal units: Provided by Owner. U. B. Distributor punch block: Existing in P.O.S. room. Ui z C. ADO connectors: Furnished by Owner for installation under this section. p ww D. Cable: 1. Two pair 22 AWG solid copper conductors with FEP jacket. Each pair shall be wrapped with v Q clear mylar and aluminum mylar shield. The two pairs shall be cabled together with a mylar 00 9 binder and extruded FEP jacket. Twisted pair conductor jackets shall be colored as follows: w 2. Cable shall be plenum rated, with blue color jacket; Teledyne Thermatics #13598 -FEP, v available through Carlyle Inc., Tel 206/251 -0700 or 800 - CARLYLE. Contact: Jim Henderson. IL w z v A. Voice Outlets: p 1. Voice wall bracket outlet: Order as a set, an AT &T module RJ45 that will fit into the stainless z steel faceplate, part number LUCENT 630b8 -8PIN. 2.2 VOICE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM B. Cable: 1. Category 3 UTP Cable: AT &T CMP00424MAX 4 twisted pair; UL listed type CMP -24 AWG gauge, Plenum rated solid copper conductors, with white jacket. Jacket must indicate "CMP" — no substitutions. 2. AT &T 110 series wiring blocks: Existing to remain. 2.3 OPEN CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM A. Cable Supports: Caddy #4BRT #32JBC -200 or equal. Bridle rings: Furnish for installation for each system described in this section. B. Provide Plenum rated tie wraps. 2.4 CABLE A. Cable shall be listed as suitable for use in ducts, plenums and other space used for environmental air and shall be listed as having adequate fire resistant and low smoke producing characteristics. B. Bridle Rings: Caddy #4BRT32/BC -200 or equal. 16715 -2 12/3/96\ 12/2/98 \\ 11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: GENERAL SECTION 16715 DATA AND VOICE COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITS A. Cable Pathways: Install cables in common pathways whenever possible. Cables installed in common pathways or run individually shall be installed as follows: 1. Run all cable in continuous runs from outlet to final destination; splices are not acceptable. Label all cables within six (6) inches of each termination. Refer to drawings for label designations. 2. Maintain the following distances between cables and other building systems: a. One (1) foot from fluorescent lights. b. Four (4) feet from large motors and transformer. c. Three (3) feet from hot water piping or other heat producing mechanical equipment. d. One (1) foot from conduits or other electrical equipment. 3. Install cables per manufacturer's recommendations including but not limited to maximum tensile loading and maximum bend radius. 4. Remove minimum cable insulation as required to complete cable terminations. 1/2" maximum for category 5. 5. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler. piping. water piping. waste piping or adjacent to electrical conduit. 6. Provide all additional cable management products or conduit raceways as required to protect exposed cabling and complete installation of cables in a neat workmanlike manner. 7. Fire seal around all cables running through rated floors and walls to maintain rating in accordance with requirements of original building construction and as required to comply with currently enforced requirements of the local jurisdictional authorities. 3.2 INSTALLATION: P.O.S. SYSTEM(LOOP) A. Ground the P.O.S. distributor punch block and all cable shields at the ground bus bar at the P.O.S. backboard only. B. P.O.S. cables shall be run point -to -point from ADO outlet to P.O.S. room. C. At ADO location leave a minimum of 15 feet of slack cable coiled to facilitate pulling through raceways in casework. Leave 6 feet of spare cable at P.O.S. room. D. Ground the P.O.S. distributor punch block and all cable shields at the ground bus bar at the P.O.S. backboard only. 3.3 INSTALLATION: VOICE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM A. Install category 3 voice communications cables in continuous runs from each outlet to existing 110 punchdown block station field in the Tele/P.O.S. room. Provide insulation type terminations at all data/voice outlets and at 110 punchdown blocks. B. Leave a minimum of 15 feet spare cable at the end of cable runs. C. Station to riser cross connects should be complete in the following manner: 1. Voice workstations, cross connect 3 -pair back to the MDF from the IDF. D. Locate existing 110P hardware at the intermediate distribution frame. 12/3/96\ 12/2198 \\ 11/13/00 16715 -3 z w 00 w 0 ? tN d F w z F ZO w 0 p er_ b 1- wW O w x U 0 !-- z SECTION 16715 DATA AND VOICE COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITS NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON E. All voice locations are to be terminated with standard 568B PIN configuration. Dual data/voice locations will be terminated on Ortronics hardware as provided by data contractor. Wall mounted phones +48 inches will be mounted on AT &T hardware. F. Leave spare pull string with every horizontal cable installed. G. Provide cross connects between the PBX ports and the voice jacks in the MDF/Telephone room. Cross connect as directed by Nordstrom Information Services, Contact 503-224-4111. 3.4 LABELING A. Install permanent labels on all cables at each end using Thomas & Betts self laminating #WTW- 1112. B. Label each device plate with cable designation. Refer to floor plans for label designations. Use type- written labels of labels produced by labeling machine. C. All labels shall be located within 6" of cable termination at each end of cable. 3.5 TESTING A. Test procedures shall be as prescribed by the Insulated Cable Engineers Association And the National Electrical Testing Association. B. Voice communications cables: All wiring shall be certified to meet or exceed the specifications as set forth in TIA/EIA -568A for category 3 cables terminated T568B. Test all cables for continuity, wire map and attenuation. Record test results for each cable and turn over to the Owner to the Owner prior to system start-up. Correct malfunctions when detected and re -test to demonstrate compliance. C. Final Test: Upon notification from the Owner's representative, accompany the Owner's information system venders to verify network distribution signal to all data and voice outlets. Allow 8 hours for data and voice communications. 3.6 LOW VOLTAGE CABLE INSTALLATION A. Low voltage system cable for data, telephone, EMCS, sound, TV, security door access and fire alarm systems shall be run exposed as "open cabling " in ceiling spaces and ceiling plenum. B. All low voltage cabling shall be supported by use of bridle rings attached tight to structure to provide maximum physical protection. Supports shall be rigidly attached to building structure at 5' -0" intervals. Provide mounting suitable for the structure to which attached. Cable shall run parallel or at right angles to building structural framework. Do not run cables diagonally across ceiling space. C. Run all cables in continuous runs from termination locations at equipment or outlet locations; splices are not permitted. Label all cables at each termination. See drawings for label designations. D. All cables installed in ceiling Plenum shall be rated. See individual system specifications for each cable type. E. All cable installed shall be bundled using Plenum rated cable ties thirty (30) inches on center. 3.7 TELEPHONE CONDUIT SYSTEM A. Install a complete conduit system for telephone as indicated on the drawings. Provide coverplates for all outlets. Coverplates in finished areas shall match surrounding surfaces. 16715 -4 1 2/3/96\ 12/2/98 \\ 11/13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Leave pull wire in all empty telephone conduit. C. Mark all telephone junction boxes with "Tel" and all conduit stub -out with "T ". D. MI conduit stub -outs shall have a bushing on the conduit stub. Cut stub off within 2 inches of wall surfaces. 12/3/96\ 12/2/98 \\ 11/13/00 SECTION 16715 DATA AND VOICE COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITS END OF SECTION 16715 -5 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON PART I GENERAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION SECTION 16730 BACKGROUND MUSIC, PAGING, & INTERCOM A. Section Includes: Background music, paging, intercom, and public address systems, including wiring, hardware and other required parts for final connection of all miscellaneous equipment and devices provided by others. B. Related Sections 1. 09510 - Acoustical Ceilings: Coordination; substrates; 2. 16050 - Basic Materials and Methods: All raceways, volume control outlet boxes, junction boxes, flexible conduit and floor outlet boxes, provided by the Electrical Subcontractor; low voltage cable installation. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. A. Existing Main store background music and paging system, providing is scheduled to remain: 1. . Modify existing store's system as required to provide background music and paging to Espresso Storage. Provide background music to Espresso Bar. matt -deer. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Approved Installer: 1. Crows Nest Entertainment, 1510 140th Ave. N.E. STE.110, Bellevue, WA 98005 Contact: Erin Rand, Phone: (206) 643 -5033. 2. Leibold Communications, Inc., Seattle, Washington. Contact: Nick Leibold (206/286- 8981). 9/15/95\12/2/98\11/13/00 16730 -1 SECTION 16730 BACKGROUND MUSIC, PAGING, & INTERCOM 1.5 SCHEDULE 3. Muzak, Seattle, Washington (800/331 -3340; 206/633 - 3000). A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01770. NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON B. Workmanship: Professional quality. best commercial practice. and accomplished by persons experienced in the techniques and standards found in this industry. C. Field Tests: At the completion of the installation, perform all tests necessary to insure proper completion of the installation. Demonstrate correct operation of the system to the Contractor. Architect, and Owner or his agent at the time of completion. D. Standby: Installer shall have qualified technicians available within one hour's notice for repair or service as needed during the seventy -two (72) hour period before and following each phase opening. E. Communication: Installer shall notify the Contractor immediately of any critical needs for electrical power or incidental raceways effecting completion of the system within the normal time schedule. 1.4 SUBMITTALS B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit 1/8" scale plans indicating the locations of each piece of equipment and each device. including mounting heights. size of backbox, and the zone and product number. Indicate surface or recess mounting. • • . Identify the type of cable runs with conductor quantity and sizes. Provide detailed construction drawings of custom fabricated components. Show equipment and materials to be provided for this particular installation. Nom - project - specific drawings are not acceptable. 2. Submit 1/4" scale plans of the ESA Room indicating the layout of the new equipment within the room. Show accurate equipment dimensions and conduit stub -ups. 3. Submit 1/4" scale elevations of the xistin head end equipment cabinet accurately indicating dimensions. 4. Submit a riser diagram for the eomplete Espresso sound system indicating wiring to each j -box, device, and each piece of equipment. C. Operations Manuals: Include a record of all typical control settings, locations of all remote volume controls, as -built block and wiring diagrams for all systems, and a list of cable identification codes. D. Record Drawings: Provide complete tagging and labeling of all communication lines at the main equipment console and the intercom equipment locations as part of Record Drawings. A. Paging system shall be operational prior to store completion, Owner. At all times. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Loud Speaker Assemblies: 1. Espress Bar Speaker: SpeakerCraft 6.2CRS3 stock number ASM90625 round 6.5 -inch coaxial speaker with metal grill. Speaker Enclosure shall be SpeakerCraft SE1612 stock number ASM90500. Speaker Transformer: SpeakerCraft shall be TRN762. Refer to plans for quantities. 16730 -2 9/15/95\ 12/2/98\ 11/13/00 77.77 .77777.7711111111610a. NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 2. Non -Sales Floor Speakers in Suspended Acoustical Ceiling Tile: Lowell 8C1OW -T70 speakers with Lowell WB -8 round grille; Lowell XCP -84 back cans, and Lowell LBS -8 support. Speakers shall be tapped at .5 watts each at 70 volt 3. eaeh -at 70 -volt. 4 Surface Mounted Stock Room and Corridor Speakers: Lowell LCB- 8CIOWT70. Speakers shall be tapped at 2 watts each at 70 volt B. Remote volume controls shall be priority auto - transformer attenuators except where indicated: Soundolier Model AT -10PA, 35PA, or AT -75PA, commensurate with Toad. C. Electronics: 1. Background music and paging. a. •... Espresso amplifier: TOA A -903 MKZ 30 watt G. Intercom3: 9/15/95\12/2198\11/13/00 • wry -in SECTION 16730 BACKGROUND MUSIC, PAGING, & INTERCOM m one microphone and four c. Mixer/Power Amplifier (Sales Floor Speakers): TOA P 924. 240 watt afF • devi . -L wcr-Qanel 2. Furnish all accessories as required for additional inputs, balanced inputs, page priority. power supply, rack mount brackets (see supplemental plan. equipment console). . e tern- F. Background Music Source: • - ='- -.. • . Existing. II L15 510 16730 -3 SECTION 16730 BACKGROUND MUSIC, PAGING, & INTERCOM K. Other Equipment: L. Cable Requirements - (Not in Plenum): 1. Control -audio cable shall be four conductor, I 8AWG stranded and jacketed West Penn 244. 2. Audio cable shall be two conductor, 18AWG stranded and jacketed West Penn 224. 16730 -4 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Music Inputs: TOA U 1 I R,� 4. Mn3 M. Cable Requirement - (In Plenum): 1. Control -audio cable shall be four conductor. 18 AWG, Teflon insulated. Teflon or Kynar jacketed, West Penn 25244 or equal. 2. Distributed audio cable shall be two conductor, 18 AWG, Teflon insulated. Teflon or Kynar jacketed, West Penn 25224 or equal. 3. Wire: UL listed and classified NEC Section 725 -2 (b) Class 2 and 3 for use in air ducts and plenums. N. Cover plates: Stainless steel. O. Cable Supports: Caddy #4BRT32/BC -200 bridle rings , or equal. Furnish with beam clamps as necessary, or install on threaded rod as detailed on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide all devices as indicated on the Drawings, described herein. or as necessary for a complete job. Exercise all due care in handling of materials prior to installation. B. Cable Pulling: 1. A pull -wire shall be found in all raceways as provided under Section 16050. 2. Pull all cable to avoid damaging the cable. C. Loud Speaker Assemblies - Recessed Ceiling: 1. Coordinate with the ceiling subcontractor regarding the number and placement of precut tile sections. 2. Coordinate with the Architect and painting subcontractor regarding the painting of speaker baffles. 3. Provide speaker assemblies and install all connectors and junction box cover plates as provided by the electrical subcontractor. 4. Bundle excess cable at each speaker location and insure that the torsion spring type baffle seats firmly to the ceiling tile upon completion. 5. Ensure uniformity regarding visible screw head alignment on baffles where applicable. 9/1 5/95 \12/2/98 \11 /13/00 NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16730 BACKGROUND MUSIC, PAGING, & INTERCOM D. Surface Mount Corridor Baffles: Provide outlet boxes for mounting of the corridor baffles and paging - talkback horns. Outlet boxes shall be of the 4 -0 type. securely and independently fastened to the structure. Electrical Sub - Contractor shall provide all outlet boxes. H. Tap speakers in offices at lowest setting, or disconnect the override relay. 3.2 CABLE INSTALLATION AND WORKMANSHIP A. In all areas requiring surface wiring, care should be taken to securely fasten the cable to the structure or to available conduit runs using nylon cable ties and clips and provided at appropriate intervals. B. Enclose all splices in metal junction boxes: 1. Solder all pagingltalkback Speaker eonncetions. 3. Gather and insulate shields at speakers. 4. Ground shields to true ground at equipment end. C. Cables in ceiling spaces and at structure shall be bundled with plenum rated Teflon cable ties 12 inches on center. Support cables from structure at maximum 5' -0" centers with bridle rings. Cables shall run parallel to the building structure and shall not be looped diagonally across the ceiling space. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping. water piping, waste piping, or adjacent to electrical conduit. D. Do not group high and low or medium level audio cable together. E. Do not install power distribution wiring adjacent to signal or audio cables. F. Neatly shorten power cords to the proper length from individual equipment to power outlet strips. G. Terminate audio and control wires in crimp -on lugs at terminal strips or with other approved devices. H. Ground System: 1. The technical ground systems shall be of the "true" type with a main single tie point brought to the building ground. 2. Connect all equipment in a particular system to the main building ground at only one point. 9/15/95\12/2/98\11/13/00 16730 -5 z Z 0 O 0 CO Q W LU J � LL W gQ W O 0— 0 u.� — Z vs2 0 z SECTION 16730 BACKGROUND MUSIC, PAGING, & INTERCOM 3.3 DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to completion of each phase at a time mutually agreeable between the installer and the Owner. provide demonstration and instruction to the Owner's employees on the use of the system. B. Obtain written acknowledgment of instruction to Owner's employees at time of instruction. C. Provide follow up instruction as needed prior to completion of each phase. 16730 -6 END OF SECTION NORDSTROM SOUTHCENTER (05) ESPRESSO BAR TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 9/15/95\12/2/98\11/13/00 .:■;;;;4,4.: a CcRisen ArchNecfure, Anisitedwe 1420 Sth Ave., 82400 Prosramsip Seattle, WA 98101-2343 Pin* T 206.623.4646 Interior Design F 206.623.4625 Graphic Design It I Projec : 1 c 7 -1 `-)t(or() Z7lic Type of Inspection: Pc0 R ill -, Address: / D f) ` - )Ot ..t r s t 1 _ Date called: 0 c I (3j Special instructions: Date wanted: a.m. P.m. Requester: Phone: 55 S -- Q" Wrni NotiLy 6 ^lc) 111,7 -(c.", INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Corrections required prior to approval. mat - PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Inspector: GJ Date: - 712-0)(1/ $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: COA�MENTS: type of Inspect d . Address: .../ D Date ca . ---7/ :2 /,,, 1 ^-� 7 R` ; ui. ,i pp r 0 V u no r e_ t A i r eA per ((e t Vtl(r.n & s,jc iiiRini 5t) v\eLs c / c‘ o')rOVecl ' 0 ! • 1 Pro e • / -- t type of Inspect d . Address: .../ D Date ca . ---7/ :2 /,,, 1 Special instructions: D Date wanted: � :t; h n0 `/:. Requeste(\ Phone: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, W 8188 (206)431 -3670 ..1 Approved per applicable codes. 1)0. n65] PERMIT NO. Corrections required prior to approval. Date: 1 ` i L - Q i lnspector.'`�) El $47.00 REINSPECTION LEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: ( FINALAPP.FRM City of Tukwila Fire Department Project Name J �% ► v-" Address "- /( ! 7) /} // TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Retain current inspection schedule Needs shift inspection Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Authorized Signature Thomas P. Keefe, The Chief Permit No. - - Suite # ( / 11,/ C,` / (t ( h� ;; / /01 Date T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 John W. Rants, Mayor Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) 575-4439 COMMENTS: ( E"‘ 0cflo Type of Inspection Pr in. I - 3,P1 - 4 , ;,..rPc . % - +1 r' rnvr { 1( Mei i Date called: Date wanted: t - 1 t -Of a.m. - 7-- 1 6 - 01 p.m. Special instructions: C l � b l i S 1 •,-. r L? IlIc ,r e R S Pc t C% '. (A ) ( 1 I n, e Project:A 1 I Vf) rrk., - i ‘e ow, c ( E"‘ 0cflo Type of Inspection Pr in. I Address: CI C) 1 CL&ILr. .4 r- { 1( Mei i Date called: Date wanted: t - 1 t -Of a.m. - 7-- 1 6 - 01 p.m. Special instructions: Requester: Phone: -1 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 - U PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670, Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. El $47.00 REINSPECTION EEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: 1 • f., `Nr i J v Project Name Address Ciz of Tukwila Fire Department Needs shift inspection TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM f r ° 1 Retain current inspection schedule • Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Permit No. P) /- Suite # 7< Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: C 1 :r r, t•t.� Authorized Signature FINALAPP.FRM :// Rev. 2/19/98 Date T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 -575 -4404 • Fax: 206 -575 -4439 `y5'S{� _ ._._. _ ay+ w M ...±M�'..w.�+:.�Yrwr «++b Jewrr;.- �+ �ay..,» v... y., e-+ w- wc* cf �. s�+-: zr"•' x?:'+ Y,^, ta5r' �' 1�::+ 3r,:, ks? L"-+ x!` �1r�se:+#' t�rvY�2R�tY' gv.;: xwv�:.: r:• r_. e'• k; a7n;+" t" l:,» esh:: �" 3. �`.' S? Y.,.+ �, nes��: �u+? 1�: 4s�'- ' �kw :w- 'S,`. °R;�iri`t'S�.'•^4.;'�li COMMENTS: . •..• Type of Inspection; .. . Ia i : . . v •.-. -� ddress: I Date called: ( orrr t jov►s i t i 2 4. keN YU e, 2. P OLU� 7 W - 1 C °vv.. Vp'-te — , t , — • r• • r . M A - t" Avte4 1 ) vend°. " 0vC. P o'ect: l 1 ti,a 4. . t.4 I. . •..• Type of Inspection; .. . Ia i : . . v •.-. -� ddress: I Date called: Special instructions: Date wante. Requester: P OLU� 7 W - 1 L INSPECTION NO. Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southrenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector 9 r Date: `t+ 0 $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: Wcrc f S& ,n ct: - iii- Sic Type of Inspection: ..L - r r+• ( �._ � < // ccird Addr ss: ( . C— / Special ( // Date Iled & /P Of( I — � instructions: ,_ Date anted. Requester; Phone: ') Cir - 78(n fic ES:n INSPECTION RECORD R etain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Sga Approved per applicable codes. cwt 6.07, C :St) PERMIT NO. (206)431 -367 Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: n $47.00 REINSPECTION F REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: C • , MENTS: // .S/ < < .rl Type • f di t tion: //! Address: • • . 14 . Date called: /0 a .. ..I . ..I At ". .. A ■ . a.m. Reque ter: A. .�. Ph. e: 'O ` g5 • e - I• �f..I `r 1 -, 170 4/l./ Project: A r/ :i♦ // .S/ < < .rl Type • f di t tion: //! Address: • • . 14 . Date called: Le 0 Special instructions: Date wanted: a.m. Reque ter: IMP' Ph. e: 'O ` g5 • INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Sogthcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 T PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. El $4 • E INSPECTION REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: COMMENTS: Typ of Ins m I 4 ■ • • _ A r ) ' )v L) Da e called_ ` 3 /01 / / w' 1„I 1 C.-ii r Date wante l`equestet: h \ 1 (-4,1i I r , r..e _ C, A.: — - --, if Ph e: ....... {�� {�! ��'J`t/1.�V-A kA., t..l c ( ' i- L'1 C L, -, i. i i t V S1 UZ. ..-•.r - T- j r= l -; _. r - -a.-c7' "5 .' �' i s :.4 _.. C. ,^w n c-+ (Ari J ` } ; CA. p p 1C L, 1 �1 t'' Let r I %4'`' ( - T �a�"\ -- C),... 7 : /r t Cr �e- • -I-12) •- C- 71,-) k - `5 , .;+• `.-.. tricject: .6-U Typ of Ins m tion: _' . } L . Address: 1 O S .C. nr\a.t Da e called_ ` 3 /01 / / w' 1„I 1 C.-ii a,m. , Special instru lions. ( ^,( /+ 1 . t� .t om, L/v�� _ . 1 C3fi1 �l �U / k-�.. C.. (', '..� Date wante l`equestet: h \ 1 (-4,1i if Ph e: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ' INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. , r r r ,� _�► ' A ved per ap lich codes. Q Corrections required prior to approval. 0 $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: :Addee Yel..1 Ve Tenant. NOPDSTPe...M ErPET Fe:P :tete:: 1: Tyoe: f$EVPEPM F'ereel #: 7 '6230 1 -9004 Iseuee 4' 4 4 k 4 4 4 .41 4r • 4 ir 4 kkki.41114 44 4 4, 4 a A, f.• 4. 4.• .• ■.• 4 • 4 4 tr w 4 It , r • • Permit Conditiene: 1. No eh3n,le will be mele t* :.;:vt7Y.F En9ineer end tne Tekw:le ti Di::iee r.?t coneteuetien to be done in eoee-plaleee e elane and reduieomente of t7111:1 7 .1n1teem ee amended. iinifetm Mecheni .19.7) Eitlee and Waehie9ton Enereo. Editi:n). plemoin9 peemite,F, ehail be ebeined th t:ee ':ea! :no untv Dehartment Of F'oblie Health. Flo.4bine wIII be inepeeted by that eoency. nelodin Ali eirini7J (296-4722). 4. All food brebaretlen eetabliehmente !meet neve Seetr1,, County Department ef Poblie Health f tr t :e t lolee cu doi•9 ,Any feeee eroee,::1:19. neeeeeeeetes f• , fire! Helth Department ineeetion :hid be me•e eeiHe.1 Cznitity Deoartme•t of v'oblic Heelth. et leeet thfee worVin9 day prier to de:Hied ineeect!en dete. wee - 1 requirin9 Health t.'eartmew' aoerove it i.i the eoereaetoe'e eesponsibilit ? to haee a eet of elere een he th:!t •agency on the job eite. 5. Validity ef Permit. The i of e Oer;tilt Or aoeroval e plan:. an0 eemeutatiene eh el! net be •on- etrued to he e oermtt tor. ec en eeereee! of any of th.. the buildie • ee of any other ordinanee et the ioriedietion to ber peeeumin to 9ive authorlt■, to vIelete ee !'he oree:eione .ef this code :hall be velid. 6. Electrieel eeemIte enell be ebtetned rhO weenie9ton Stete Divieler ef Leber end industriee and 311 eleeteicel work will be inebeeted by thet efeene,‘ .146-156L; • There shall be no occobane: of t!le beildiee until tne final inepectien hee t eompleted t 3 Inebector. 6, All herwite, inepeetien eeeorde. end eeeeeeed plane ehell be available at the job eite prior te the stit of ee. eoh- eteuetten. Thee doeumente ace t Lt mainrainee eed eeeil- able until t' ;1 inspection aeeecoval ie ..lranred. 9. *AkFIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS' 10. The attaehed eet elane have been eeeleete the c're Prevention Eureeo end aee eeeeetable tne eoncerne: 21. The total OUfflt ftre e ee•e;ee-. for ie eeLoleted ec ene e eeeh 3000 eo. ft, of acee. 7he e.:tin9eiebeele) eheuld be tne "All Purhoee (2A. ICELCH dIStanCe c0 .:inv tire eet:eouiehee 11r.:2e 7 : 7 r leee. “4FPA 10. 3-1.1 1C- Portable fire e,tineluishere eliel! be eeeure! eetel!ee ee ' MALL Tenant. NOPCiSTP Ty:. e. DEVrEPM Parcel g: 262304-9c 4 " 44 * * ee Air *44 4 ,4 44444 44 4 *I ih le 4 Or • • 4 le It 4 4 4r he 44 e. 44. 44 . 4. 44 4. 4. h• •4 A 4 lor r t 4 VMit COnditiOn2: 1. Ni: chanQes vTh be made the blahs uls: th En9ineer and the Tulwila Fuildtn .2, All coostrv to :°t• done to .:onfocipance , pvith plans and rquutroments of the f.int.."JC!Ii iin Edttionl As Amended. Unifol;) Mechani Code (1!::-.'' and Washtn9ton Ener 'joie (199 FluW3in9 permits shall be obtained thceu the . :.eattte-lHoi.., County DePatment of Health. r tr 1 be insbected by th:V:' a4.1en iiL 4, All fodd preharatioh establish,oent: ;4.t have :,eAtstle County Ciec.artmer4 of Put lit H.$„Altn to 4. Or doin9 footi proeessin9, fe, Department insbection should be 'J t. : County Debertment of Public Health. .296-4 least W4)? t in? ia,t'; t de:iced thsve requirin9 He !t C aot..roval. l : the ,- esuonsibility ha a se!: of oi,A a9ency on the io0 Validity ot P•rmtt. The issuan of a pertt %7.c 31: :f olans. 4ecificattons. and ifitutati svail not pe strued te tie a oeroit for'. oc an . of any df tht;? 1.).V i:ions 07 the botIcn=2 other ordinance of the yocisdiction. ko 91ve authoritv to violate .r cao;:ei the bro ?T code shall be valid. 6. Electrical bermits shall be :Ptahed tncihzh the *.sas,hilton 1;tate Division of LL''. f and Industrie: and all elect wort. will be inspected by th.3t a 7 . There shall be no occupancy of the bo.!;dif;1„).-2.) until the final inspection has been completed L the Inspector. All permits, inspeotioo records. ah:.1 !Hails t.e availab/e at the :ob site Prior to the . :t6rt struction. These documents ace to te ;maintaine..1 ard able until final lnshoction apprc,val Is 9rane 9 "kFIPE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONSi" 0. The attached set of plans nave been ,e'.,ielqed The P:re Prevention Fiur,:.au 1ni 3re ex.:etaOle the ftHlowh concern: rhe total nualb:7-r of fire e..tintsnei establishment is ca.lulated at ene ishec for ee:o 2000 :F.:). ft. of :tre3. The e..tinc. should be of the "Ali Purpc type. rravel distance 3ny fire :nu .hr ow s:' 7 t7 . i.NFPA 10. 3-1.1' Portable etinquishers shall De Istslled en z • z • w O 0 O 0 O ill L -9 • u. u j 0 -J g cn I— 0 Z ILI uj 0 — CI I- 11J u.. c.) 0 z the han9er , )r in the 1. :upoled• 1, or wail recesses. The hahlec o- bta:let and brover*1 A'n ro the mo:rntir2 with the manufa:turer'.5 instructio. The e:,tiro7n.,;:ne: shall be installed .5o that the too of , :he not liore than F. feet above the floo;' ..1N• the , ..'sacah , :e between the bottom ot the e,.tirlhi.:hec a.71,1 not be than 4 in% 13 E, :hall be looated so az tc be lh in view (if at all possile). o; if hor in ( /Alh be identified with a :tAtin9, with an arrow uointtn;) to thf,- IN:Pr., 10 Standard iC.-1) 14. Clear acce::s to ftre at times. They wa, 0,:,t Pe bilde ;NPr 10. 1-6.5) Fire te reuire whthl awl ,.-a, They must have a ta or lahel ..Air el%) attaed t,hat indicates the month and veer thet the ii performed anC shal/ ident!fy the oomoan Ut perfdeflin9 the :ervi , r , :FrA 10. 4. 4-4 anO, Eiery S1 yeas, dcv , :hemica! and halo t,.pe t.ltinguishers t b eolotle and subyeoteJ to rha applicable recharc.e thtz required monthly and yeai ti.e file e) are not 3ccomplisned the is not oompiete. 6 reuJtable fhe ,:ompany will be reouired ,-?Juire0 (NFPA 10. 4 4-4 16. Maintain - ('Ice throu9hout. 17. No ooint ir an onsprinViered buildin=? ma.,' be ,.ofe thah feet from an measured ai the 13. No point in a s.c. r‘e fflore feet from an it 1:ea.:uied oath 1004 Ewit doocs znal; ln the ervn‘a whao , erv; , 9 3)) of FO or more. (UBC EN it doors be ouenable l'co,=1 the ir,:ide use of a kev or an\ special kno4.4led doors shall not be locied. , :na'!ne3j . or otherwise rendered unusable ,Apof (UFL 120 Efeao bolts are it al)weci or ao. the deed bolt is auto,Y,ati 2etiacted ;..r!e: the har,die is eoQacied ..• 7 ) / -J the hanfae• or in the brAo‘et . Ftipbod. vla. in oabinet: or wAll rece:, The na..ler .=.1)..41; be :.eopr and properly anchored to the mounttn :'f't ; a with the i)lanufe., than be in..titalled that the top the e not more than 1. feet above . :he floor 31'10 the .2leciran between the bottcm of the et1n9u1:hei and the flor3 not be le than 4 13. Ev.rin9uihec: be :o.,:ated so 3 t..: in olaln (if 3t po:F..!,ible, or if rot in f. view, The:.. !hall be Identified with A :tatin9. "Fice E with an 61.1-:,t4 th.? oott. Standard 10 )4, clear J.%.7..3T. to fire e,..tin9oishet: .'ed.hired 3t all ': rflt Thtly 01,A:v not be hidden ot .i.rTz‘ 1-6.17) Fire e.,tin9u1'.7 mcntnl aro) yf. !,1 in:oetioni. They most label atta-:hed that indicate.1 the month and :40Ai' rnat _he Performed And shall identl'iy the perf.Acmini? the service, kt.IFF 16, 42. 4-4 and 4-4:3) Eve•ry dry chemi an0 haion t,pe e..tin9uis:hei :that be eAlptied and sobiected to th;:. applicable rechar9e p:c.cedure':. iNFF4 ,1C, 4 Jf the cequired monthly and yearly inpeorioni ttt fi.e e are not accompliht the w.:'t complete. a reputable fi.'e etin .:ompany will be teguired the.ze reo :prvevi. .NFPA 16. 4-2, 4-4) ".16, Maintain fire e, oover39e throuohout, 1 NO point in an unlorlo, !ered bui;din.; wav be 0,oce than feet from an measured alon9 the oath of r)a.ei 3004 2.t7.2.3) 16. t4: point in a '.i.prinkleced buildn ma: be more th.n 250 feet from an ti e •l 10=:;4.2.S,2.2) shal ih the d!ce e.t t!a oh s.ervin9 hazardouF. Oc whtln Of SO more. d i. shall ht openatle fc.:,ih the y.thout t:he wie of a cc any j knowled9o. door.s shall not be loced. ohained, 13thed os otherwise rendered unusable. 4!1 in be , .1f an epp, type. 0..1F: 1207.:' 21. Dead bolt...7 are not allowed on aus,ilie.cy , .(niess the dead bolt is automat'i.:311:: retraf $0;)4 the •0 . handle is en.aaQed rHi t?,e z z ce 6 = 00 0 w u. u j u.< g. LU no o o F- LU u j (") Ui 0 z IL 5 z 1 ) 22. When two or more e41t: from a ere i be , :ion: :hall in ailed at the :wiireo end where otherwise necesary to clear: rldicate the clrion t eoress. 1003.2..2) 23. When two or more exit: from a story ere and w!!er two or more exit: from a ) or an erea 3re , e , :iuired. shall be illumlnated. =u8c 24. Interne.11y 1 jt :ion: :hell have both bulb: workina at all time-=. 25. Exits :hall be ill rIlle th ou , !Ji 0 , 7 , occupied with lioht vIr tent'y .:.• not le:: tan 1 foot candle at floor le•Jel uti illumination :Thal! be .upplied ftn / power for Group I. Divi:lon 1.1 and 1.2 occubancles and lov all other occupancle: where the ..eitino system .: occupant load of 100 or more kUBC 1CO3 The power .. for me3r: of e.)res.:. illumination normally be provided L.N:‘ the penis e!ecti In the event of It failure, illu,slin.‘tioo be automatiolly provided from an emeroencv tor Group I. Division: 1.1. and 1 2 occupancie: and for al; otnec occupancies whet the moans of e9re..: occupant toad of 100 or more. Such eirer9ency sv.irewz: :11 be in..5talled in accordance with the electrical code, f;. 1003.9.2': All e.*.it si9ns :hall be illuminated at 31 t - j : en:ure continued illuinination for a duratHon n%.:t than 1 1/2 hours in 23:e of u 2ower the e slow:. shall arzo be connected r an emeroenc:: tltT :y:tem provided from :.toce.ze hatte,'ie:. unit an on site 9enecator set. and the 5y be n•7te!!e.. in accordance with the electrical code 28. Maintian sprinkler cover3oe pec N.F..g. i. Addition:relocation of walls_ cloIet or pactin: cequir.& relocetin9 endfor addin!? 29. Sprinkler p;'otection :hell be e. to all 3,.ees whece -eduiced. includino a!! enclo-=.ed area:• Pel . cw and under flierharlos gceate, then foot -feet 13-4-5.5.3.1) 2.6. All •sprini.ler and all modific'ets t 3 When two or more,e,:k,it's, Ar'i* e" .shal; be ttf elled at 1 : - he reoured e:i )and where otherwise neces to clearl,. indi..76te the co' e9ress. UC 1003.2.6.2'! 3. When two or more eY.it.F, from 3 st...7-ry ace reduired when two or more 4ffl or 3n area are recwired. e•it .s.;911 !hell be tiluminated. tUB 1003.2.E.4) 4. Internally illuminated e slqns shall be worEin9 ,?.t all times. q13C 25. E.it.7. shall be t any t the tiuM'AlnQ i occupied with Il9ht hayin9 66 n t ot nct I •h foot candle ai . flocs' level. Fi. reouired e.it illumination shall be supplied seoarate ot powe• for Group 1 Divi:F.ion 1.1 and "1.2 occuc and for all other dccupanoies the e. ar occupant load of IN or more. 26, The power supply for mean of e9re..FtE, illuminar;on normally be provideo by the premises' eletrical suorl?. In the event of it': failure. illumihation sn311 be automatically provided trom an eilter9e:Hy fov I. Oivi 1.1. and 1.2 occupancies and for all oth, oc where the means of e9ress systow occupant load of 100 co more. Such emei sostems shall be installed in a..:cordance with the ele 1003.9.2 All e.4.1t s.i9os shall be illuminated at all time: ensure continued illumioation for a ducation n.::t less than 1 1/2 hours 1 ca of primary oower the e, it al;i0 'onnected to an emer9ency elecr, provided from s.toca9e t unit e 3n on 9enerator 30t. and the ins7alled in accordance with the electrical coe. kuEc 23. Mainti3n crin,1 covera9e Oe" N.F.E.A. i. Addition/relocaton of wall : ! t r LA6rtitt.: require re1ocartn9 andt'or addino heads. 9. SprinEler proteotion shall be e,..terded to :01 reduired, ?inc aIt encI:!0 bIe and under overhans 9reater han f feet wide. .r4F; 30, All new ix,rinklec .7..estevs, and all moification.s s systems shall ,?r,o ;AO . . aPLWOV,A1 Neim sprint.ler .?.rd all di:t r ier sv:tems involvinf. ore th;';;1 50 heads shall h - the wc:17te appr•al of the Mutuai. Insurers. Kemper or • othei reozentati.te desiQhated and/or . recorQniz , ad by the of Tot.wiia. :=AtIMitt‘.0 to the Tut wila Fire Prevention 2tArt':,'J. No sprint..ler wort: shali oommeri withoot aPc,ro.:ed (Citv Ordinanoe 41901) 21 A!1 r,rrHr oalot:lations an0 contractor-s Materi.lts, and 7e Certifiates the Tu1wila Fire Frevention P Tui,t appropriate le cf ocmne!:en seal. '01'4(: 2:2-30- 32. Maintain autoliatic fire deteotor , :o..e; - .?qe per :J.F" Addition/relo;:ati„.7,n walls. ctoets or reciuice relo:atinQ andipr addir9 autPmetie deterto(s. • Maintain square foot coverarie of letectors Per manofatsturer'.= , ipeclftcat'on: in all areas closets, elevator shafts. top of statrwe:Is. 7•. 5-l•4.2) ..4. All new fire alarm systems modif catiprs tc systems shall have the wcitteri aPpral af tt rutwita rrevention Bure.,:=w NQ wo;*1. shall unttl *Are department permit has beep obtained. 41900) !UFC 1001.'h 35, All electric.al achi equivent shall ..:onfrm the standards, of National Ele l'41: 0 36. An aisle to and loOin9 spal.:e :hall be pro for pael, An Jisle Widtif ti),A 24 inche provide acess to the p•inel and 30 'n.:tozsi Of wOri.I space shall he provided directiv tjt frot !?0 4 .NEC 110-16i:a). NEC 1t0-16(cl 3'. Each cic breai•ec :1•76all Le it': purpose. z.NEC 110 343. Required fire resistive Poc:s,rcutior, separation:. area separation t),.trIpr walls it to lo:atipn on propertv. fire reilstive cedpiremefits. t of c draft stop partitions and o,. covet shall be maintained as ipe,:ifiad in Code and Fire Ct:de al shall Pe pcoperl re.:toced or rep lased when damaQed. altered, approvaI of drawin.?: prioc to instllaton New sprinkler s and a w ll difications sprinkie systems involviq :pre than 50 heads shall hr-) w(itten approval of the • Factc,ry Mutual. JrTi1 Pisi Insurers. Km•er or any other representative desiunate and/Dr recor9ni:ed by the ;:ity nrt,.7.r submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Eurea sprinkler work shall ccmmence without approved q:ity Ordinance 41901) 31. All sprinkler :FyLtem plans, calculation: , 350 contractors Materials and Tel.': '.7.ertificates ';ubmitted to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau .lust be 2.t p;th the appropriate level of competecv seal, , W4i: 32. Maintain automatic fire detector coverage pet 72 Addition/relocation of walls. closet. or part,tion-7 requice relocating and/or adding automatic fire detactos. 33. Maintaln square foot , :over3ige of detectors pe;' manufacturer's specification: in all areas includin9 closets. elevator shafts top '.;F stairwells. etc. 72. 5-1.4.2) 34. All new fire alarm systems or olodifications to e systems shall have the written approval of the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. t work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtai :itv Ordinance 41900) (1.1FC )001.3i 35. All electrical wori and eduipment shall ck%nf r I I v to the standards of The National Electrical Code. 14FT; 70) 36. An at.r.le to and wori :pace shall 1,e ( Tor each electrical panel. An aisle width nct 1e: than 24 inches 1.ha1 1 provide access to the panel and $0 inches wortio9 space shall be Provided directly in front of t;le panol. (NEC 210-160). NEC 110-16 37. Each circuit bre,:4er shall he :o9it:y 41.2t.J..z. to fidicate it's purpose. ..NEC 110-22) 38. Re.4wired fire resistive construction. includino cccuPanc, separations. area separation walls. e.‘,terir is due to ;ocation on p. fire resistive redoireolents ba'zto type 01 construction. draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall he maintained as specif:ed 16 t!,0 Boi1J1n...4 Code and Fire Code ,ind shall be poope, or replaced when damaQed. altered. Preached. penet:ated. or ic,! instaliej, ihe 016 ...:MUM flame sureacl interior wails end c:7 shall not e-.eed that Liet focri% in Table No. the Un: Ediidino - fod (UBC J04.1i 40 ' c.u - street add olust be , :...: , n1o1 , 2(PJ:4S! . ‘" oored on the buildin.1 and shall be and 2 ;•• , :%n the street. Numbers :hail , :o?,tr3s.t wih thelr L.IRC 901,4,4) 4]. In order to orovide . with the f3Ttelt mo protection under emer2enc 0 ,2„3.t room or Ao‘IrtmtInt ?I:1'64%er iq the main entry door. (UF Fire Department Tha1 ! be provided acce to All fire alarm Panels and :Iorirl cle,. The z appropri3te keyis for .shaTl be p!a iv the lockbo. Lockbo>. o; fo: 17.e =.74 fr'420; ce Tukwila Fire 1 ..enartment, (City Ordinance Contact the Tukwila Fire pw-ea required insPections and test:. 1UFC: J0.503 (..)0 0 Ordinance #1900 and #1901% (OW 44. This review limited to speculati teant only 9 fire Permits may nece:ary deuendln on det,?HeJ u_ description of intended use. ui 0 4! Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or , Ji'.) 1 3tion of tho adonted Fire or But1din9 imol, u_ such condition or , itolatic , n 4 6: The plans were reviewed b Ic 10 If have an■ Ui questions, please call the ruiwil.. Fire roe.lto eUrt at (206)575-440. 47, 441.k ,1, PUBLIC WOPi 44 :, CONTPACTOP SHALL NOT PUBLIC WOR).S DTI! 7IY INSrECTOP GREG VILLANUEVA 0 '206)-133-02'9 OF .:OMMEN':i:ME!iT COMPLETION OF WOPI: AT LEAST 24 HOUPS IN Ai: (12 0 tu AFPFLICANT fHALL OBTAIN A FLI.vPING FEP.mrT irPoM COUNTY ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH &EPAPrMENT r U. AND AN ELECIPICAL PERMIT FROM ir; ro r a 0EFRTMENT ,!Z OF LABOR AND IN0LISTPIES r .:06).J46-6630. LU = PRIOR FINAL SIGN-OFF APPLINT SHALL SUFMIT GPEASE 0 INTERCEPTOR PLANS FOP 3P0 FLOOR CAFE FOP PE 1E 144' APPROVAL AND INSTALL THE GPEASE INTEPCE TOP OR ':urisiI7' A t- OR OTHER FINANCIAL EPIT FO ASTURE INTEPCEPTOP INSTALLATION - SEE 4'26'01 NOP017TPOM PPOJECT MANPEP'S LETTER. I hereby oertifv that I h3v : these soilditions and wil' 'flith them as outlined. 1 orovisin s of 13% :rd ti WOCV W! ii be COMPlie0 with. whether sc herein 39. The maximum f l_my ,t',r'ead class of finish material: :'_ed :+r I in walls ;an+ E cet i irii.i shall not • ":�_Ck'ti set r- In TaL' N' o. -6 • Uniform Eu i diri`� �. �.'!1t f i {GI' 3 O4 . ' �+ 40. Your treet id+.irt: _ must be _.onso is rou_ 1,, r .._.; T 'a : n th but 1d'.ri+a and :hall be plainly v is ibie and i 9ib1 % t 00 t+ street. Numbers shall .:ontr'.a t with their background. (UFC 9 01.4.4 ) 41. In order to provide you with the fastest police Znd .. protection tinder emergency V c o n d i t i o n , . i, i?c3: l Suite. r( }r-}`it or apartment number in i t; o L'• . uou CS i. c.e the main entry door. .1FC 01.4.4 i 42 . Fire Department lock be ).e _ h 1 i be c r _' idea for all fire alarm panels and sprialer ;•i_e The appropriate l.ey : ) for access s h a l l be v! aced in the LoC '.h , ' . order t+:'r'nl;" must be obtained f r o m the T u k w i l a F i r e Department. (City Ordinance 41900). 43. C•antaact the Tukwila Fire Prevention ion t?trreau to wi rr_ . as 1 . required Inspections and tezt.. I0.503) ;ry Ordinance #1900 and #1901 44. This review limited to speculative tenant pace only - special fire permit: may be necessary 'it'uenrilrii on led destrtpti'sn .'t intended t'.,e. 4 5. Any overlooked 1'a asrdou7 condition arid,'or v: i1ati+:+ri of the adopted F i r e or B u i l d i n g Codes doe not impl ai'l'r'o .. ? i of such condition or rio1ajtior;. 46. The plans were' reviewed by Inspector `7.10. If yt. have any Questions. t! 1eA a c a l l the Tui wi t.t Fire t''a'€•v c,t ion Bureau at ‘206)57'.5-4407. 47. 4h 'a PUBLIC wORJ. .: COUTPAC TOR SHALL NOTIFY PUBLIC WORE. U T I L T I Y GREG VILLANUEVA 0 (206)433-0179 OF C6MMEr. EMEi;T ANC COMPLETION OF i"0PF AT LEAST 24 HOUP . IN A . APFPL ICANT SHALL OBTAIN A Pt. JMBING PERMIT FROM i..trlij COUNTY ENV IPONMEN TAL HEALTH C'EF AP TMEN F A T + -1 t " a ,; _ri ,a AND AN ELECTRICAL PERMIT FROM 'r+`.R:"HINGToN STATE DE.PARTMEr•'T OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES AT (06).7'4C-66 30. I hereby certify r►r.ir I havo ..•rid . t i 7ri'_ and • i i 1 . i ,+ t . t a . with them as outlined. A i 1 rtir "4`t'''. ions of law .iii'.' ':I•. 'Je ri Sri' j this work will be complied with, whether sC'is ii i ii herein z z .. cc 2 W JU 00 WO WW !IF LL w cn J F Z 0 w 0 0- 0 t-- wW u. w z UN PPIOR FINAL SIGN-OFF APPLICANT SHALL SUBMIT GPEA: E INTERCEPTOR PLAN': FOR ;i�f FLOOR CAFE FOP REVIEW API z APPROVAL AND INSTALL THE GPEA E Ir4TERC E T OP OF urri r L; BC+NU OR OTHER FINANCIAL SECURITY TO ASSURE GPEA SE Iit rEnCU ', Op INSTALLATION - SEE 4/20/01 1 N RDSTROM PPOJECT MANAGER' LETTER. The QrantinQ of thi.=. permit •oe:7 not p':. t'.7 Q■V‘? 3Urh'...(1 violate or t -ancel.Ahe—ri.sion , s •l: ativ cther vp.. requ!atin9 construction o' DerfOn f ipi• (7--- k 9nture: I (:te Print Name: fi The granting of this oermic doe: not oresutpe to , ive author violate Or cancel the of anv othe, wori. or To.:al I egulating ocnIstruction or'..the D:=rforman;:e of f di\-i ( nature: Print Name: --0 ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01-085 DATE: 4 -17 -01 PROJECT NAME: NORDSTROM EXPRESSO BAR SITE ADDRESS: 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL SUITE NO: Original Plan Submittal DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Pub is Wo ks DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete [ Incomplete Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route Response to Correction Letter # 1 REVIEWER'S INITIALS: PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Structural Structural Review Required APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved ri Approved with Conditions Fire Prevention ri Planning Division REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: DUE DATE Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Y'RNlllUll O(X n PERMIT COORD COPY Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # AFTER Permit Is Issued Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 4-19 -2001 Not Applicable E No further Review Required n DATE: DUE DATE 5-17 -2001 Not Approved (attach comments) r .1...111111.1111111 April 20, 2001 Ms. Joanna Spencer Public Works Department City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA, 98188 Sincerely, NORDSTROM, INC. David K. Cooper, AIA Project Manager Cc: Brian Percy, Edifice Construction Vina Anderson, Callison Architecture Regan Corwin, Hargis Engineers Q , NORDSTROM RE: Nordstrom Espresso Bar Remodel Callison Architecture Project Number 198097.00 SUBJECT: Building Permit Application No. D01 -085 ' q •r. :ii,1 • Dear Ms. Spencer: The purpose of this letter is to respond to verbal discussions with Mr. Craig Ashcraft of Edifice Construction concerning the referenced project. It is my understanding you have requested a commitment from Nordstrom to resolve a grease extraction issue originating from our Cafe facility located on the third floor of our Southcenter store. Although the Cafe facility is unrelated to our permit application for the construction of our new Espresso Bar, Nordstrom is anxious to comply with all applicable City of Tukwila ordinances. As stated in my Architect's Plan Review Comments correspondence previously forwarded to you: "A separate project is underway to address the Cafe waste problem. We are currently working with Mr. John Howatt, Wastewater Maintenance Supervisor for the City of Tukwila to develop a solution to the grease and sewer system problem related to the existing Nordstrom Cafe. A separate proposed solution will be submitted to the Public Works Department for review and approval." We are effectively in early design on the grease interceptor project, but unable to proceed with the completed design of the Espresso Bar project. Nordstrom is committed to resolving this matter as quickly as possible but it is very important to us to not delay the Espresso Bar permit. As soon as a method can be agreed upon with your wastewater department, we will promptly make application for permit to construct the solution. Please let me know if this letter addresses your concerns and especially if further delays of our Espresso Bar permit are anticipated. I can be reached on my direct line at (206) 373 -4184. Thank you in advance for your prompt attention to this matter. I look forward to meeting the City of Tukwila's needs as well as Nordstrom's needs. Store Planning & Architecture • Corporate 1617 Sixth Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101 -1742 Phone (206) 373 -4100 Fax (206) 373 -4196 www.nordstrorn.com April 12, 2001 Ms. Joanna Spencer Public Works Department City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Re: Nordstrom Southcenter Espresso Bar Remodel Project Number 198097.00 Subject: Plan Review Comments for Application No. D01 -085 Dear Ms. Spencer, CALLISON The following items are in response to the Public Works Department comments dated March 29, 2001. The original comments are listed in italic type and the response follows in regular type. I am directing the general contractor to comply, if applicable, with the issues below. General Comments 1. Submit Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification form. Please itemize all the new plumbing fixtures. The Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification form is attached to this letter. The new plumbing fixtures in the project are the following: a. Drop -in hand sink located on the back counter of the Espresso Bar — item 17 on the equipment schedule as shown on sheet P2.01 and sheet KE I.01. 2. Clarify the meaning of PW symbol since it's not included in the plumbing legend nor in plumbing abbreviations on sheet P1.01. The abbreviation PW is designated for "pumped waste ". A revised plumbing legend is attached. 3. City of Tukwila requires grease interceptors on all buildings where food preparation occurs. Nordstrom has been made aware of the sewer system problem and the city's requirements for a grease interceptor. The issue stems from an existing problem with the Nordstrom Cafe. The scope of the Espresso Bar Remodel project does not include any food preparation. The menu, which has been approved by the Health Department, consists of espresso drinks and pre - packaged pastries. A separate project is underway to address the Cafe waste problem. We are currently working with Mr. John Howatt, Wastewater Maintenance Supervisor for the City of Tukwila to develop a solution to the grease and sewer system problem related to the existing Nordstrom Cafe. A separate proposed solution will be submitted to the Public Works Department for review and approval. CALLISON ARCHITECTURE, INC. 1 4 2 0 FIFTH AVENUE #2400 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101 -2343 -- T 206 623 4646 F 206 623 4625 www.callison.com T . ; APR 1. 7 2001 Ms. Joanna Spencer Nordstrom Southcenter Espresso Bar Remodel, Project Number 198097.00 April 12, 2001 Page 2 Please contact me if you have any further questions or if you need any additional clarification to the above response. Sincerely, lhi,et At. aqtem Vina G. Anderson Project Architect VA:ms Enclosure: Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification Form Revised Plumbing Legend City of Tukwila — Department of Public Works Preliminary Review Comments c: Nordstrom: Galen Dolstad, Dave Cooper, Edifice Construction: Brian Percy Hargis Engineers: Regan Corwin Callison: Erie Stone, File #198097.00 Bremixichproicc01l0 334vrresp 49-c0dc /genl 1r.cnyros - M. 11 -01 Ontuui,cm u: EsprcasScnre APR 1 7 2001 PLUMBING LEGEND SYMBOL IW a-- CALLISON .ARCHITECTURE, INC. 1420 Fifth Avenue 92400 Seattle. Washington 98101-2343 T 206 623 4646 P 206 623 4625 www.cailison.com ABBR. DESCRIPTION (E) W EXIST. SANITARY WASTE (BELOW FLOOR) W SANITARY WASTE (ABOVE FLOOR) & BELOW FLOOR IW INDIRECT WASTE PIPING V VENT PIPING (ABOVE & BELOW FLOOR) CW COLD WATER PIPING HW HOT WATER PIPING FW FILTERED WATER P.O.C. POINT OF CONNECTION FD/FFD FS FCO W.C.O. UP DN. CALLISON WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SEE SCHEDULE "MIS SHEET FLOOR DRAIN/FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR SINK, MTD FLUSH WITH FLOOR CLEAN OUT (FLUSH WITH FLOOR) WALL CLEANOUT OR CLEANOUT PIPING UP PIPING DOWN BALL VALVE (LOCATE 12" MAX. ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING WHERE APPLICABLE) THERMOMETER CHECK VALVE PRESSURE GAUGE UNION COPMGHT 020Z0CAiaanNorncrvu.*.c. Project: Southcent.i Mall (005) Tukwila,Washinron Project AP F9fl09Y.0cZ 0 Q 1 Date: 4/10/01 Reference .pwgi, Drawing Ho:` ASI P1 April 10, 2001 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director U Cl) CO W CO w a u.� This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be w approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and U o reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Public Works Department. At this time, 0 C the Building Division, Fire Department and Planning Division have no comments. w w U The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans be resubmitted with the appropriate u. revision block. If your revision does not require revised plans but requires additional reports or iti Z other documentation, please submit four (4) copies of each document. O Brian Perey 1417 — 31st Avenue S Seattle, WA 98144 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Permit Application Number D01 -085 Nordstrom Espresso Bar 100 Southcenter Mall Dear Mr. Perey: In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `revision sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206)431 -3672. Sincerely, Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl xc: File No. D01 -085 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 -431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D01 -085 DATE: 3 -23 -01 PROJECT NAME: SIC NORDSTROM EXPRESSO BAR SITE ADDRESS: 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL SUITE NO: Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # dwrissmarristr DEPARTMENTS: Building Division 11N� 4- !0'01 Public Wprks 44‘; "WA Please Route DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete TUES /THURS ROUTING: Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved ri Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Vrt Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued OH-- Planning Division Structural C Permit Coordinator 510 Fire Prevention 111 c--o( �k) DUE DATE: 3 -27 -2001 DATE: Not Applicable LI Comments: No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE 4 -24 -2001 Not Approved (attach comments)T4 t" DUE DATE Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: PROPOSAL REQUEST Nordstrom Southcenter Espresso Bar Remod PROJECT: Nordstrom Southcenter 100 Southcenter Mall Tukwila, WA 98188 OWNER: CONTRACTOR: Edifice Construction 1417 31st Avenue South Seattle, WA 98144-3309 ATTN: Brian Percy THIS IS NOT A DIRECTION TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK. IF MODIFICATIONS DESCRIBED BY THIS PROPOSAL REQUEST ARE INCORPORATED INTO A CHANGE ORDER, THE CHANGES WILL THEN MODIFY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Please submit a detailed proposal for changes to the GMP and/or Contract Time as described by the attached proposal modifications to the Contract Documents. Cost proposals for this work are required within 7 (seven) days, unless the Architect Is notified In advance of the revised submittal date. DESCRIPTION: 3- Compartment Sink ATTACHMENTS: Architectural narrative Architectural drawings A0.01 and A2.02 Plumbing Drawings P1.01, P2.01, P2.02 Electrical drawings E0.01, E2.02 Kitchen drawings KE1.01, KE1.02, KE1.03 DISTRIBUTION: Nordstrom, Inc. 1617 Sixth Avenue Seattle, WA 98101 -1742 Erie Stone - Callison Architecture, Inc. Craig Ashcraft - Edifice Construction Regan Corwin - Hargis Engineers, Inc. Robert Smith - Hargis Engineers, Inc. Dave Cooper - Nordstrom, Inc. Greg Ahrens - Pacific Restaurant Design & Equipment, Inc. Patrick Jung - PSF Mechanical, Inc. i PR 4 . 1 ISSUE DATE: 03/19/2001 CONTRACT FOR: Espresso Remodel CONTRACT DATE: ARCHITECTS PROJECT NO.: 198097.00 ARCHITECT: Callison Architecture, Inc. 1420 Fifth Avenue, #2400 Seattle, WA 98101 ISSUED BY: Vina Anderson Proposal Request No. 4 Narrative March 19, 2001 Nordstrom Southcenter (05) Espresso Bar Remodel Project Number 198097.00 CALLISON Architectural 1. Sheet A0.01: Note location of existing 3- compartment sink to be relocated and reused. Sec re- issued sheet A0.01. 2. Sheet A2.02: Revise kitchen equipment layout in Espresso Storage Room (drawings 3) to include the relocated 3- compartment sink. See re- issued sheet A2.02. Plumbing 1. Sheet P1.01: Revise Hand Sink Faucet and Water Heater Detail. Sec re- issued sheet P1.01 2. Sheet P2.01: Revise kitchen equipment layout in Espresso Storage Room to include the relocated 3- compartment sink and water heater. See re- issued sheet P2.01. 3. P2.02: Revise plumbing size call -out. Sec re- issued sheet P2.02. Electrical 1. Sheet E0.01: Delete the load and load description for circuit 30 in the Panel Schedule EB. See re- issued sheet E0.01. 2. Sheet E2.02 a. Equipment Schedule: Revise the quantity for item #18 from "2" to "1", and revise the description of item #25 to "Water Heater ". See re- issued sheet E2.02. b. First Floor Plan: Relocate the water heater form the espresso back counter to the Espresso Storage. Omit the two-section refrigerator at the east end of the Espresso Storage. Omit branch circuit EB -30 for the refrigerator. See re- issued sheet E2.02. Kitchen 1. Sheets KE1.01, KE1.02, KE1.03: Revise kitchen equipment layout in Espresso Storage Room to include the relocated 3- compartment sink. See re- issued sheets KE1.01, KE1.02, KE1.03. End of Proposal Request No. 4 CALLI•ON ARCNITICTURE, INC. �— 1 420 FIFTH AVENUE 12400 SEATTLE. WASHINGTON 11101-2343 T 208 823 4646 F 206 623 4625 www.cslllson.eom A A 4 A A A A A A : t . A A * * - 4 * * * * * * * A A * i % A A 4 - * 4 7 * 4 A t C[17 OF rOgNILA. WO ***A-AA**14,\**** .1 1 k A* 4 •*A - A A 4 . t A A A A if•A e - 4 4 4. TRA494 ir Nuorwr: Atflowlt: hivment hc!thodt CHEC1- 11c ciFICE :111' • - • • • _ • . • - • • - •- n_ - • . • •-• • ...... • ■ M y _ • Perpit MU b0J-0M) E Y1' 1! ts r tti P No: t.2.:N4-' A0dress,: .1(.0 SOUTHCENILT P(.ILL 1hi rio./ment loted .) AAAAli****A*A*** Account Cock.? irto 000/C122,100 EilLO)N6 - 000/0O6.904 TrATE HUILDING C140110E 40:Y342.400 TWA' FEE - ammammmnnarilJ...1___L Ar 1C:77 1,1 * - 1 * k NA -.1 :1 * t r ••.. ■ i 4 . A F c .• 4 1 if `I A L ' I l Y Or 1 LI I; ) L . t 3 • t * * 78 * 8 4 ; * 4 4 * 1 .4 .4 .F * P. -4 A .4 4. I .4 A 4 A tt 4 4 t• .4 • A \ 1 1 1 f 0 ) ,.: 4 t. . ' . 7. i;!: : P 01 *1 e HI:. t4 t . t „.; ;: I) ; f , ). , :a4a4-,watr;.,41. 4 .4:-..,/,:::e.05*-44-44.: • • P r fri t i4 i3 r 0 r? )1 t: . )E o >tji ) f ;) 0 a; 31te Ad I ,) t) 1 1.1 f ti ) ' 1 h 1..7 1' et v m t ' I r..; t :4 4 (# t. I L . .■ I .% 4 t . * 1i * * It. # * ic # * #: # A * 14 1 4 4 '1 4 4. * 1.) - ? 7 7' ":"If • ' < • KEY PLANS - ACCESSIBLE EXIT ROUTES ENLARGED PLAN PROJECT SCOPE VICINITY MAP SITE MAP SOUTHCENTER MALL TEtr.,NTS- NORDSTROM EXIT WE S T PARKING 1 1 1 I 1 j y - SEE ENLARGED ,,N IA ACC. THIS SHEET MEN'S RESTROOM O ® 0 ® O © 0 G , - .._.. , . ,..,., ,. , ,r ", r - , _ a' . _ . : ' _ ,. ;. T T T T T - T �' 7; T" T ° "`IT, o ' ( 1, I 4 ;, T. T T _ T T T T T r o " I I ::; i I I I I I I I I I I I T T T T T - T . , , . " ' 1 ,,. ;,. JT Exrr T - � - , _ I p TO MALL ; - ® fi t' Y T T f t' T I I 1 1 t : t y J r ., w .--.=-- i ° - -p r J - ® . " -. . " ( a / �� # 41 yl I' "'r - 1- .,. -.. ,_, -{-,� - -. �- -_ .-)-. -, .-(- - -. .,".� r ..'-'✓• y� _ - _ ® . ° °"°°� " -� "' '-+,. - .. ".i FIRST FLOOR PLAN NOT TO SOLE ' I PROPOSED ESPRESSO fl BAR ESPRESSO. S 1 T OR. © _ ,_ AND y , ` P 4 Ir I. ^/,I 1 I 4 ` . ).. ,'' _ � - €x- Sr s s I ! �k' __ ° ;:'" ,,.;y � 3- € ' b, r :_ , Ir , I ^1 I 4 , ; �,�,, - y )I , P C .,,. y��.. 'r / � �1 I 1 K.i) ' €- I , 1 NOR,] I T ROM SALES I FLOOR 3 I _ " " "I - ' - � ' . ,...,� THE PROJECT SCOPE CONSISTS OF THE DEMOLITION, CONSTRUCTION AND RENOVATION OF WALLS LL ACCOMMODATE A NEW ESPRESSO BAR AT THE FIRST FLOOR MALL ENTRANCE TO THE NORDSTROM STORE. WORK TO INCLUDE NEW FLOOR, WALL AND CEIUNG FINISHES; ESPRESSO BAR CASEWORK AND EQUIPMENT. ELECTRICAL MECHANI"` REVISIONS TO SUPPORT AND PLUMBING AND CAL ACCOMMODATE THE NEW WORK. ltd Hr, ;I w s c r/ 1 , ,,� 1 .•a„ ' �� TAT I� -'s �" �'''" y `� A � € > , •', y � �", � _'� ,� �z � �wi { � (� 1 ti c '�' Y S E E °P_�G x�° LI 1 °"T � s a ,r Ca ®2000''MSR imrtl�;'.Ino..:O2D00'avdafpn Tech nob96xr.: NOT TO SCALE W f �{ SRS' h " -3 I} 1 }g ft Y r "lz; z v v A T _ t ) (, 1� . � TAI ¢) � `` NORDSTROM � 1u jt al McQVww bo. GT'NO' M• &n Mnmco NOT TO SCALE PROJECT DIRECTORY BUILDING CLASSIFICATIONS NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER 100 SOUnlCENTER MALL KW, WASHIGNTON 98188-2896 TUILA (206) 246'0400 THE PROPOSED REMODEL SHALL CONFORM TO APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES AND AUTHORITIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1997 UBC WITH WASHINGTON AMENDMENTS 1997 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE 1997 UNIFORM F IRE COD CODE 1997 UNIFORM FIRE CODE 1997 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE CITY OF TUKWILA ZONING CODE WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE APPLICABLE CITY ORDINANCES BUILDING CLASSIFICATION A. ZONE C-P (my OF TUKWILA ZONING CODE) B. SEISMIC ZONE 3 C. OCCUPAN00 B-2 (RESTAURANT A -3) D. CONSTRUCTION TYPE II-F.R. ALLOWABLE AREAS • MAX. ALLOWABLE FLOOR AREA :239,400 S.F. ALLOWABLE HEIGHT :115 FT. (CITY OF TUKWILA) BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE FIRST FLOOR 55,512 SF SECOND F LOOR 7,765 SF THIRD FLOOR 48,913 SF FOURTH FLOOR TOTAL 161,626 SF REMODEL SF = +40 SF FIRE RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS: 1. STRUCTURAL FRAME 2-HR. 2, EXTERIOR NON- TEARING WAILS I-HR. (AT MALL, DCEPT AT OPENING) S. EXTERIOR NON-BEARING WALL (FACING PARKING) NON COMBUSTIBLE 4. FLOORS 2-HR, S. ROOF 1 -HR. 6. SHAFT ENCLOSURES. 2 -HR. 7. STAIR ENCLOSURES 2-HR. &ESCALATOR' PER SEC.1706 9. PERMANENT PARTITIONS NON- COMBUSTIBLE 10: CCORRIDORS 1 -HR. 11: CEILINGS NON -COMBUSTIBLE NGS NON -COMBUSTIB 12, BUILDING - FULLY SPRINKLERED OCCUPANCY LOADS: (EXCLUDE STARS, SHAFTS, EQUIPMENT ROOMS, TOILETS, ELEVATORS, ETC.) FIRST FLOOR TOTAL OCC = 1,28'..6 OCC SECOND FLOOR TOTAL OCC = 721 OCC THIRD FLOOR ° TOTAL CC - 937.6 OCC FOURTH FLOOR TOTAL CC... 37.5 OCC. REMODEL OCCUPANCE LOAD (FIRST FLOOR) : NO CHANGE =1281.6 O. aITNGREQ NB EXIT DOOR WIDTH IDTH REQUITED: FIRST FLOOR 1,281 OGG 450 OCC4F - 25.8 LF SECOND FLOOR 721 OCC 450 OCOLF = 14.4 LF THIRD FLOOR 987 OCC 4 50 OCCAF = 19.7 IF FOURTH FLOOR 37 OCC 4' 50 OCOLF - 7 LF REMODEL :EXITING REQUIREMENTS (FIRST FLOOR) : NO ^HANG -E = 25.6 LF FXRING PROVIDED FIRST FLOOR 33 LF 4 EXITS PROVIDED REMODEL ECInNG = 4 ail, NO CHANGE) ThesO plains have been reviewed by the HUH is Works Department for conformance with 000ROVt City standards. Acceptance is subject to errets and omissions which fie not authorize Violations of adopted standards or ordinances. The responsibility for the adequacy of the design testa totally with the designer. Addlttona, deiedone or revision to these drawings After this date thla acceptance OWNER NORDSTROM, INC. -41 SEATT AVENUE (206) 37396 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101 FAX (206) 373-4196 CONTACT: GALEN DOLSTAD ARCHITECT CAUJSON ARCHITECTURE, INC. - � I, - - '- r6! �I 11 � C ', . - Li -- x ._ I• r J 5 - -{ - I g L r 1 -y , € (I: yy g fr' I L , £. 1 " °"""°•'! ✓. - --- ) 1 420 FIFTH AVENUE, SU TE 2400 (206) 623-4646 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101 FAX (206) 623 -•1625 I CONTACT: VINA ANDERSON STRUCTURAL COFFMAN ENGINEERS (206) 623-0717 1601 FIFTH AVENUE, SUITE 900 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101 FAX (206) 624 -3775 CONTACT: DENNIS FIRTH . ELECTRICAL / HARGIS ENGINEERS, INC. PLUMBING PLAZA 600 BUILDING ENGINEERS 600 STEWART STREET, SUITE 1800 (206) 448 -3376 / SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101 FAX (206) 448 -4450 CONTACT: ROBERT SMITH (ELECTRICAL) CONTACT: REGAN CORWIN (PLUMBING) MECHANICAL PSF MECHANICAL, INC. ENGINEERS 9322 14TH AVENUE SOUTH (206) 764 -9663 IL ` 1 ■ ; § '- $ 2 8 4 1 I 1 ., I F y „ 3 �. - .,. (€ s E1 €¢ [t g E {v ¢V EXISTING ¢ DISPLAY Jg Ii WINDOW JJ s J Z I I _ � r _ - - / \ \ I / - \ V ( "si X - / I J :_ ! . I I ..... _ _ s - SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98108 FAX (206) 762 -8381 CONTACT: PATRICK JUNG RESTAURANT PACIFIC RESTAURANT DESIGN SERVICE 1145 BOTH AVE. NW., SU C� (t44,255))339.1=-,:: 2 7 22 CONSULTANT ISSAQUAH, WASHINGTON ITE 98027 FAX 94 I egalre a of eevfsed ,Ti ntw gs an will " ^ " for subsequentiipmval. '.b` T Final acceptance ls subject t0 Said inspection by the Public Works - laspectoc, - Date: 4 • , A i ' 0 CONTACT: GREG AHRENS GENERAL NOTES INDEX OF DRAWINGS s s 1. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. 2 VERIFY HELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF EACH PORTION OF THE WORK 3. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPLEMEN"TARYAND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY'ONE SHALL BE BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY AIL; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOP, THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL DISCRC -ANGES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE BUILDING GRID UNES OR THE FINISH SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 5. DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED ADJACENT TO WALL INTERSECTIONS SHALL BE LOCATED WITH THE EDGE OF FINISH OPENING SIX INCHES FROM THE ADJACENT WALL UNLESS OTHETMIISE INDICATED; ALL OTHER DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN NEAREST ADJACENT WALL INTERSECTIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIMENSIONED. . PAIONS WHICH ATE INDICATED IN PLAN DIAGONAL TO BUILDING GRID LINES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AT 45 DEGREES TO THE GRID UNES, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIMINSIONED. 7. DIMENSIONS GIVEN AT MASONRY OPENINGS (M.O.) ARE FROM CENTERLINE MASONRY JOINT TO CENTERLINE MASONRY JOINT, ACTUAL DIMENSION OF CLEAR OPENING AND WALL EITHER SIDE WILL VARY. ARCHITECTURAL A0.(n GENERAL INFORMATION A2.01 FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN AND RCP A2.02 FIRST FLOOR NEW CONSTRUCTION PLANS AND RCP A2,03 ELEVATIONS A2pq ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS AND DETAILS A2.05 SECTIONS AND DETAILS DETAILS A2,07 DETAILS' A208 DETAILS. A2.09 DETAILS A2.10 DETAILS STRUCTURAL $,01 PLAN, ELEVATION AND DETAILS MECHANICAL MECHANICAL - M0.1 HVAC SCHEDULES, GENERAL NOTES AND PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR HVAC PLAN PLUMBING PI.01 PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN, LEGEND, NOTES, AND SCHEDULES - PLUMBING P2.01 ESPRESSO BAR FLOOR PLAN AND UNDER FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING :. P2.02 PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR AND PARTIAL THIRD FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL LEGEND, NOTES,SCHEDULES, AND DETAILS E2.01 FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL . E2.02 FIRST FLOOR PLAN NEW CONSTRUCTION E4.01 ELECTRICAL DETAILS KITCHEN KE1.01 ESPRESSO BAR FLOOR AMD ELEVATION PLAN PLAN KE1.02 ESPRESSO BAR ELECTRICAL PLAN KE1.03 ESPRESSO BAR PLUMBING PLAN '. - : - - - I - - ". ',: PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN 1/8" = 1' - 0' ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL SYMBOLS PLAN / ELEVATION SYMBOLS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SYMBOLS AD ,...1C RGRREO E EAST D IN50E 00ERA R 550 PLC ACCCS EFS IXTEROfl N9AA1pN AID RILL 1!k]LONG ERECIED C . P. RCP H . .0. ACOUSTI._ RAMH SYSTEM N51E :HMATION 110H, 1KAL TEE EL F1EYAlgr1 50 0 (3R REFER E. E!ECIRC (Ay P. REFRIGERATOR tDC KO.. .V SETA. SETA. .. ANE ENCL E EAWE) FS, SEEM. CING ASO. R . EMIR EO EOUFL .IT JOIN HELD WWI. ALTEPoIRTE SOAP E BB T R RE S R EV DX AA ++NNLI EMI,. E LONG ROM E:P tat SO REDB E D mROpMMAR FLO. N I IAV NES. f tW �-+r Ezb' S 9J LT MaSO. EN EC.. NCEEL THEME � ? FC4G NRIF® BT NNIHADTOR' Mix MS HAMMY SO STOMA DINN M SECT SECTSECTION HOSE DRAIN W ro,co R MECH ME RANO (R; SF SOU... f0 R[!pR UVN MED MEDA.M SM SIR.ET F. FOC MFI NPHE SING SHEATH.. � � SIN SOMAS a " aRCii �C FlPo: FxiNWSHER SPEC SPECIRCAWN DRY ID An GE.., 5551 '""E m! �A s„Lr RID AND creme M A N R � STN y .� AND EDED MM.. HMS �ReT,HnsE S. FENCE B 0: Ci EN�.VKTE SC MSCELTEgS CATCH RASH FEW MR ra ODDlY DMa Mo NAM. OPEN. BC cogs RCS RIC FIRE HOSE 5055 R MI9 MOINTED STOR . ,� C�IVD Fee ME HOSE CANE) MITE AUleeol giRJCT SIRICIUWL fw RNSTR (ED) CAST HON RR R0BR ' N urnR1 SUER MEPSIDEO ASTAMEMOMCUg2TD Co OWNS AO HADECF rK mmmE8 CONTRACT CA OFAR FCM DACE OF I Uw TEL TMEN.E AS _ t T �� QF.W OOI RIG FBM I@iq[ID BYTES I$ NOT TO .LE P50 TCTOCE NM .NNE ox cow.. Hat RIEAM.. W ac w V TWO IH CO. CONCRETE DAMS. TEA.. Rll FEE RTC T.. pO C. Np TO TOP Of COIN W CRW R . FS CONS. MSTFULTON OPP °APONTE TV M.O. C<AS DOWN.. DOWN.. FTO f00T ow ...Low R('qF OPAi( TT'''' ' COM COMDDR art MUM ib 5! " !'?IFS 07 ...ET 1®I P1C METH WALL COVERT) ()TO p :A3 MEM.. IWL O C' C:AAt9C ILL EOry SE (WHEW. CEYRi ca 0,4E Pee PARR0.£PDAfD NO. C" CUMC YARD BY:, GMVA EED PI RAUIER ORAN C #.Y PJJA P.M IAUFNiE .7 V... L oEA .IC " iw mASTpD .T Nw E D. OGAD.. C.CRETE R r CEnx GWa GE.. .. FH P me VWM1 WAIONERNG OAS Owtlx4. TTaBRHV Gw GGYNPSM PT HO PFECAST ETHFAIEp NV WRIT OMENS. re_ H. Re mON WAITER CLOSE T WvpD D ANPP R CIFTG MA.0 HARDWOOD OT OU.TY TEE W0 MIME WATER RESISTANT 2 EX ISTING GRID NEW GRID (DETAIL NUMBER) ® (SHEET NUMBER) © ( DETAIL NUMBER) ® ,SHEET NUMBER ) - - i N I \-- -- . -, DETAL REFERENCE BUILDIN CROW NUMBER ( ) (SHEET NUMBER) SECTION REFERENCE KITCHEN LROOM Pu r4E1 I 202 I (ROOM NUMBER, ROOM IDENTIFICAT ©a© SEE WALL PARTITION TYPE SHEET AB.T WAL VPARTMON TYPE REFERENCE F -X% (PaOR TYPE AND NUMBER PEfl FINIS„ SCHEDUItT PAINT INDICATION (STONE TYPE OR S TAN TYPE PEfl %X-%% FIN SCHEDUL STONE O STARED - WOOD BASE WALLCOIENNG - _ Po NUM NG THIS ITEM FDIC) WALLCOVERING DGHT TR 1 _ ❑ 2, ^ 2 %d I I ^^ `+ 1' X< 'NSTNIID 9"X4' CEIUNG MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FI t E � ::::,:dt tfaCTS Date RE Pe l TC ISS OI anQ pJ !E 31 n T1 (, n '"'I r the V O a IO"1 I f any - Op O a aRCe, R' itl On- Y P I aCKf'O y - _ - DATUM OR DIMENSION POINT TM FABRIC NUMBER- [ � 1HIS RIREM OC OVEflING FABRIC WALLCOVERING FOR TRACK MOUNTED FABRIC PANELS TANOAAD O ) a1 ,Ace.)) e PALL WASHER) DOWNLIGHT FIXTURES ® OPENING NUMBER (SHPDING INDICATES O WORK MOPE CLEARLY DEFINED IN DISPLAY CASEWORK I ; DRAWINGS BY OTHERS) DISPLAY CASEWORK YY / I mo , It NO . SEPARATE ,:. R lIIRtEJ L- 1 W. MECHANICAL E LECT SIC +L 11 I VP tl P P iN t •:• •S Tt, " CITY �OF r It' t' °A I BUILDING n {S N - - - ,_._____ 4r, w•S P I _, I1 r ! NORTH ARROW r (ELEVATION NUMBER) IRRBET NUMBER) BUI'`DIN0 ELEVATION REFERENCE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN - INCLUDES WALLS, GOORS,CASEWORK UGH) FIXTURES CGLINQS ETC (SHOWN OWN SCREENED EDBROG CONSTRUCTION eo BE REMOVED INCLUD CASEWORES Wa..s•DDDRS ° ° 'L F ° ° K LIGHT FWSH FLOOR OU�f �% WITH COVER ELECTRICAL FLOOR OUTLET I CARPET CARPET PO NUMBER- IRIS REM FDIC) %RIOT O CARPET FIELD �! (PAINT TYPE AND P -%X N UMBER PER FINISH SCHEOULEJ PAINT INDICATION 0 SPEAKER 0 a ® ($DPPLYT ® (RETUfl"f ® ® (MA USn ( NEPA N TYPE) HVAC DIFFUSERS/GRILLES �� OVDDD BASE �e+vawwa++e. (CERAMIC TILE BASE °°°4°r° (STONE WAINSCOT] (G4RRPEf PO NUMBER- G4APEfiPPD IRIS REM FDIC) XbIX O CARPET FIELD WITH PAD o n (RECESSED) ® 5U90 1'( Q FQ " .f LO� 2 ? t 9 tiS e 1 { ^ \ �.J 1 �1 /"� AX.X (SECTION NUM BER) (SHEET NUMBER) DEPT AN X OR LETTER) XX X% (ELEVATION NUMBER (DEPARTMENT NUMBER) DEPARTMENT ELE VATION REFERENCE MU RES.CEIUNGS,ETC. (BROWN W HEAVY DASH) A HEAVY NEW CONBTNC110 - CAS E W ORK LIGHT I Fl X1UflE5, CElUNG5 (SHOWN WITH SOLID UNES) DRAWING CONVENTIONS ¢ ( FLOOR DR AIN!- IMFA R RI aa Po E (PLANT DRWNY T %iER10R) EA DRAIN- ±AD E�XTEflIOR)9Ar FLOOR DRAIN - �-rw�� (STONE BASE] • • e • • SURFACE MOUNTED (PRMH. WPll.COVERING) WALL STANDARDS (RESILIENT BASE) HDBD (4 HOBO WAIN SCOT) SS STAINLESS STEEL C G CORNEA GUARD SEE DETaI X (STANDARD) ) Y . OR (QUICK RESPONSE, ,-- VP' •. Oman. ,EXPOSED) 1 ( ELEVATION NUMBER) (SHEET NUMBER) (NO RATING) (I HOUR ASSEMBLY) B'HCBD (B' HOOD. WAINSCOT) VIM V Cid LLI IF- Z LEA 2962 A'CHIT, ROB J. TINOALL STATE 0 WASHINGTON General Information PERMIT ' _ PLAN GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES A DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC, EXTENT OF DEMOLITION SHOWN IS APPROX. FIELD VERIFY. B COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND STORE REPRESENTATIVE C SEE PLUMBING DWGS. FOR DEMOUTION RELATED TO PLUMBING. D GEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. FOR DEMOLITION RELATED TO ELECTRICAL. E SEE MECHANICAL DWGS. FOR DEMOLITION RELATED TO MECHANICAL. F MAINTAIN ADEQUATE SUPPORT, INSULATION, WATERPROOFING, EMERGENCY UGHTING, SECURITY, ALARMS, ETC, FOR ALL ITEMS OR PARTS OF ITEMS WHICH ARE TO REMAIN. G PREPARE SURFACES AND REMOVE SURFACE FINISHES TO PROVIDE FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF NEW WALL WORK AND NEW FINISHES. REMOVED SURFACE FINISHES ARE TO INCLUDE EXISTING MIRRORED WALLS AND CARPET BASES WHERE NEW FINISHES ARE TO BE INSTALLED. H EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN IS SHOWN WITH LIGHT SCREENED UNES. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED IS SHOWN WITH DARK DASHED UNES. PLAN DEMOLITION KEYNOTES n REMOVE EXIST. WALL AS INDICATED AND NEEDED TO INCORPORATE NEW WORK. `✓ REMOVE PORTION OF EXIST. WALL AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CASED OPENING/ DOOR OR RECESSED CASEWORK. REMOVE EXISTING MARBLE VENEER . PRIMARY WALL FRAMING TO REMAIN, SEE SAUDI0 AND 10/52.10. (G) VOID 0 5 REMOVE EXISTING GWB FROM ONE SIDE OF THE EXISTING METAL STUD. REFER TO 2/A2.02 FOR EXTENT OF NEW WORK. 20 © REMOVE EXISTING TELEPHONE, JACKS, POWER AND POS OUTLET. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXTENT OF WORK. 0 REMOVE EXISTING ESPRESSO CASEWORK. SALVAGE FOR OWNER'S REUSE. ® REMOVE AND RELOCATE ELEC.BOX. SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. REMOVE EXISTING MALL FLOORING WTTHIN THE OUTLINE OF THE NEW ESPRESSO CASEWORK PERIMETER. SAW -CUT MALL FLOORING AT A LOCATION UNDERNEATH THE NEW CASEWORK BASE. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH CASEWORK PLANS AND SECTIONS. VOID 11 VOID 12 VOID 13 REMOVE EXIST. STOCK SHELVING. SALVAGE FOR OWNER'S REUSE. 14 VOID 8 VOID 16 REMOVE EXISTING PAVING AND SLAB ON GRADE CONCRETE FOR TRENCHING OF UTILITIES. SEE PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, RCP GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES IN THE INTEREST OF CLARITY, THE DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLANS DO NOT SHOW DEMOLTRON PLAN INFORMATION. SEE 3/A2.01 FOR DEMOLITION PLAN INFORMATION. RCP GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES A DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC, EXTENT OF DEMOLITION SHOWN IS APPROX. FIELD VERIFY. B COORDINATE WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. C SEE PLUMBING DWGS. FOR DEMOLITION RELATED TO PLUMBING. D SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. FOR DEMOLITION RELATED TO ELECTRICAL. E SEE MECHANICAL DWGS. FOR DEMOLITION RELATED TO MECHANICAL F MAINTAIN ADEOUATE SUPPORT, INSULATION, WATERPROOFING, EMERGENCY LIGHTING, SECURITY, ALARMS, ETC, FOR ALL ITEMS OR PARTS OF ITEMS WHICH ARE TO REMAIN. G COORDINATE CEILING AND ABOVE CEIUING WORK TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION TO ADJACENT AREAS TO REMAIN. H COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK TO SALVAGE EXISTING ACT, GRID, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT & FIXTURE, ETC. FOR REUSE. EXISTING UFE SAFETY SYSTEMS SUCH AS EMERGENCY UGHTING, FIRE ALARMS, FIRE PROTECTION, SMOKE EXHAUST SYSTEMS, ETC. SHALL BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED IS SHOWN WITH DARK DASHED LINES. ALL SALVAGABLE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ME G'WNER. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN IS SHOWN WITH LIGHT SCREENED LINES. RCP DEMOLITION KEYNOTES REMOVE EXIST G'rPSUM BOARD SOFFIT AND METAL STUD FRAMING; SALVAGE LIGHTS AND SPRINKLER HEADS FOR REUSE. 21 REMOVE EXIST, LIGHT FIXTURES AND RETAIN FOR REUSE. SEE ELEC. DWGS FOR RELATED DEMOLTION WORK 22 REWORK EXIST FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER. 2 void 25 REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING MOTION DETECTOR. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR 2 DEMOLITION RCP ESPRESSO BAR 1/4" = 1 -0" PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR 3 CONCRETE DEMOLITION PLAN ESPRESSO BAR 1/4" = 1' -0" FACE OF CERAMIC TILE BASE APPROX. MALL FLOORING CUT UNE PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR 4 DEMOLITION PLAN ESPRESSO BAR 1/4" = 1' a 2962 C g$ ReC RT I. TINDALL � STATE OF WAShINGTON First Floor Demolition Plan and RAPT lz PERM: f C.: .. ,TEA RCP NEW CONSTRUCTION GENERAL NOTES A B C D E F G H DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC; EXTENT OF NEW WORK A APPROXIMATE, FIELD VERIFY. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN IS SHOWN WITH LIGHT SCREENED LINES. NEW CONSTRUCTION IS SHOWN AS DARK SOLID LINES. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR NEW WORK RELATED TO PLUMBING. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR NEW WORK RELATED TO ELECTRICAL SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR NEW WORK RELATED TO MECHANICAL. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE SUPPORT, INSULATION, WATERPROOFING EMERGENCY UGHTING, SECURITY, ALARMS, ETC, FOR ALL. ITEMS OR PARTS OF ITEMS WHICH ARE TO REMAIN. COORDINATE CEILING AND ABOVE CEILING WORK TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION TO ADJACENT AREAS THAT REMAIN. NEW CONSTRUCTION OF LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS SUCH AS EMERGENCY UGHTING, FIRE ALARM, FIRE SPRINKLERS, SMOKE EXHAUST SYSTEMS, ETC. SHALL COMPLEMENT THE EXISTING SYSTEMS AND BE MADE WHOLE WITHIN THE ENTIRE STORE. ESPRESSO SIGN SHOWN DASHED;- SEE 7/A2.05 GRAIN DIRECTION OF WOOD VENEER, TYP. 0 LIGHT TRACK, TYE. PAINT GRILL TO % MATCH WOOD VENEER COLOR 12' -0" O - 0 - —3 R 0 5 -0" 0 0 UPPER SHOW SIM Y f 0 }( QR 0 CABINETS DASHED O PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR TYPE 3 ACT @ 9 AFF A f F 1 F l A I /1 J\ A i FST i'4 i i PSTi /S .A 1 PL /1 r9 A2.04 SIM • PLAN NEW CONSTRUCTION GENERAL NOTES A B C EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN IS SHOWN WITH LIGHT SCREENED LINES. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN IS SHOWN WITH LIGHT SCREENED LINES. NEW CONSTRUCTION IS SHOWN WITH DARK SOLID LINES.. D INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS RELATIVE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE GIVEN AS THE BEST PRESENT KNOWLEDGE, WITHOUT THE GUARANTEE OF ACCURACY. CONTRACTOR(S) SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. E COORDINATE EXTENT OF NEW CONSTRUCTION, AND NEW FINISHES APPLIED TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, WITH THE OWNERS P.O. SCHEDULE. F NEW CONSTRUCTION OF LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS SUCH AS EMERGENCY LIGHTING, FIRE ALARM, FIRE SPRINKLERS, ETC. SHALL COMPLEMENT THE EXISTING SYSTEMS AND BE MADE WHOLE WITHIN THE ENTIRE STORE. G ALL UTILITIES THAT ARE BEING ABANDONED SHALL BE CUT AND CAPPED BELOW THE SLAB. FILL THE REMAINING HOLES IN THE SLAB WITH GROUT FLUSH TO CURRENT SLAB ELEVATION. H VERIFY ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBER LOCATIONS BEFORE TRENCHING OR CORE DRILLING FOR NEW UTILITIES. PROVIDE FIRE - RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING OR BACKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG ITEMS SUCH AS CASEWORK AND ACCESSORIES SUFFICIENT TO SUPPORT THESE ITEMS. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ALL WALL, FLOOR AND ROOM FINISHES. CABINET BASE FOR PLACEMENT OF CERAMIC TILE g w TP- PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR NEW CONSTRUCTION FLOOR 13- [{'iAFFI COUNTERTOP MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER BELOW (NOT SHOWN CUT -OUT FOR EXISTING MALL FLOORING I_ suMP' ESPRESSO PT ! STORAGE !, STARTING POINT OF CERAMIC TILE 1 PARTIAL TILE PLAN 2A V4 " = 1 -0 1 ■■e ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■ ■� IePeeeeeees! 1 ■11 •■■■■■ ■•! 1 ■011■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ee■ ®® e11■ ■e ■■ X1110 1 somzimmidENNWI ■eeea■■e■ 1•1111111MMERIEN 1 ■ e ISiilYid ■i! 111111111111MEMEIME EFFIREMEIBINEE 1el��i ■ ■r 1e71•■ ■ ■1 ®1711■■e�l� �1eC;�O ■ =ISf_ 1 ■ •••■er. ® ®® 1■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ CO 111111111 I ®. immi • 1•i INSTALL FLOOR SILKS AND FLOOR DRAINS PER DETAIL E 1 a CEO STOCK t IOF DOOR o ©o OUTLINE OF EXISTING FOOTING NOTE; REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL WALLCOVERING SHOWN DASHED; INSTALL ALONG PERIMETER OF ESPRESSO STORAGE KNOCK BOX CUT -OUT PER KITCHEN ESPRESSO DRAWINGS; TYPICAL 2" DIAMETER CORD HOLES AND SLEEVES @ THREE LOCATIONS 3" DIAMETER CORD HOLE AND SLEEVE TYP AT POS - PULLOUT TRAY FACE OF CERAMIC TILE BASE BELOW FACE OF CABINET BELOW 3' -0° AFF r-9 AFF ST WIDE x 3G8" THICK GASKET AND SEALANT ALL AROUND AT INTERFACE BETWEEN CASEWORK & DISPLAY CASE - NOTE: COUNTERTOP CUT -OUTS TO BE DONE IN FIELD AFTER ALL EQUIPMENT (OWNER AND KES PROVIDED) IS ON SITE. REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASE PER 'KITCHEN ESPRESSO DRAWINGS SS CG L SS CG 3' -0" WIDE SOLID CORE GATE 4 OS STARTING POINT CUT -OUT FOR OF CASEWORK PLACEMENT DIPPER WELL SEE VA2.07 FLOOR SINK PER KITCHEN ESPRESSO DRAWINGS S FACE OF EXISTING MARBLE VENEER NOTE: SELECTEE EQUIPMENT OMITED FROM PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR CLARITY. SEE KITCHEN - ESPRESSO DRAWINGS FOR FULL EXTENT OF EQUIPMENT. REF. ELEV.= 28'-6" PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR ^, T RO:ERT L. TINDAL, STATE OF WASHD,G'ON First Floor New Construction end RCP =� \ STARTING POINT CUT -OUT FOR OF CASEWORK P DIPPER WELL SEE 1/A2.07 UNDERCOUNTER ICE BIN WALL MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER COUNTERTOP MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER BELOW (NOT SHOWN) RCP NEW CONSTRUCTION GENERAL NOTES A DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC; EXTENT OF NEW WORK IS APPROXIMATE. FIELD VERIFY. H B EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN IS SHOWN WITH LIGHT SCREENED LINES. c NEW CONSTRUCTION IS SHOWN AS DARK SOLID UNEC. D SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR NEW WORK RELATED TO PLUMBING. E SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR NEW WORK RELATED TO ELECTRICAL. F SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR NEW WORK RELATED TO MECHANICAL. G MAINTAIN ADEQUATE SUPPORT, INSULATION, WATERPROOFING EMERGENCY UGHTING, SECURITY. ALARMS, ETC, FOR ALL ITEMS OR PARTS OF ITEMS WHICH ARE TO REMAIN. COORDINATE CEIUNG AND ABOVE CEILING WORK TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION TO ADJACENT .AREAS THAT REMAIN. NEW CONSTRUCTION OF UFE SAFETY SYSTEMS SUCH AS EMERGENCY UGHTING, FIRE ALARM, FIRE SPRINKLERS, SMOKE EXHAUST SYSTEMS, ETC. SHALL COMPLEMENT THE EXISTING SYSTEMS AND BE MADE WHOLE WITHIN THE ENTIRE STORE. ESPRESSO SIGN SHOWN DASHED; SEE 7/A2.05 GRAIN DIRECTION OF WOOD VENEER, TYR PAINT GRILL TO/ MATCH WOOD VENEER COLOR 12-0" SIM PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR -i \ P rSss n r\R in-rni s 1 nnn U4 SIM PLAN NEW CONSTRUCTION GENERAL NOTES A EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN IS SHOWN WITH LIGHT SCREENED LINES. B EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN IS SHOWN WITH LIGHT SCREENED LINES. C NEW CONSTRUCTION 1S SHOWN WITH DARK SOLID LINES.. D INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS RELATIVE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE GIVEN AS THE BEST PRESENT KNOWLEDGE, WITHOUT THE GUARANTEE OF ACCURACY. CONTRACTOR(S) SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. E COORDINATE EXTENT OF NEW CONSTRUCTION, AND NEW FINISHES APPLIED TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, WITH THE OWNERS P.O. SCHEDULE. F NEW CONSTRUCTION OF LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS SUCH AS EMERGENCY LIGHTING, FIRE ALARM, FIRE SPRINKLERS, ETC. SHALL COMPLEMENT THE EXISTING SYSTEMS AND BE MADE WHOLE WITHIN THE ENTIRE STORE. G ALL UTILITIES THAT ARE BEING ABANDONED SHALL BE CUT AND CAPPED BELOW THE SLAB. FILL THE REMAINING HOLES IN THE SLAB WITH GROUT FLUSH TO CURRENT SLAB ELEVATION. H VERIFY ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBER LOCATIONS BEFORE TRENCHING OR CORE DRIWNG FOR NEW UTILITIES. PROVIDE FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING OR BACKING FOR ALL WALL HUNG ITEMS SUCH AS CASEWORK AND ACCESSORIES SUFFICIENT TO SUPPORT THESE ITEMS. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ALL WALL, FLOOR AND ROOM FINISHES, STARTING POINT , E OF CERAMIC TILE 4 2A PARTIAL TILE PLAN V4" = 4 ,r .,.,.,,w..m� STcJCK IOF DOOR I \ 7 Al 1 I■■ ■1 MENEM— ® III ■ IMMEEMI I■■■■■■L_ _ H■ ■■ ■■ ■■■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■p Vii■ ■ ■ ■■■■ ■I E 1 a SUMP' ESPRESSO 1 PT STORAGE 2'-9" ]� NI Al21a C13 vaig CABINET BASE — FOR PLACEMENT OF CERAMIC TILE CT INSTALL FLOOR 51,155 AND FLOOR DRAINS PER DETAIL NEW CONSTRUCTION FLOOR (_ 1 Akin r1 At/lKIr1 I AAI PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR OUTUNE JF EXISTING FOOTING 1s 7 FACE OF CERAMIC TILE BASE BELOW FACE OF CABINET BELOW 1'-9° AFF KNOCK BOX CUT -OUT PER KITCHEN ESPRESSO DRAWINGS, TYPICAL 2" DIAMETER CORD HOLES AND SLEEVES ()a THREE LOCATIONS 3° DIAMETER CARD HOLE AND SLEEVE TYP AT POS PULLOUT TRAY 12" WIDE x 3 THICK GASKET AND SEALANT ALL AROUNC AT INTERFACE BETWEEN CASEWORK 5 DISPLAY CASE REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASE PER KITCHEN ESPRESSO DRAWINGS NOTE: COUNTERTOP CUT -OUTS TO BE DONE IN FIELD AFTER ALL EQUIPMENT (OWNER AND KES PROVIDED) IS ON SITE. SS CG L SS CG 3 - -0" WIDE SOLID CORE GAT B , - B /A2. FACE OF EXISTING MARBLE VENEER NOTE: SELECTED EQUIPMENT OMITED FROM PLANS AND ELEVATIONS FOR CLARITY. SEE KITCHEN - ESPRESSO DRAWINGS FOR FULL EXTENT OF EQUIPMENT. PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR s^AC'C \A /(1D11 Akin Cni IIDAACNIT DI AM OF MENU BOARD SUMP PR OF DEMOU §HED WALL 1 1 FLOOR SINK PER KITCHEN I ESPRESSO DRAWINGS I 11 ICE BIN ICE MACHINE T l!'v pP' wo'fc� ., First Floor New Construction Plans and RCP WA 171 R EMOVE PORTIONS OF FASCIA FOR TIE ROD AND ESCUTCHEON ; (3 LOCATIONS) J �J REMOVE SOFFIT AT y EXISTING ESPRESSO NICHE - REMOVE WAµS AT EXISTING ESPRESSO NICHE (3 SIDES) REMOVE MARBLE VENEER AND TILE DROPS ELEVATION - DEMOLITION 1/4 = 1-0 n MOLDED PLASTIC PAINT ALL METAL STRUCTURAL PARTS @ MALL SIDE -- TO MATCH EXISTING PARAPET COLOR 1 EAST ELEVATION OUTUNE OF NEW ESPRESSO BAR WOOD TOP SHELF 12' -0" AFF_ _ A R-6 10'- AFF /%/ ///.a V%// �//d/ %if//./ / //. //.%////// I/////// //�U// / / / / / / /// //lII/ //l/ /// /.% %// //�" 7 r v //r'% STAINLES STEEL CORNER laik /1111k 111 itk iflk w ' 1 07 1 47 U !MEIsl■■■■ UNIMMI nnu■Ip�EI.■II IIMMEI■f•■■■l ■■■■1 11111111110111t ■■■t111II IIIIIIIIi�lUuuu■ •e -■■ •n-U•■■r•■IuI! !!.i IitI IIIIUUIH• 111111INIIUIIIIII ■IIII•111111iii LIM•111 •�i i111M tliUittttititili•UU Ui•i�I•MIMIN• 11•1111 =111111111111111111 _ 1 III .6 11 - - _- ICE EN TT DRAWER -1 I PER i KTTCHEN- I ESPRESSO DRAWINGS L - - VIP I© CERAMIC TILE CNN 5. 2'-4' 7 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR PER KITCHEN - ESPRESSO DRAWINGS 2' -10" WOOD VENEER 392" REVEALS ALIGNED WITH VARIOUS j CASEWORK FEATURES, TYPICAL .,,.....__... �m 15 WOOD VENEER OPP. 5-1 @ SOFFIT UNDERSIDE r WOOD p VENEER — S- WOOD VENEER 0-1 WOOD DOOR AND JAMB; FINISH BY CASEWORK CONTRACTOR (5-1) A NORTH ELEVATION V2" = 1 UNDERCOUNTER REFR GERATOR PER KITCHEN -ESPRESS DRAWINGS COLD CUP DISPENSERS BY CASEWORK CONTRACTOR 4' -1" CLR. COORDINATE WITH KITCHEN ESPRESSO WGS / ,` NORTH ELEVATION WOOD VENEER 5-1 8" X 12" METAL ESCUTCHEON PAINTED TO MATCH EXISTING PARAPET COLOR, TYPICAL UGHT FIXTURE, TYP. UGHT TRACKS, SEE SPECS a' - 1" CLR. COORDINATE COORDINATE WITH WITH KITCHEN- KITCHEN ESPRESSO DWGS ESPRESSO DWGS TILE FACE ST -13F r 085 I V2" STAINLESS STEEL CORNER !GUARD SIM. WALL MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER HAND SINK PER KITCHEN ESPRESSO DRAVYINGS 3 " AFF 1ST FLOOR FIEF ELEV.= 28' -0" • 14 W W CO » Elevations a J. TINCALL WASHINGTON REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASE , PER KfTCHEN- ESPRESSO DRAWINGS I WOOD VENEER PLYWOOD FASTENERS - NO VISIBLE A TENERS ON EXPOSED SURFACE, TYP. 41 11111Ilik t 2.5 FRONT COUNTER 12 EAST SECTION V2" = V-0" 01011 HOT & COLD CUP DISPENSERS PER KITCHEN ESPRESSO DWGS. REAR COUNTER T I PWATIrINI 1 AF ;it 4, 0 UNDERCOUNTER 'REFRIGERATOR , PER KITCHEN I ESPRESSO DWG'S I C A ICE BIN ! DRAWER PER KITCHEN- ESPRESSO I DRAWINGS 2.-40 CI.R. j, 2 CLR, COORDINATE WITH COORDINATE • KITCHEN ESPRESSO WIT ESIgEn L „Kis L SIM 12' AFF 9 10_ 6 ," A A F F_ F F*_ 146 RFF + . REAR COUNTER A WEST SECTION w = 1-0" WOOD COUNTERTOP WOOD VENEER 1 1/2" MOLDED PLASTIC TRIM FRONT COUNTER METAL JOIST PLYWOOD CEIUNG RIM BOARD, BEYOND r PROVIDE MAPLE HOLLOW CORE 3 X 2'-10" HIGH X 1 3/ " THICK GATE WITH DOUBLE ACTING BISON GATE CLOSER 0357 AND JAMB BOLT, BALDWIN #0420, 260 FINISH ON LATCH SIDE POST L CEILING /CABINET /WALL DETAIL V ,,AP/11,er,./4117., PA@INTNAAALL AL ST URAL PARTS MATCH EXISTING COLOR WEST ELEVATION 1/2" = 1-0" SIMILAR ALIGN REVEALS WITH Kt :, REVEALS AT CONDIMENT D; SEE 2B/A2.07 C z 2962 . ,NDALL 1 I, NASHiNUirqy Elevations, Sections, and Details AIM ALIGN FACE OF SIGN WITH WOOD TRIM MENU BOARD FASTENED TO FRONT OF CABINET. SEE DETAIL FOR ITEMS NOT NOTED OR DIMENSIONED, SEE -• I I IPPFR fARINFT AT MFNI J RfARIl -2=4- SIM MAXIMUM 1 V2 " = -0" W4' STAINLESS STEEL SQUARE TUBING WITH ANGLED MOUNTING PLATE FOR SLOPED CEIUNG LETTERS AND "CUP' AS FOLLOWS: STAINLESS STEEL WITH JITTERBUG - BRUSHED FINISH, APPLIED TO 3' THICK HIGH PRESSURE, EXTERIOR -USE FOAM. ALL EXPOSED FOAM FACES TO BE SANDED SMOOTH AND PANTED HANGER WIRE AT EACH PERIMETER MAIN TEE ffffGGGG AND EACH CROSS TEE STABILIZER BAR AS RECD. TO MAINTAIN PERIMETER TEE SPACING MAN TEE OR CROSS TEE PERIMETER SUPPORT GENERAL SUPPORT 0 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS "STEAM" PATTERN ON "S" (OVER CUP) TO BT SCREEN PRINTED (1- COLOR) DIRECTLY ONTO STARLESS STEEL FACE. 2 2'-9" ATTACH LETTERS DIRECTLY TO "BAR" BELOW- / BAR TO BE 3/42X4" STAINLESS STEEL WITH JITTERBUG-BRUSHES FINISH 1 ED ESPRESSO BAR SIGN 3/4 _ t_o" 1 I'J I I I PPR (ARINFT fISPI AY ( HANGER WIRES AT 4' O.C. EACH DIRECTION - NO MORE THAN 1:6 OUT -OF- PLUMB,TYPICAL _EL 9'-6" AFF WOOD VENEER INTERIOR FACES FOR ITEMS NOT NOTED OR DIMENSIONED, SEE FASTENERS INTO STRUCTURE FIXED GLASS SHELVES ON SHELF PINS. ALIGN TOP OF SHELF WITH ADJACENT REVEAL IN DOOR PANEL. AFF GLASS SHELVES SET BACK 3/4" WHERE HANGER WIRES ARE MORE THAN 1:6 OUT -CF - PLUMB, PROVIDECOUNTER- SLOPING WIRES TRAPEZE AS REDD. TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS MAINTAIN HANGER WIRE SPACING AND CAPACITY ESPRESSO DRINKS Ox 12 as Espresso I 100 1.00 CaHe Merisono IRO 1.00 CaHe tugs IRO 1.00 CaHe Br ere IA 1.00 Cappurina 1.00 1.00 Caffe Mwha IA 1.00 UN Nwlnul lath 1.00 1.00 Cone Cara Al too 1.00 1.00 Ca& Irish Deem lone 1.00 1.00 CaHe Vanilla loge I.00 1.00 Calle Mmond Maeha 1.00 1.00 Gaffe Vanilla Morita 1.00 1.00 CaHe HuNnvt Mocha 1.00 1.00 Additional Shoff, add .25 Whipped Cream Tapping,* .25 3 V2"= 10 V2 EQUAL 000 3 '3" 16 oz. 1.50 Rol Chaco. 1.50 Not Chocolate HIM 1.50 1.50 I. s0 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 VERIFY FIT WITHIN CASEWORK SURROUND Steamer Chocolate Almond Mao Orange Joke Milo (nonta1 arwholel Cho.. Milk Dalian Soda [reamsido mmm Tea CD MENU BOARD ELEVATION OTHER BEVERAGES -- COFFEE BIN (BY OWNER) CENTERLINE OF MENU, "MENU "TEXT, AND "OTHER BEVERAGES" TEXT. Or I.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 lA0 1.00 1.00 1.00 PLASTIC LAMINATE INTERIOR FACES - I - II 1 q 1 1 "FR fARINFT AT ffFFFF RINIR 12 or. 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 I.W 1.00 oo 1.00 NORDTRO 11" EQUAL EL 9' -6" AFF SIM. SIGN (BY OTHERS) WOOD TRIM BEYOND 8 SOFFIT_ EL O 5' -6° AAFF 16 150 150 10 1.50 1.50 1.50 .50 1.50 .50 PENDANT- MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES AND FIXTURES WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 LBS. SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE. LIGHT FIXTURES WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 LBS. SHALL BE FASTENED TO STRUCTURE WITH TWO SLACK WIRES, MINIMUM. FASTEN ALL LIGHT FIXTURES TO CEILING SYSTEM WITH WIRE TO TEES WRHIN 3" OF EACH CORNER OF LIGHT FIXTURE FOR LIGHT -DUTY AND INTERMEDIATE-DUTY CEILING SYSTEM (NOT REQUIRED FOR HEAVY -DUTY CEIUNG SYSTEM) I.00 1.00 Swan Cooties Ba0e1 Bog.' w /Greco Cheer Aearlod Parhin Nardykrs LIGHT FIXTURE SUPPORT PASTRIE .00 1.00 EQUAL _ 1 3A" HIGH X 1/2" THICK SURFACE - APPLIED JITTERBUG - BRUSHED, STAINLESS STEEL LETTERS. PAINT SIDES JITTERBUG - BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL � DMDER BAR D(11.0g5 FOUR WIRES S • YED 90-DEGREES FRO EACH OTHER IN F COMPRESSION STRUT FASTENED TO GRID AND TO STRUCTURE. NOTE THIS BRACING TO BE LOCATED AT 12' O.C. EACH DIRECTION, AND WITHIN 6' OF PERIMETER PARTITIONS. LATERAL BRACING 5 1/2" HIGH X 1 12" THICK LETTERS FACES TO BE JITTERBUG-BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL. LETTER BODIES TO' BE HIGH - PRESSURE EXTERIOR -USE FOAM. SIDES TO BEAANDED SMOOTH AND PAINT TO MATCH ( MOUNT DIRECTLY TO DMDER BAR. ARTWORK SUPPLIED BY ARCHITECT. 3M SCOTCH -PRINT DIGITAL -COLOR (DUOTONE MEZZOTINT) VIN:. OUTPUT WITH CLEAR.''COATING OR TWO-COLOR SCREEN PRINTED PANEL, ADHERED TO RACKING. COLOR' AND PATTERN SUPPUED BY ARCHITECT. (THIS ITEM SHADED) - REMOVABLE PLASTIC LAMINATE STRIPS, COLOR L -1 WITH COMPUTER -CUT, SURFACE- UED, 7/N" HIGH, STANDARD WHITE, VINYL LETTERS. STRIPS TO BE ADHERED TO BOARD WITH MAGNETIC BACKING. JITTERBUG- BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL DIVIDER BAR FIXED PIA IC LAMINATE STRIP. COLOR L -i 1)0, WITH SURFACE - APPLIED, V4" THICK, 2 V2" HIGH LETTERS. LETTER BODIES TO BE HIGH - PRESSURE EXTERIOR -USE FOAM, SIDES PAINTED P-1 AND FACE OF LETTERS PAINTED STANDARD WHITE. ARTWORK SUPPLIED BY ARCHITECT. NOTES: ALL TYPEFACES TO BE FUTURA CONDENSED REGULAR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL MENU TEXT TO BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER. PLASTIC LAMINATE INTERIOR FACES SIM. CABINET DOOR ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON PINS WITH HOLES AT 1 V4" OC FOR ITEMS NOT NOTED OR DIMENSIONED, SEE I EL 5'�" AFF 1 d I IPPFR CARINFT WITH fl(ORS 45- DEG "EES MAXIM M MENU BOARD THICKNESS AS NECESSARY FACE OF CABINET PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF MENU BOARD 1 V2" THICK LETTERS PER MENU BOARD ELEVATION CENTERLINE OF TEXT STAINED WOOD TO MATCH ADJACENT CASEWORK AND TRIMS • FACE OF MENU BOARD 3 " =T - 0" 2 V2" AIN TEE CROSS TEE 2" M,M.II.iUM CLGNB3 - 160CT95 V2" VERIFY WITH EQU PMENT (BY OWNER) FACE OF MENU BOARD MENU BOARD DETAIL I - !Z GRAPHICS ELEVATION FACE OF DIVIDER BAR GRAPHIC SIGN 7 (BY OWNER) COFFEE BIN (BY OWNER) Its 0.0 1,2" `vtK20 !!t'J NFR 2 7 L p,JILU Lef EmomoN Lf) f 1 Cr. RETc.p A i,Zf 2962 ROBE' J. TINDALL STATE OF WASHINGTON Sections and Details 1 X 2 STOP SCREWED TO SHELF 2° X 2 NOTCHES IN SHELVES FOR WIRE WAY - ALIGN WITH CORD OPENING COUNTER SUPPORT - 2° X 2" STEEL ANGLE AND BLOCKING REFRIGERATOR PER KFrCHEN- ESPRESSO DRAWINGS (DASHED) WOOD TRIM BEYOND ICE BIN DRAWER PER KITCHEN DRAWINGS AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE FLOOR SINK .L• REAR COUNTER AT ICE DRAWER 1 "_ -0 " 112° 0 FRONT COUNTER AT POS 1" =1' -0" f * C) SECTION NOTE; WHERE PLANS CALF FOR CORNER GUARD, PROVIDE CORNER GUARD TIGHT TO TOE OF BASE CABINET, TYPICAL PER FLOOR PLANS 3/16" HOLES COUNTERSUNK FOR FLATHEAD SCREWS FOR ITEMS NOT NOTED OR DIMENSIONED, SEE J 0.Af TAi n.'lI ;Ann ✓ - COVE TILE BASE ALL AROUND FLOOR SINK LOCATION OCCURS MOLDED PLASTIC COUNTERTOP ON 3i4" MARINE PLYWOOD. 3' -0° AFF —CASH DRAWER (FDIC) (3) ADJUSTABLE 3/4" SHELVES ON SHELF PINS S ® ELEVATION C REAR COUNTER AT SINK i i o PROVIDE ONE 12" X 12" ACCESS PANEL AT EACH VOID SPACE 11LE BASE DIMENSIONED, SEE SINK PER KITCHEN DWGS PER FLOOR PLANS 3" NOMINAL, TYPICAL FOR ITEMS NOT NOTED OR 0 FRONT COUNTER — TYPICAL Alk NOTE: A LL CUTOUTS VONE I S FIE AD VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR PROVIDE ONE 12" X 12" ACCESS PANEL AT EACH VOID SPACE MOLDED PLASTIC COUNTERTOP ON 3/4" MARINE PLYWOOD. I 3 -0" AFF (3) ADJUSTABLE W4" SHELVES ON SHELF PINS 3/4" SHELVES SET BACK 1" OVE TILE BASE 1 V2" SIAM. STAINLESS STEEL POST WITH 1 12" CAP; EPDXY AND PIN 343" TEMPERED GLASS SCREEN; ROUSH ALL 4 EDGES 1 V2" STAINLESS STEEL BRACKETS WITH FASTENING HARDWARE REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASE 1 n /•h I T, In/YI 1/ I I n A nrnv EnnrrnI io 4 1/2', VARIES PER FLOOR PLAN 112' TYP I SUPPORT NEL AT CABINET CE EACH LEVEL i REFRIGERATOR PER KITCHEN- ESPRESSO DWGS (DASHED) I J -BOX PER IL I ELECTRICAL 1 DRAWINGS COVE TILE BASE ALL AROUND AT EQUIPMENT OPENING 0 FRONT COUNTER AT REFR 1 „ =1 -0 I: BLACK FOAM GASKETTS,TYP SOLID WOOD SURROUND CL” f'', COVERS METAL FRAME CLEARANCE OF CASE Wince ' L2" W K " 2 U2" I CONTINUOUS XX BLACK FOAM GASKET O PARTIAL HORIZONTAL SECTION MOLDED PLASTIC ON ESPRESSO MACHINE SIDE ONLY C�� EDGE OF COVE BASE BELOW' —� nleDI AOC el loom Inln 3'-0 AFF0 FOR. ITEMS NOT 7 NOTED OR DIMENSIONED, SEE ',2.06 X12" FRONT COUNTER V4" CLEARANCE z 0 REAR COUNTER — TYPICAL 1. =1 -0 2' X 2" NOTCHES IN SHELVES FOR WIRE WAY.AUGN WITH GROMMETS PER FLOOR PLAN PROVIDE ONE 12° X 12" ACCESS PANEL AT EACH VOID SPACE V4" CLEARANCE PER FLOOR PLANS FIXED SHELF BLACK FOAM GASKETTS,TYP CONTINUOUS BLACK FOAM GASKET COVE TILE BASE MOLDED PLASTIC COUNTERTOP AND BACKSPLASH ON INDICATES REFRIGERATOR CASE PER KITCHEN - ESPRESSO DRAWINGS 3/4" MARINE PLYWOOD 3' -0" AFF — COVE TILE BASE MOLDED PLASTIC COUNTERTOP ctON 3/4" MARINE ` PLYWOOD. to DRIPPER WELL 3' -0" AFF (2) ADJUSTABLE 3/4" SHELVES ON SHELF PINS (3) ADJUSTABLE SHELVES AT SIM. FOR ITEMS NOT NOTED OR DIMENSIONED, SEE O PARTIAL SECTION IIIl I11 r — ILA WOOD TOP SOUD WOOD FRAME TYP REVEAL -- VERTICAL GRAIN HERE ONLY TILE FACE L PULLOUT TRAY ON SLIDES. AT CLOSED POSITION, FACE OF TRAY TO MATCH FACE OF CABINET. Lo PASTRY SCREEN SEE 12/42.06 -- T BASE — . 2 EQUAL LEAF SHELVES, WOOD SURFACE WITH EDGE BAND VENEER THUMB PULL FOR OPENING, TYP STEEL PIANO HINGE -- CD 1 " =1' -0" WOOD COVER WITH EDGE BAND VENEER WOOD VENEER FACE 712 C 112" MOLDED PLASTIC TRIM I P-LAM FACE L WGN- DISPLAY SECTION REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASE (OPP. SIDE); SEE 1302.06 FOR DISPLAY CASE SURROUND ALIGN TOP OF DISPLAY WITH TOP OF REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASE SURROUND PER FLOOR PLANS 3° NOMINAL, FRONT AND BACK FOR ITEMS NOT NOTED OR DIMENSIONED, SEE WOOD PANELS WOOD TOP 1 - MOLDED PLASTIC COUNTERTOP ON 3/4" MARINE PLYWOOD. 3' -0° AFF (3) ADJUSTABLE 3/4" ON SHELF PINS 3/4° -- SHELVES SET BACK 1" PROVIDE ONE 12" X 12" ACCESS PANEL AT EACH UNDERCOUNTER SPACE COVE TILE BASE FRONT COUNTER AT PASTRY DISPLAY 1 " _ -0 " i 0fr c2 5 EQUAL .1, EQUAL I 1 h 1 PI III nl IT TRAY SIM TOP OF TRAY AT 2' AFF /` p0R 7 'M\ Ltu es m a 2962- RECISTe. A RC, ACT 1 ' 1 1, ROST1 TINDALL 'STATE OF WASHINGTON' PERIL: WOOD VENEER 112" CONDIMENT STAND 1 " =1 -0" O EDGE COUNTERTOP EDGE HALF FULL SCALE C HALF FULL SCALE 1V MOLDED PLASTIC 5 O EDGE HALF FULL SCALE CABINET DETAILS AS NOTED 0 FLOOR DRAIN AT LEVEL (NOT SLOPED) FLOORING — BASE ST -13F MOLDED PLASTIC ON MARINE PLYWOOD 3 LL LL CABINET / DOOR./ / 2D01/2N; O DETAIL 3" =1 -0" MOLDED LEDGE CASEWORK FACE KMAY CO O EDGE HALF FULL SCALE Q PLAN 5 5', EQUAL , 3 V2 5 025 12 "� 2 3/4" I I I 6 V4" I 5 3 DIAMETER METAL RAIL V4" DIAMETER METAL POST 2 V2° O DETAIL 3" =1 -0" WOOD TRIM FLOOR DRAIN WITH ADJUSTABLE HEAD DEAN BODY CAST INTO CONCRETE SLAB -ON —GRADE —STONE TILE SYSTEM OR CERAMIC TILE SYSTEM 6° DIAM. OPENING TO WASTE CONTAINER, NP. OF TWO A2.0 CABINET BOTTOM T I ,.e I I �� I Fl n(lR (lPAII01q ANfl Fl (1C)R RINIVR In[ TII F AT CI ARC- Clt\I -fRAfF EQUAL I B FLOOR SINK CONDIMENT BINS INTO COUNTERTOP CUTOUTS BY CASEWORK NAPKIN HOLDER (8Y OWNER) O COUNTER TOP EDGE FULL SCALE WOOD VENEER \ CABINET TOP 1 3 „ =1 , -0 „ GWB DOOR PULL ISk PP l I i O EDGE HALF FULL SCALE O GWB REVEAL HALF FULL SCALE O FRONT ELEVATION LIGHT FIXTURE WOOD TRIM, TYPICAL 6L 07 O CABINET BOTTOM 3"=1'-0" FACE OF CABINET TRIM ABOVE O P DOOR EDGE 3 „ =i -0 DRAIN BODY CAST INTO CONCRETE SLAB-ON -GRADE CABINET DOOR MOLDED PLASTIC LEDGE AND SPLASH 3 REVEAL, TYPICAL - -� P -TAM STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD 3" NOMINAL 3 SIDES /\ END ELEVATION 0 III i ) ) 3 1 10 ESPRESSO BAR CASEWORK INSTALL WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE CONTINUOUS INTO FLOOR SUMP, ACROSS SUMP, AND INTO DRAIN FLASHING CLAMP. INSTALL MEMBRANE WITH LAPS, FOLDS, PREFABRICATED CORNERS, AND REINFORCING PER MANUFACTURER IN ORDER TO PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS WATERTIGHT INSTALLATION. CONTINUOUS THINSET QUARRY TILE COVE WITH BULLNOSE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE WOOD BLOCKING TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB OR MORTAR BED SEALANT CD (CERAMIC) QUARRY TILE BASE AT ESPRESSO CASEWORK HALF FULL SCALE BASNB2 - 28APR97 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE d AT Fl fl lR CI IMP 1 -- I / L_ I\ / WASTE , CONTAINER I (BY OWNER) O LONGITUDINAL SECTION (3) ADJUSTABLE 3 SHELVES ON SHELF PINS - 3/4° THICK TILE BASE - WOOD BLOCKING TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB 1p OR MORTAR BED VB" SEALANT JOINT EXISTING TERAL0 51_005IN AT MALL ESPRESSO BAR CASEWORK g TILE BASE AT ) ESPRESSO CASEWORK HALF FULL SCALE WASTE CONTAINER I (BY OWNER) 2 X 2 WOOD STOP FOR POSITIONING WASTE CONTAINER, TYPICAL Details a r' T J. TINDALL 1 OF WASHINGT11NI PERMIT CENTER I. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR WALL RATINGS NON -RATED HR RATED 2. SEE SPECS FOR STUD SPACING, GAUGE. 3. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTOR OF FIRE -RATED STALLS' PARTITIONS WITH DESIGN NUMBER SPECIFIED AT EACH PARTITION TYPE 4. FRAME AND FINISH OPENINGS FOR MECHANICAL ANC ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED AND AS SPECIFIED ON MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DRAWINGSSPECIFICATIONS. 5. ACOUSTICAL PARTITONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED ANY PARTITIONS COSTTAJNING ACOUSTICAL INSULATION. PARTITION / WALL NOTES THE PARTITION/WALL DESIGNATION IS A THREE -UNIT CODE THAT DENOTES THE CONFIGURATION, CONSTRUCTION, AND INSULATION. _.11.111.11.1.11.11.1 11 �- - PARTITION WALL CONFIGURATION - �PARTRIONNJALL CONSTRUCTION INSULATION PARTITION /WALL DESIGNATION AND NOTES NO SCALE 6" STUDS P •.....I 6" METAL STUDS AT 16' O.C. � ALIGN WITH EXISTING STUDS 1 LAYER 58" TYPE "X" G.W.B. BATT INSULATON IF NOTED PARTITION (1 HR. FIRE— RATED) CONSTRUCT PER U.L. DESIGN NO. U 465 PTNNA2 — 240CT95 CEIUNG (WHERE OCCURS) �\ CEILING INSULATION ONE SIDE ( IF OCCURS IN PTN. ) INSULATION PARTIAL HEIGHT (WHERE OCCURS) I PARTITION CONFIGURATION - FULL HT. FINISH MATERIALS ONE SIDE PARTIAL HT. FINISH MATERIALS ONE SIDE PARTITION / WALL DESIGNATION NO SCALE STRUCTURE ABOVE RESTRAINT PER STRUCTURAL SOUD GROUT OR ARE -RATED JOINT FILLER CONCRETE SHEAR WALL INTERSECTION OF CMU WALL � � J 1A /1,1 I nrni Il'+ri if, A nr,nr CEIUN INSU ION TWO SIDES OCCU S IN INSU TION PART) (WHERE OCCURS) IF ARTITION CONFIGURATION - PARTIAL HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS BO SIDES INSULATION PARTIAL HEIGHT (WHERE OCCURS) I c1 PARTITION CONFIGURATION - PARTIAL HT. FINISH MATERIALS ONE SIDE NO FINISH MATERIAL ONE SIDE T -- SEALANT AT FIRE -RATED PARTITIONS CEILING INSULATION ONE SIDE ( IF OCCURS IN PIN. ) SAFING INSULATION AT ARE-RATED PARTITIONS ONLY METAL DECK SCHEDULED PARTITION O ACROSS METAL —DECK FLUTES 16 GA. CONT. SHEET METAL WHERE RECTO TO ATTACH TOP TRACK - PER I.C.B.O. REPORT #2388 OR EQUIVALENT METAL DECK, TYPICAL EDGE TRIM DEEP -LEG TRACK ATTACH G.W.B. TO STUDS ONLY. DO NOT ATTACH TO TOP TRACK 0 PARALLEL TO METAL —DECK FLUTES INTERSECTION OF PARTITION— FINISH ■M 12 Twin � CEIUNG '4I ONE S D IF U 41 � t�S IN PIN. ) FULL HEIGHT MASONRY WRH PARTIAL HT. FINISH MATERIALS ONE SID NO KNISH MATERIAL ONE SIDE `s 4' -0° HIGH TEMPERED HARDBOARD WAINSCOT OVER WE GWB FRAMED TIGHT TO FIREPROOFING STRUCTURE, TYPICAL CEILING (WHERE OCCURS) INSULATION FULL HEIGHT (WHERE OCCURS) IEI PARTITION CONFIGURATION - FULL HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS BOTH SIDES FURRING AT COLUMN 1 1/2 " EXISTING FIREPROOFING / - OVER COLUMN - EXISTING CONCRETE SHEAR WALL 5B" GWB OVER 2 1/2" METAL STUDS; FRAME TIGHT TO FIREPROOFING DC9 1 AT FIRE —RATED PARTITION O PARALLEL TO METAL —DECK FLUTES A FOR U.L. CERTIFICATION, SEE PARTITION TYPE INSULATION NO SCALE ACROSS METAL —DECK FLUTES AT FIRE —RATED PARTITION I l /1 1 1A /ITI —I QTRI IflTI IRE lRCI \/F NO INSULATION I b . I BATE ACOUSTICAL IJ INSULATION c . I RIGID INSULATION BATT THERMAL INSULATION 1 2 ] - - �548" GWB EACH SIDE 3 5'S" STUDS 3 55" METAL STUDS @ 16° O.C. - TYPICAL BATT INSULATION IF NOTED PARTITION (NON— RATED) toi 3 FURRING PARTITION (NON— RATED) rot 2 12" STUDS METAL STUDS @ 16° O.C.TYPiCAL 5S° GWB BATT INSULATION IF NOTED 41: LATH ANTI P1+,STE PPROTECTIVE COATING / SHOWN DASHED; INSTALL TO 6" ABOVE ACT I I 0 10 FURRING AT COLUMN 1 V2 " =1' -0" EXISTING METAL DECK GB TIGHT TO METAL DECK - CONIN000S SEALANT SAHA* INSULATION WHERE REQUIRED BY PARTITION DESIGN OFFSET -LEG TOP TRACK GB FASTENED TO TOP TRACK (NOT TO STUDS) - NUMBER OF LAYERS TO MATCH PARTITION BELOW FASTENED TO STUDS (NOT TO TRACK) - NUMBER OF LAYERS PER PARTITION DESIGN i:l" :)4 ruirgrl) d AP D APR 2 7 2001 Aa KILO Rt)LDIHIG OM3lOK Details 2962 rag a REGISTERED ARCH.T`^1 . rj RE ERR I. TINDALL STATE OF WASHINGTON PERMIT CENTER P1 Details a CC aaa V O � _ t' ✓tlJl 3 DIM. PT. 1 C.T. FLOORING SEALANT MATCH C.T. JOINT WIDTH . � EXISTING TERAZZO FLOORING / (MALL FLOOR) � � DIM PT AT DOOR OPENING: THRESHOLD BEGINS UNDER DOOR LEAF. LOCATE S SHOWN DEPENDING UPON DOOR LEAF LOCATION. SEALANT METAL THRESHOLD - SHIM AS NECESSARY FINISHES, NTHE N FLOOR SOLID GROUT. - -- TOP OF CONCRETE I NT j-y IC TILE FLOORING _V7A I____`�` RI_ _��� TOP OF CONCRETE LEVELLING BED AS RE C.T. REQUIRED FOR TO MATCH OR .T O HEIGHT CERAMIC TILE FLOORING TO STONE FLOORING WATERPROOF MEMBRANE LAPPED ONTO • TOP OF SCREED FOR .ACT LOCATION AT DOOR OPENING OR CASED � OPENING SEE DETAIL . BENT -METAL SCREED ALIGNED WfTH ROUGH JAMB, FOR TERMINATION OF WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AT CASED OPENING: TRANSITION AT END OF JAMB AS LOCATED ON PLANS. ICD CONCRETE TO CT FLOORING J 5 METAL THRESHOLD LOCATION I HALF FULL SCALE FINNE4 — 170CT95 HALF FULL SCALE FINNA2 — 03FEB98 HALF FULL SCALE FINNC5 — 170CT95 NECESSARY z U? \ NOTE NEW WALL STANDARDS TO MATCH EXISTING. •BUQUE -^ PER PLANS �\ r ,.--- NEW MIR PANELS MIRROR IN BOTIO• CHANNEL WHER OCCURS MEW Q ''' ' j / / / '/ ' " .. IBIGT. CARPET BASE ON PLAN MEANS 2 F OR 2 FEET ' :OM I iII I YWOOD I P NEL WH - - E OCCURS. AT O / / �£ N• E: REGARDING D INDICATED FROM CENTER CENTER OF 0 SCHEMATIC EXISTING EXISTING WALL HERE -TO -CENTER WALL STANDARD .414 _ 1• MIRROR PANELS WALL STANDARDS STANDARD LOCATIONS SCHEMATICALLY) - 2' OC OF WALL STANDARDS, TO EDGE OF PANEL. ELEVATION P -.. _ II, IMIRROR All EXS TIG) AT : S O F 1. I � �'SI I — .-' 'I► • f. ._ I l . 11' I I.. 1. 11. : •.. EXIST I. .a ISTING OF CONCRETE N CARPET A PAD 11. 11. /lr. 1 I ° ° ° • _ ¢ Ell ' II 9l FLOORING TRANSITION LOCATION _______ �� �� g ee ?eeee ?ee? ?Tee -; 0 MIRRORS AT INSIDE CORNER i CARPET BASE AT MIRROR TOP OF MIRROR HALF FULL. SCALE FINND6 — 170CT95 1/4 1' -0 HALF FULL SCALE BASNCS 28APR97 FULL SCALE MIRNA6 — 300CT97 40 FULL SCALE MIP.RB5 — 14APR98 2'z 4' STAINLESS STEEL COVER SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. —NEW CONCRETE SLAB ON GRAD 1 0 ::::0AER \ j EXISTING CONCRETE , - - SLAB r/ D K NEW CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE OVER VAPOR 1.4 BAz RIE W1.RR 4 WTTH F 6k6 W WW � � .� c:J : !i ;i _ r& FILLET ff E BENTONT ° i 1 4 ° e ■ \_\_ \_ \_\_\_\\ , _ \�� -AMON LIII■1 ■ OW CST -IN- PRICE 'r (iYP. @ 1 ERS 09 EXI . SLAB S ALE N I 44 Pop• 4, -0" ' {" •" , I;. . I • r } I 1 i L.: ° ! ` ���1 G O NEW 6" CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WALL PANEL SU E PLUMBING ILLET OF BENTONffE PIPE PENETRATION CONCRETE WALL ` _ • ° ° ' Q O 2 ` ? ° ° , . O ° ° ° E ° . @ EPDXY GROUT IN 1" DIA. HOLE 1 A O 0 ° ° ° °A • ° A ° , . . • ° DOWEL III -� � �� � 12" . #4 COATED REBAR @ - 6" SON G (�� ,,�\ I I I CI IAAP PIT i:u'11' p ANCHOR BOLT PER = MANUFACTURER III III I ^nRNIGP FIPTAII H4 @ 12" O.C. EA WAY II ° _ ° = � ` ° ° ° " 0 . 00 0 3 c0 . 0 'V V. °• �• e • r 0000cj0■ 00 O O OO 'M�00 Ce0 #4 x Ste" x 6" COAT f nmCTRI I(TInNI InImT ,C FORM CONCRETE WALLS (TYP) Hid III... , � ° ° . _ _ v ° p ° ' ' ' ID, v ° p �- - ° D v on t—IH Tuou_k. li APR 2 7 7 ,301 RS WIil �!�TL o BENTONITE PANEL _ 111 0 P 080°Q) �(Q� III ! \�O `" O ,I'll O OQ O 0 b 0po�c o�ocoo \ °, ,^ o : - .,.. .7' OPP //� \\ SIM. I t ! 1 AANNnI PIT A AIII RAC K\NATRR \ILsI \ F — 1 ' CFfTInM P1 Details a CC aaa V O � _ t' ✓tlJl Details (f) O z 2962 REGISTERED AR HIT ROBE. i. TINID4L_ STATE OF WASHINGIU DOOR SCHEDULE OPENING OPENING DOOR FRAME REMARKS ESPRES' S STORAGE 'll 11 DISPLAY DOOR / REMOV; :LE PANEL PER , AIL 3 NUMBER SIZE i DETAILS I I TYPE MTL FINISH TYPE I MTL FINISH HEAD I JAMB I SILL I X 2 FRAME , � , FIRST FLOOR ESPRESSO STORAGE V2 °� DISPLAY F. WALLCOVERING I O �- V2" F.R.T. PLYWD. '• IENED TO PARTITION (MATCH EXISTING) FABRIC - STRETCHED ACROSS V4^ PLYWOOD ON 1 X 2 FRAME, THEN OF FERAME TO BACK ALL AROUND EXPOSED FACE OF PLYWOOD 101 3' -0" x 7' -0" V MA S-1 A MA � S-7 17/A2.10 7/A2.10 MA2.09 1-HOUR RATING WfTH KICKPLATE 102 I3' -0"�z 7' -0" L I AM P- A HM I P- ISA2.10 DA2.10 po IV IDODTRIMLL A2.10 EXISTING PANEL EXIST. REMOVABLE 7✓4" •� PARTITION PER PLANS I - / / 30" X 30- LOUVERED PANEL �1 \ \ SEE DET. ' If I T ILL IIA I1 F ' � HOLLOW -METAL FRAME L`� _ !;� L � FRT PLYWOOD FLOOR PANELS MA P �. �� 00 .411 � �= \���.�� /. �/ ` LOLNERED V / V - P ABRIC WALLCOVERING - LET INTO EA •' .. , : . .OuNOTJOAMe TO MOVABLE PANEL PER DETAIL 3 -._:__ _': _.. _ -. .... .. VISION UTE A 3SIDED DOOR -TYPE LEGEND FRAME -TYPE LEGEND ELEVATION AT DIS ' = 4 OR LEAF SIDE ` LL � 1. _ � LOO yONF•, 1";,„, + METAL FIST• PLYWOOD I � = Mir ' PLYW• •D - i , 2 FRAME INTO 1 X 2 �, 'ULL AA AUDIBLE ALARM MA MAPLE ( WOOD ) AC ALARM CONTACT MET METAL ( FERROUS ) CGL CLEAR GLASS MHO MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN CWGL CLEAR WIRE GLASS PA POWER ACTIVATED DOOR DV DOOR VIEWER PL PLASTIC LAMINATE ( ) EG EDGE GUARD PW PANT-GRADE HARDWOOD ES ELECTRIC HDBD HARDBOARD ( DOOR PLATE ) SS L STAINLESS STEEL HM HOLLOW METAL ABBREVIATIONS A2.10 O II Ili U4" PLYWOOD FABRIC FABRIC ` I METAL PULL 1 , 114" PLYWOOD VERIFY FIT WITH ADJACENT DOOR IN CLOSED '� II F ,II , � II i . 1 4 - �R LEAF PART IN PER PLANS 1 DISPLAY- WINDOW DOOR JAMB HEAD SIMILAR ) __4. , DISPLAY - WINDOW DOOR SILL EDGE POSITION SECTION AT DOOR PUS O REMOVABLE PANEL DRSNA2 - 28SEPT98 3 " =1' -0" DRSND2 - 28SEPT98 NO SCALE DRSNB6 - 28SEPT98 REMOVE EXIST. Q OF TILE DROPS GWB AT4N DE MLE TI BEN/ 2. INSTALL NEW SEE ELEVATION 1/A2.03 ok RETB CO P 1 t l . • . % " "" • - - .. AT 1 REMOVE EXIST. WST AND INSTALL NEW 1 LAYER 5'8' GWB EACH SIDE: SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR WALL FINISHES OF TILE DROPS ON MARBLE VENEER; SEE ELEVATION VA2.03 __.,. -HOUR WALL ESPRESSO ��i' BAR 1 It. I HOLLOW WOOD VENEER PANEL III OVER GWB II - L II / •i , I , ESPRESSO STORAGE GWB FRT WOOD NAILER • REMOVE EXIST. GWB AND INSTALL NEW 1 LAYER 543' GWB; FOR WALL FI ISHDULE OF 11LE DROPS - ON N MARBLE VENEER; I EE ELEVAT . VA2.03 ' SEE N V2" ' PARTITION PER PLANS -METAL FRAME -' i - f I hRT ° ( 4 LOuWta r �1 I ' I I I I r. L�� 2 j :.° . .. 4 4 DIM. PT. i 1 LAYER GWB EXIST.'✓4' MARBLE ASSEMBLY 6° METAL STUDS WOOD VENEER WITH STONE E _ FRT WOOD t BLCKI SN�, TYP. REMOVE EXISTING MARBLE VENEER € . I�, I I I I 5 II I f p- INI _ ��I i I 1 1 �t ` ' % L�+ I 1 Q REMOVE EXISTING MARBLE VENEER AND GWB q N MARBLE IST.34 fi METAL STUDS WOOD VENEER WITH STONE BASE FACE OF EXISTING MARBLE VENEER PLAN - -- SECTION _ ) � z JAMB (HEAD SIMILAR O REMOVABLE HOLLOW -METAL MUWON FOR LATCH HARDWARE TI 'L.,�, / �,// ' " _ G � ' ^ : i 3'4' \/ �� J = % C WOOD JAMB AND TRIMS ►�" �' - � / / REMOVE EXISTING / V2" WOOD V4" _____„/ VENEER � WOOD DOOR �� REMOVABLE MULLION MARBLE VENEER - -� PANEL OVER NEW 1 LAYER GWB NOTE: WOOD DOOR AND JAMB FINISH BY CASEWORK CONTRACTOR ( I-j J �/ HOLLOW -METAL __ t � ��i � j ^`SHB I FRT WOOD NAILER FOR NOT . NOTED D OR OR DIMENSIONED, SEE � FRAME EXISTING I i I I FRAMING (III y TO BE REMOVED; 1-HR. SEE DEMOLITION PLAID WOOD FRAME; SEE 7/02.10. 7 WOOD HEAD (JAMB SIMILAR) � FIXED MULLION ...._ ... .......... g PLAN SECTION AT 1 -HOUR WALL CDI PLAN SECTION AT 1- HOUR WALL HOLLOW -METAL JAMBS / MULLIONS 1 12" = 1' -0" 3" = 1' -0" 1 -HOUR RATING DRSNB1 - I)3FEB96 1 = 1' -0" 11/2" = 1' -0" p,.{.qM I 1 I I / WOOD VENEER ri-) 0 (:)s.s EQ.. EQ.. � — \ THRU OR R CONDUIT --- ' , ..STAINLESS " - . . // WOOD VENEER . VISION LITE - .4, B 14" ai STEEL o-s • 3" z 30" T.e I NET OPENING TOP OF EDGE GURD AND HDBD doo . 1 , I EDGE GUARD TO TERMINATE BELOW LOCKSET WHERE NEC O — — iYit; ,� DRAW BAND 1 FLEX IBLE -BOOT IIP FLASHING 1 DOOR LEAF METAL FLASHING SLEEVE - -ROOG / / d =ma =ma 3'4" THICK TILE BASE ALIGN FLUSH WITH V8" SEALANT JOINT — EXIST. MALL FLOORING CONTINUOUS THINSET QUARRY RR R m u WOOD BLOCKING II TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB O R MORTAR BED an .s 3'4 THICK TILE BASE iB" SEALANT JOINT EXISTING MALL FLOORING .>`s m _ _ _ I � I�EVER�OSE 1 ( a c7 I _ E DGE GUA HARDBOARD WAINSCOT, `..T KICKPLATE 1:11Y Of f ��� WHERE OCCURS ( �, \\ / -1 /1 1 - --..- -. r � �r 1-,1 r - r ,I AnI nr+rl,n I __ TYPICAL HARDWARE PULL -SIDE HAR 2 7 LOOP PUSH -SIDE HARDWARE NOTE: ELEVATIONS ARE SCHEMATIC. AS. NOTED NOT ALL HARDWARE OCCURS ON ALL r„,_ " tr �����\ . " o " e o : a LANT SEALANT rn nr.r r.rTn I '19 1 r, nr.",, .. FASTEN THRU -PIPE SECURELY TO STRUCTURE wT .��r r" r. , r-... ..r //,�'�\ 1 •1.7 1 �•'... „- ,- w...- .-. r•�-w ", _ j/ , ^ \\ n DOORS. SEE SCHEDULES FOR LOCATIONS.. _ T3(*IG DNTN f - t1.. 1 r,,r, I rAr 1A /ITI-J I rY /rn Details (f) O z 2962 REGISTERED AR HIT ROBE. i. TINID4L_ STATE OF WASHINGIU GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS, SPECI AND THE CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE, 1997 EDITION. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR INCONSISTENCIES. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING FOR THE STRUCTURE AND STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS UNTIL ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS RAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS STRUCTURAL STEEL, MISC. METAL, COLD FORMED STEEL 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL DETAILING, FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL BE BLSED ON THE LATEST EDITION AND SUPPLEMENTS OF THE AISC "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS - ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN AND PLASTIC DESIG' . STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS. TYPE OF MEMBER ASTM SPECIFICATION F PLATES, SHAPES, RODS ASTM A36 36 KSI STRUCTURAL TUBING A500 (GRADE B) 46 KSI CONNECTION BOLTS A307 DON COLD FORMED STEEL Aa,3SQ 50 KSI 2. THE STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATOR SHALL FURNISH SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW BEFORE FABRICATION. 3, ALL WELDS SHALL BE PREQUALIFIED IN CONFORMANCE WITH AISC AND AWS STANDARDS AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDERS CERTIFIED IN THE TURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY OVER THIS PORTION OF THE WORK. USE E70XX ELECTRODES. 4. STEEL STUDS AND JOISTS SHALL BE "C" SHAPED WITH STIFFENED FLANGES., OF THE SIZE, GAUGE AND PROPERTIES SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS OR AS DESIGNATED BY THE METAL STUD MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION (MSMA). (Thin r TAn 19 -1 1 r "'T" A l l Cz) /3.ESe, 3.4c k - • 3de ELEVATION V4" =1' -0" 0 DETAIL 3/4"=T-0" i I II I r i i S° Z Y f 432.5' ,/ 4, 75 IS 04 75 3,3 PLAN, ELEVATION AND DETAILS FAN SCHEDULE MARK MFR. /MODEL UNIT LOCATION AREA SERVED 1 CFM SP HP RPM POWER D S ' INCLUDED WGHT. EMCS FUNCTION REMARKS FLOOR GRID S/S TC TF -I WOK GN -q60 1ST M -7/8 ESPRESSO STORAGE EXHAUST 800 0.375 1/2 - I20V /I0 NO 100 • • OO DIFFUSER SCHEDULE MARK MFR. /MODEL DESCRIPTION B ANEMOSTAT /PRT PERFORATED TEGULAR LAY -IN DIFFUSER H ANEMO',TAT /PRE PERFORATED LAY -IN DIFFUSER J ANEMOSTAT /3PRD PERFORATED LAY -IN RETURN OR EXHAUST GRILL WITH DUCT DOLLAR M ANEMOSTAT /S2V0 SURFACE MOUNTED DOUBLE DEFLECTION SUPPLY REGISTER FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK APPLICATION CHART DUCT SIZE PRESSURE RANGE THERMAFLEX TYPE APPLICATION INSULATED FLEX? R VALUE M.KF M-KC S -TL 4" -20" (POS.) 0" -4" X LOW PRESS. DUCTWORK DOWNSTREAM 7F PRESS. REDUCTION YE', 4.2 4 (POS./0"-W" X MEDIUM PRESS. DUCTWORK UPSTREAM OF PRESS. REDUCTION YES 4.2 4" -20" (NEC) 0 "- I/2'...' X ALL EXHAUST AND RETURN DUCTWORK YES 4/ 18 " -20' (POS.I0 " -10" X MEDIUMPRESS.DUCTWORK UPSTREAM ,. OF. PRESS. REDUCTION NO 0 DRAWING SCHEDULE DWG. DESCRIPTION MO.I HVAG SCHEDULES, GENERAL NOTES AND PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR HVAG PLAN SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOL ABBREV. DESCRIPTION A.G. AIR CONDITIONING UNIT A.D. AIR DOOR � A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR L _: ___ B BAGKDRAFT DAMPER B.S. BIRD SCREEN B.O.G. BOTTOM OF GRILLE 0.01. BOTTOM OF DUCT ® B.T. BYPASS TIMER C L CENTER LINE GUH CABINET UNIT HEATER DIA. DIAMETER D.S. DISCONNECT SWITCH C D.G. DOOR GRILLE 0 DRAWING NOTE } D + D DUCT DROP IN DIRECTION OF ARROW R DUCT RISE IN DIRECTION OF ARROW DN. DOWN E.G.H. ELECTRIC CEILING HEATER E.D.G. ELEGTRIG DUCT COIL- EFL. ELECTRIC FAN COIL E.U.H. ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER E.G. ELECTRICAL- CONTRACTOR ® ELEVATION EXIST. EXISTING E.A. EXHAUST AIR E.F. EXHAUST FAN EXT. EXTERIOR OR EXTERNAL EXTR. EXTRACTOR F.I.T, FAN INDUCTION TERMINAL 43IIIIIIIC mm o Q o0 C 8x8 200 S. S. DMPR. S.P.F. S.S.S.G. 4 S.L. FD FIRE DAMPER F.S.D. FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER F:S.D. /S.D. FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER WITH INTEGRAL SMOKE DETECTOR. F.O.B. FLAT ON BOTTOM F.O.T. FLAT ON TOP F.G. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION G.G. GENERAL CONTRACTOR GRILLE, REGISTER, OR DIFFUSER TYPE NECK SIZE (INCHES) AIR QUANTITY (CFM) G /R /D I.D. NUMBER H.P. HEAT PUMP OR HORSEPOWER INT. INTERLOCK M.U.A. MAKE -UP AIR M.U.F. MAKE -UP AIR FAN M.G. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MOTORIZED DAMPER MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG O.B.D. OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER ORIFICE SIZE (INCHES) 0.A. OUTSIDE AIR OV, OVAL NOM. NOMINAL P.B.D. PARALLEL BLADE DAMPER R.U. RETURN AIR R.A.G. RETURN AIR GRILLE RETURN /EXHAUST DUCT DOWN RETURN /EXHAUST DUCT UP SIDE INLET GAN SMOKE DETECTOR SMOKE DAMPER SMOKE PURGE FAN SOLID STATE SPEED CONTROL SOUND LINING t:5 F1 SP. DMPR. SPLITTER DAMPER REDOUND SQUARE TO ROUND DUCT TRANSITION 5/5 START /STOP STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR S.A. SUPPLY AIR SUPPLY DUCT DOWN SUPPLY DUCT LIP SW. SWITCH TG TEMPERATURE CONTROL TS. TEMPERATURE SENSOR T'STAT. THERMOSTAT TOP INLET LAY -IN T.O.D. TOP OF DUCT T.F. TRANSFER FAN T.V. TURNING VANES U.D. UNDERCUT DOOR V.A.V. VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL GENERAL NOTES 3. 0 PROVIDE WITHBACK DRAFT DAMPERS O VARIABLE SPEED CONTROLLERS I. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE GODES AND ORDINANCES: GODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, THE CITY OF TUKWILA AND THE 1447 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE. 2. RECTANGULAR AND ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL WITH SOUNDLINING OR EXTERNAL INSULATION WRAP AS INDICATED IN NOTE 4 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE CLASS I CONFORMING TO U.L. STANDARD 181 AND APPLIED ACCORDING TO TABLE BELOW WITH MAXIMUM LENGTH AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE OR AGREEMENT. 4. SYMBOLS ON DRAWINGS FOR DUCT SOUNDLINING OR EXTERNAL INSULATION WRAP SHALL- BE INTERPRETED AS FOLLOWS: Al 18/12 LI SHALL INDICATE 18" BY 12" DUCT (METAL DIMENSION) WITH I" SOUNDLINING. L2 INDICATES 2" SOUNDLINING ETC... El 18/12 W SHALL INDICATE 18" BY 12" DUCT (METAL DIMENSION) WITH 1 -I /Z" EXTERNAL INSULATION WRAP. CI 18/12 SHALL INDICATE 18" BY 12" DUCT (METAL DIMENSION) WITH NO SOUNDLINING OR EXTERNAL INSULATION WRAP. 5. TAPE OR SEAL ALL JOINTS IN CONCEALED DUCTWORK SYSTEM 6. ALL CUTTING, PATCHING, FRAMING, PAINTING, ROOF OPENING CURBS, ROOFING ETC., REQUIRED TO INSTALL MECHANICAL SYSTEM HEREIN SHALL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR, INCLUDING ALL FLASHING, SEALING, FRAMING AND ROOFING ON SHEET METAL DUCT ENCLOSURES. 7. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ACCESS PANELS IN FURRED ENCLOSURES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 8. POWER WIRING AND CONNECTIONS TO HVAG EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROL WIRING AND LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTION TO HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. q. ALL EXPOSED ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL-BE SPIRAL SHEET METAL. 10. ALL MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT TO BE MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ',MAGNA MEDIUM PRESSURE STANDARDS. 11. BUTTER ALL JOINTS AT SOUNDLINING IN MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK. 12. ALL MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT TAKEOFF FITTINGS SHALL BE BOOT TEES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 13. INLET CONNECTIONS TO ALL MEDIUM PRESSURE TERMINAL UNITS SHALL HAVE DEAD AND CRIMP TO ASSURE POSITVE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION. MINIMUM FLEX DUCT LENGTH SHALL HE THREE FEET UNLESS RESTRICTED BY LOCAL CODE OR AGREEMENT. 14. ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN COORDINATION ONLY. REFER TO HVAC SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EXACT ELEVATIONS AND DIMENSIONS. LEGEND EXISTING HVAG TO REMAIN EXISTING HVAC TOTE REMOVED RELOCATED AN INDICATED NEW HVAG WORK TO BE INSTALLED DUCTWORK BELOW PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR NEW HVAC PLAN SCALE : 10=1' -0" 1)D1 C V ) z UM HVAC SCHEDULES, GENERAL NOTES AND PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR HVAC PLAN P ERMIT r:c.,.__ WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SIZING SCHEDULE TYPE SIZE PPP MODEL NUMBER El 1 /2" SC-500 ® � 3 /4" SC-750 _ j 1" 5c-1000 (E) 3/4" CW DN (E) 2" W DN PUMPED 2" W FOR WORK IN THIS AREA, SEE SHT. P2.1 OVIDE SS DOOR & DISTRIBUTIO A UNITS . UHERE REQUIRED. (SEE DRAWING FOR. LOCATION & COORD. WITH ARCHITECTURAL.) FINISHED FLOOR SCALE: NONE iI I r -1 /2" COLD WATER MAIN SHUT -OFF VALVE UNION (E) WH -2 U - TRAP PRIMER 12 MI NANIFOLD SLOPE DN 1 \ TO FLOOR DRAINIS) /SINK, AND/ OR SPRINKLER RECEPTOR SEE SHT. P2.1 FOR CONTINUATION P -11 TRAP PRIMER DETAIL F 1 2 1/2VU UP ' V UP\ �o- `— (E) 2" W UP PW (E) 2 "_� 3 S.W.-IN (IN WALL) FILTERS INSTALLED BY DIV. 15 AND PROVIDED BY KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR. MOUNTING HEIGHT PER KITCHEN DRAWINGS. 1 /2" INDIRECT WASTE `N WALL DN TO FLOOR SINK— b- - - (E) 1 1/2" W UP 00,11 c. ninn. FILTERS (E) 4" W BELOW GRADE (E) 8" SD BELOW GRADE WASTE PIPING BELOW THE FLOOR PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING 9 ER " = 1' -0" THIS VALVE TO REMAIN CLOSED UNTIL SYSTEM HAS BEEN FLUSHED FOR 3 HRS., & PRE- FILTER REMAINS CLEAN FOR 1 /2 HOUR OF FLOW. \ / PRESSURE GAUGE \ '=' - WATER FILTER DETAIL (E) 4" W UP BUILT -IN BY -PASS (PART OF ASSEMBLY) PRESSURE GAUGE 3/4" F.W. -OUT TO FIXTURES - ESCUTCHEON -TYP. OPEN FLUSH VALVE FOR 3 HRS. THEN CHANGE PRE- FILTER. 3/8" IN WALL DN TO ICE MACHINE (E) 8" SD UP (E) FCO THERMOMETER 3/4" PRESSURE /TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVE -PIPE FULL SIZE TO FLOOR SINK. SEISMIC STRAP TO FLOOR SINK — FINISHED FLOOR 1" DRAIN TO FS KITCHEN NOTES: 0 0 0 0 0 STOP COCK PLUMBING INSTALLER TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO ALL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT INSTALLER AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. REFER TO KITCHEN DRAWINGS FOR EXACT ROUGH -IN LOCATIONS, SIZES & FURTHER INFORMATION. PLUMBING INSTALLER TO PROVIDE INDIRECT WASTE, SHUT- OFF VALVES, BACKFLOW PREVENTERS, TRAPS,REGULATORS STOPS, SUPPLIES, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR FULL OPERATIONAL INSTALLATION. ALL PENETRATIONS OF PIPING THRU FLOORS, CEILING, OR WALLS TO BE SEALED WATER TIGHT. VERIFY WITH PLUMBING INSPECTOR & HEALTH INSPECTOR FIXTURES WHICH REQUIRE INDIRECT WASTE AND PROVIDE FUNNELS (COPPER BELL EXPANSIONS) IN FIXTURE TAILPIECE AS REQUIRED. O ALL SHUT -OFF VALVES TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 12" FROM ACCESSIBLE CEILING TILE. O PLUMBER TO INSTALL TEMPERATURE GAUGE, PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE AND SHOCK ABSORBER SUPPLIED BY K.E.S. O PROVIDE SYMMONS 4-10 MIX. VALVE PER DETAIL THIS SHEET. O NOT USED 0 NOT USED 0 NOT USED 12" HW & CW DN WALL (EXPOSED) SYMMONS 4 -10 MIXING ,-SYMMONS W /INTEGRAL CHECK / VALVES (INSTALL ON WALL, AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE BEHIND LAV /SINK.) HAND SINK FAUCET DETAIL SCALE: NONE d WATER HEATER DETAIL SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR CONTINUATION EXPANSION TANK- AMTROL THERM -X -TROL ST -12, 4.4 GAL TANK VOLUME, 3.2 GAL ACCEPTANCE VOLUME, RATED 150 PSI NON -ASME DIAPHRAGM EXPANSION TANK FOR POTABLE WATER (PRE- CHARGE TO 60 PSI) LOCATE IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. EXPOSED PIPING ON WALL BALL VALVE (TYP.) MANUAL FAUCET STOP COCK A.O. SMITH DEL -30, 30 GALLON TANK, 1500 WATT, 120 V/1 PHASE, 31" H X 22" DIA. 2" STYROFOAM INSLULATION PAD BELOW 2" HIGH GALV. DRIP PAN PLUMBING LEGEND SYMBOL ABBR. DESCRIPTION (E) W EXIST ;SANITARY WASTE (BELOW FLOOR) W SANITARY WASTE (ABOVE FLOOR) & BELOW FLOOR —IW-- IW INDIRECT WASTE PIPING ✓ VENT PIPING (ABOVE & BELOW FLOOR) CW COLD WATER PIPING HW HOT WATER PIPING FW FILTERED WATER P.O.C. POINT OF CONNECTION FW — FD /FFD � p FS FCC — H W.C.O. -b PLUMBING ABBREVIATONS ABBREVIATION AFF ARCH BLDG COND CONN CONT CONTR COORD EA ELECT EMCS EXP FLR FTG GALV HSKPG IAPMO IE INST INSUL KES NC NO PVC REQ'D RPBP S.F. SS SWP TYP DESCRIPTION WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SEE SCHEDULE THIS SHEET FLOOR DRAIN/FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR SINK, MTD FLUSH WITH FLOOR CLEAN OUT (FLUSH WITH FLOOR) WALL CLEANOUT OR CLEANOUT UP PIPING UP DN. PIPING DOWN BALL VALVE (LOCATE 12" MAX. ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING WHERE APPLICABLE) THERMOMETER CHECK VALVE PRESSURE GAUGE UNION ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ARCHITECT/ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING NC CONDENSATE, STEAM CONDENSATE CONNECT CONTINUED CONTRACTOR COORDINATE EACH ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONTROL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM EXPANSION FLOOR FOOTING GALVANIZED HOUSEKEEPING INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF PLUMBING & MECHANICAL OFFICIALS INVERT ELEVATION INSTALL INSULATION KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER NORMALLY CLOSED NORMALLY OPEN POLYVIN'YLCHLORIDE PLASTIC REQUIRED REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER SQUARE FEET STAINLESS STEEL STANDARD WORKING PRESSURE TYPICAL a Partial First Floor Plan, Legend, Notes, and SchP } E �bing EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE - PLUMBING SCHEDULE WATER WASTE GAS NO QTY DESCRIPTION OWNER HOT COLD OPEN DIR. CON. BTU REMARKS 07 1 ESPRESSO MACHINE KES — 1/2" 1" — — — DRAIN TO FS, SEE NOTE P1 ® 2 UNDERCOUNTER ICE DRAWER KES — — 1" — -- — DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK ® 1 DIPPER WELL & FAUCET OWNER — 1/2" 12" — DRAIN TO FS, SEE NOTE P1 13 1 COFFEE MACHINE KES 1/2" -- — I — 1 -- SEE NOTE P1 i7 I DROP -IN HAND SINK & FAUCET KES 12" 1/2" — 1 -1/2" 1 — — 19 1 WATER FILTER KES — 3/4 — DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK 20 1 ICE MACHINE KES 1/2' 12" j — DRAIN TO FS, SEE NOTE P1 © 1 ICE BIN KES — 3/4" 3/4" 1_ _ C *MPARM E Agi6, _ _ A _ _ _ — KES _ 3/4" 2" — — — SEE NOTE P1 PROVIDE GALV. CLEVIS PIPE HANGER EVERY 6' (TYPICAL ALL BELOW GRADE PIPING) BELOW GRADE PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL SCALE: NONE 4" EQUAL -- i / CONCRETE SLAB GALV. 3/8" THREADED ROD HANGER im 0 2" V DN & 1/2" HW & CW DN (EXPOSED) Al EA SEE DETAI HEET P1.1 CORE THRU (E) CONCRETE WALL @ MIN. 8' AFF FOR ABOVE FLR PENETRATIONS (TYPICAL) im I • 10 reed �. • PEA, 17 r I., A 1/2" CW DN (EXPOSED) , U TO P -11 TRAP PRIMER 3/4" CW DN TO WATER C �— FILTER INLET. SEE DETAIL SHEET P1.1 1/2" FW DN I All 3" FS -1 (PRIMED) 3/4" FW ON WATER HEATER SEE DETAIL SHEET P1.1 2" IW TO FS 3/4" HW & CW DN® EA. 1/2" FW DN TO BELOW - - -- FLOOR 1/2" FW 3" FS -1 (PRIMED) 1/2" FW S ri L i 3" FD -1a (PRIMED) 3/4" CW & 2" PUMPED WASTE. SEE DETAIL SHEET P2.2 3" FS -1 (PRIMED) p FCO0 2" V DN @ WALL, WITH — H ti UNION, OVER TO SUMP . I BASIN aa. 2" PUMPED WASTE ESPRESSO BAR FLOOR PLAN — PLUMBING V4" = 1'-0" 1/2" FW DN TO FLOOR BELOW (EXPOSED) PROVIDE UNION, CHECK VALVE & SHUTOFF VALVE IN VERTICAL 2" PUMPED DISCHARGE LINE V DN (4 COMBINE PLUMBER TO PROVIDE BACKFLOW PROTECTION PER LOCAL JURISDICTION GOULDS PUMPS SUBMERSIBLE EFFLUENT PUMP PACKAGE GE TO INCLUDE SUBMERSIBLE EFFLUENT PUMP, E0511HH, 0.5 HP, 115V11, 14.5 AMP, 3500 RPM, WITH 5H PRONG RD, MODEL A2 -5 (115V) MECHANICAL LEVEL CONTROL SWITCH, BASIN AND COVER MODEL A7- 1830P, 18X30 DEEP POLYETHYLENE BASIN WITH SIMPLEX STEEL COVER (20.5" DIAMETER), 3/16" THICK WALLS, 30 GALLON CAPACITY, CHECK VALVE A9 -2P. PROVIDE A8-4 INLET HUB FOR FIELD INSTALLATION OF 4" CAST IRON INLET; DRILL HOLE IN BASIN AND INSTALL INLET AT NECESSARY HEIGHT TO MAKE INVERT. TRANSITION FROM 3" TO 4" AT INLET TO BASIN. PLUG UNUSED FACTORY INLET HOLE NEAR TOP OF TANK WALL. PROVIDE NECESSARY CORD SEALS AND GRIPS FOR BASIN COVERS, AND SEAL BASIN TOP AIR TIGHT. PROVIDE UNIONS IN PIPING AS REQUIRED I TO ALLOW REMOVAL OF. SUMP LID. PROVIDE ALSO LITTLE GIANT HIGH WATER ALARM MODEL 303WXT, INCLUDING TYPE 3R WATERTIGHT THERMOPLASTIC ENCLOSURE', WITH MECHANICAL FLOAT SWITCH WITH 15' CABLE. ALARM SHALL HAVE RED WANTING LIGHT, HORN WITH SILENCE SWITCH AND TEST BUTTON, 115V. MOUNT ALARM ON WALL AND SET HIGH WATER ALARM FLOAT TO ALARM AT 6" BELOW TOP OF BASIN. PROVIDE SECOND (SPARE) SUMP PUMP GOULDS PUMP WE0511HH, 0.5 HP, 115V/1, 14.5 AMP, 3500 RPM, WITH 115V 3 PRONG PLUG AND 20' CORD; TURN OVER TO NORDSTROM FOR USE AS A SPARE PUMP. 1/2" FW INSIDE 2" PVC PIRV & UP IN PLUMBING CASE' WORK HOLE PROVIDED"BY7 KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. 1/2" FW UP 3" W UP 3" W UP UP TO FCO 3" W UP (4) 2" V UP COMBINE 12" ABOVE FLOOR TO (1) 2" V UP 2" W UP SUMP PUMP, SEE NOTE THIS SHEET ESPRESSO BAR UNDER FLOOR PLAN — PLUMBING V4" = 1' -0" SEE SHEET P1.1 FOR GENERAL NOTES C ( E- L ) z a Espresso Bar Floor Plan And;iipor Plan - Plumbing F ER MIT CENTER ' (E) 1/2 (E) 3" V (E) 4" VTR PARTIAL THIRD FLOOR SEE SHEET hPL1 FOR GENERAL NOTES (E) 3/4° CW DOWN COPYRIGHT ©.1998 C Z Partial Second Floor & Partial Third, oor Plan '• PitgimgMLA A. B. C. D. GENERAL D G. ELECTRICAL SITE REVIEW: LAY -IN —� CEILING � MOLITION NOTES: COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FOR DEMOLITION RELATED TO ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL OR PLUMBING, REFER TO "A ", "S ", "M ", OR "P" DRAWINGS. THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION, MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF ALL ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATIONS WIRING AND SERVICES iO ALL ITEMS WHICH ARE REQUIRED FOR NORMAL STORE OPERATION. ANY REQUIRED INTERRUPTION OF THESE SERVICES SHALL BE FULLY COORDINATED WITH THE STORE MANAGER, ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INDICATED TO BE REMOVED SHALL HAVE ALL SERVING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING AND LOW VOLTAGE CABLING FULLY REivIOVED BACK TO POINT OF SERVICE. EXIST. CONDUIT SHALL BE FULLY REMOVED BACK TO POINT WHERE CONFLICT WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION IS FULLY ELIMINATED. DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC EXTENT OF DEMOLITION SHOWN IS APPROXIMATE. FIELD VERIFY EXIST. CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS. ALL EXISTING PANELBOARDS WHICH ARE AFFECTED BY THIS PROJECT SHALL BE BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND VACUUMED FROM DIRT AND DEBRIS PRIOR TO PROJECT CLOSEOUT. ALL CONDUCTORS WITHIN PANELBOARD SHALL BE NEATLY ORGANIZED USING CABLE TIES. SPLICES IN PANELBOARD ARE NOT ALLOWED. REMOVE ALL SPARE CONDUCTORS FROM PANELBOARD. 1. PRIOR TO BID, VISIT PROJECT SITE TO IDENTIFY THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WHICH MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON THE PLANS: a.) EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THAT MUST BE REMOVED AND /OR RELOCATED TO ACCOMMODATE THE REMODEL WORK. b.) EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS, ELECTRICAL FEEDERS, AND ASSOCIATED RACEWAY WHICH ARE NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL BUT WILL REQUIRE MODIFICATION TO ACCOMMODATE THE REMODEL WORK. c.) EXISTING CABLING AND RACEWAY FOR P.O.S., DATA, AND TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL, BUT WILL REQUIRE MODIFICATION TO ACCOMMODATE THE REMODEL WORK. 2. INCLUDE IN BID, THE COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH: a.) REMOVING AND /OR RELOCATING EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO ACCOMMODATE THE REMODEL WORK. INCLUDE COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH EXTENDING ASSOCIATED CONDUCTORS, CABLING, AND RACEWAY TO RENDER EQUIPMENT FULLY OPERATIONAL. b.) MODIFYING AND REPLACEMENT(WITH NEW AS REQ'D) OF EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS AND ELECTRICAL FEEDERS TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF CIRCUITS/FEEDERS TO EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL. INCLUDE COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH RE- SUPPORTING AND REPLACEMENT(WITH NEW AS REQ'D) OF ASSOCIATED RACEWAY. c.) MODIFYING AND /OR REPLACEMENT(WITH NEW) OF EXISTING P.O.S., DATA, AND TELEPHONE CABLING TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF CABLING TO EQUIPMENT NOT SCHEDULED FOR FIEMOVAL. THIS SHALL INCLUDE RE- SUPPORTING AND REPLACMENT(WITH NEW AS REQ'D) OF ASSOCIATED RACEWAY. SPLICING OF P.O.S., DATA, AND TELE. CABLE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. LIGHTOLIFR "56430WH" DEAD END COVEF, �� LIGHTO:.:EP '9'.08WH" 8' LIGH- T iACF . FIELD CUT TO FT LIVE END POWER FEED LIGHTOLIER "9148WH" - -- JUNCTION OR PULL BOX BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR LOCATE JUNCTION OR PULL BOX ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. MC CABLE OR FLEX CONDUIT BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. GYPBOARD r rEILiiJG MINIMUM 1/4" CLEARANCE J LL - - -..— LIGHTOLIER '9148WH" OR "9155WH" UIN -LINE FEED CONNECTOR. SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET. LIGHTOLIER "910BWH" TYPE "P" A' LIGHT TRACK. MB I OLIEH 149WH" MINI COUPLER "9 SEA: DETAIL THIS SHEEP LIGHTOLIER "9155WH" "L " /IN -LINE FEED CONNECTOR (GYPBOARD CEILING INSTALLATION ONLY) LIGHTOLIEP. "56430WH" DEAD END COVER. —� GENERAL NOTES: 7 I - T - T - 5 A Fs1/ f"I rT A II /,r/ I TI 11 1 n,/nn(, A 1'111 __I 1 A. ALL ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUITS SHALL BE SERVED WITH INDIVIDUAL HOT, NEUTRAL AND GROUND CONDUCTORS. THE SHARING OF THE NEUTRAL AND GROUND IS NCT ALLOWED. B. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL CONDUIT STUB -UPS WITHIN CASEWORK WITH CASEWORK DRAWINGS, KITCHEN DRAWINGS AND ARCHITECT. C. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL. REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES. D. ALL OUTLETS SHOWN AT ESPRESSO BAR SHALL BE MOUNTED WITHIN THE CASEWORK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND CONDUIT ROUTING WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR. E. PLENUM WIRING METHODS TO BE LISTED FOR THAT USE. F. ALL WORK TO COMPLY WITH CURRENT NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE & LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODE. G. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED WITHIN THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. H. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON DRAWINGS, ALL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING SHALL BE NEW, I. COORDINATE ALL DATA AND POS WIRING AND LABELING WITH NORDSTROM DATA PERSONEL. J. WHERE PROVIDING NEW TELEPHONE: RUN VOICE CABLES TO NEAREST OPERATIONAL TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARD. ROUTE CABLING EXPOSED IN CEILING AREA. K. TERMINATE ALL P.O.S. AND VOICE CABLES AT OUTLETS AND THE ASSOCIATED SERVICE PUNCH -DOWN LOCATION. EXISTING PANEL SCHEDULE - SWA EQUIP GROUND BUS TrPE, BOLT-IN GIB MTG, SURFACE MAINS: 225 A MAI conxEcTED LEFr PHASE LOAD DEMAND CALCULATIONS 23 558 PANEL ENTIRE FTV MOUNTING ASSEMBLY PROVIDED BY CAMERA INSTALLER ON 503 SWA AND EB I ersaa I ,87.50 I CLEAR PLEXIGLASS MOUNTING FOR ETV CAMERA ESPRESSO STOCK TYPE BOLT.IN 208 V 3 PH. 4 w EOUIPMENT GROUND BUS LUGS ONLY AEC L1C 58.3. NEW PANEL SCHEDULE - EB �wE 5 0 PROVIDE CIRCUIT SNEAKER AS INDICATED DEMAND CALCULATIONS WESTPENN #25815 FTV CABLE LEAVE 5' SPARE LENGTH OF CABLE. I ee.a,s I CEILING ROUND SMOKED PLEXIGLASS PANEL - EB WHITE PRESSURE PLATES SANDWICH CEILING I A 27.583 I III I I I I C' (' A f nr I1 IN lrN AAf IA ITIAI^ flf — T A II ELECTRICAL LEGEND FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE MONO RAIL WITH MONO RAIL RXTURE SHOWN DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE (A/) LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE (/2 ) FIXTURE VOLTAGE 1 =120, 2 =277 SWITCH. MOUNT ABOVE WAINSCOT WHERE WAINSCOT OCCURS. TYPICAL FOR ALL SWITCHES. THREE -WAY SWITCH DIMMER SWITCH SWITCH OPERATES FIXTURE LABELED "a" JUNCTION BOX, 4" SQUARE SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE, PROVIDE NEMA TO MATCH CONFIGURATION DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOURPLEX RECEPTACLE SIMPLEX ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE TELEPHONE OUTLET AS NOTED. ROUTE NEW VOICE CABLE TO TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. COMBINATION DATANOICE OUTLET WITH (1) DATA AND (1) VOICE JACK, PROVIDE (1) CATEGORY 5 CABLE AND (1) VOICE CABLE ROUTED TO THE RESPECTIVE BACKBOARDS. MOUNT IN CASEWORK UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PDX SIGNAL RECESSED WALL OUTLET 4" SQ. J -BOX WITH SINGLE GANG MUD RING POS ADD LABEL LOCATED AT EACH POS ADO OUTLET SEE ADO BLOCK TERMINATION DETAIL DpKYRc NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 6" DIAMETER HOLE IN GWB FOR INSTALLATION OF FTV MOUNTING ASSEMBLY. SEE CEILING PLAN AT SERVING COUNTER FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. PROVIDE ONE PER REGISTER LOCATION. STOCK 104 IHUAI IFTVI PIR 0 0 0 �C FLEXIBLE CONDUIT ABBREVIATIONS A AMPERE A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR E.M.C.P. ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROL PANEL G.F.C.I. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER I.G. ISOLATED GROUND P.O.S. POINT OF SALES P.C. PERSONAL COMPUTER PTR. PRINTER C CONDUIT CB CIRCUIT BREAKER DN DATA VOICE APPROXIMATE FEEDER LENGTH= 170FT. FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL INSTALLATION PATHWAY. NEW PANEL EB 120/208V, 35,4W 100A, 3P MB (N) 1 /2"0. 4 #1 (E) DENOTES EXISTING (N) DENOTES NEW PDX CABLE LOOP. ROUTE P.O.S. CABLE FROM OUTLET TO P.0.5. PUNCH BLOCK IN P.0.5. ROOM. TRANSFORMER HOLD UP ALARM. MOUNT TO UNDERSIDE OF COUNTER. ELECTRICAL PANEL OR EQUIPMENT CABINET AS NOTED. FTV CAMERA PASSIVE INFRARED DETECTOR THERMOSTAT FURNISHED BY PSF MECHANICAL, INC.; INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. VOLUME CONTROL JUNCTION BOX, 4" SQUARE DEEP WITH SINGLE GANG MUD RING AT +48' A.F.F. (AT -10PA CONTROL) RECESSED CEILING SPEAKER SECURITY ALARM CONTACT EQUIPMENT CONNECTION FUSED DISCONNECT RUN CONDUIT CONCEALED ABOVE CEILING OR IN WALL. HASH MARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS. RUN CONDUIT CONCEALED BELOW FLOOR OR IN WALL. HASH MARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS. CONDUIT RUNS DOWN IN WALL CONDUIT RUNS UP IN WALL. DEMOLITION LINE L_ LAD AT COLUMNS 512. EXIST. 3000A, MDP #2 480VAC, 3e) LL I < Q W EXIST. PANEL "SWA 120/208V, 30.4W 225A M.L.O. STOCK 149 J -BOX JUNCTION BOX KVA KILO VOLT AMPERES GND GROUND HP HORSE POWER ADO NOT AN ABBREVIATION M.L.O. MAIN LUGS ONLY M.B. MAIN BREAKER SW SWITCH U.C. UNDER CABINET V VOLT ROOF FLOOR (E) 1 1/2" 4 #1 THW � i EXIST. 75 KVA • TRANSFORMER, #T -9. 480V. A , TO 208Y /120V. SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE. (E) 2" 4 #3/0 TIIW (E) 200A. 3P C.B. FIRST FLOOR Electrical Legend, Notes, Schedule,. and Details e'' a'a-A TO REMAIN. \�— \ EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL GROUP 1SW EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN. MAINTAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES SCHEDULED TO REMAIN. EXISTING FASHION SHOW LTG. PANEL. TO BE RELOCATED. REFER TO NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR NEW LOCATION. PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - LIGHTING ESPRESSO BAR 1/4" = MAINTAIN CONDUIT AND BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING THAT CONTINUES BACK TO PANEL "1A ". EXTEND TO NEW FIXTURES. SEE NEW CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR CONNECTIONS. r MAINTAIN CONDUIT AND BRANCH / I \ CIRCUIT WIRING THAT CONTINUES l r / I / `t BACK TO PANEL "EM ". EXTEND TO 1 I '\ i NEW EMERGENCY FIXTURE. SEE NEW CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR CONNECTIONS. EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR POWER SUPPLY EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING OCCUPANCY SENSOR TO BE REMOVED. 0 () & 5 EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL GROUP 1SW EXISTING PANEL "1H1.' EXISTING PANEL "1H" EXISTING PANEL "1D" EXISTING TRANSFORMER. TO REMAIN EXISTING POS RECPTACLE TO BE REMOVED. CIRCUIT 1E -12. EXIST. EF #18 1H1-33. 1/15 H.P. 120V., 10 NAN F. Or 1H1 -17 L b EEC EXIST. ESPRESSO CART RECEPTACLE TO BE REMOVED. PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN - ELECTRICAL ESPRESSO BAR V4" = 1' -0" EXISTING HOMERUN T7 FOR CIRCUITS 1H1 -15,17 TO REMAIN. EXTEND AND RE —USE. SEE NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR NEW ;LOCATION. 0/ First Floor Demolition Plan - Lighting And Electrls ^F= LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FURN BY TYPE MAKE & CATALOG NUMBERS LAMP WATTAGE REMARKS E G LIGHTOLIER SPS2GRAVB340 -( VOLTAGE )-03-U9 3- F32T8 /SPX30 (GE#22655) LAMPS INSTALLED 2'X4' RECESSED FLUORESCENT. THREE LAMPS. .125 LENS 10096 VIRGIN ACRYLIC. SUPPLY WITH REGRESSED ALUMINUM DOOR. SEE NOTES #1,#2, AND # 5. E KR LIGHTOLIER 1102T1 U28t REFLECTOR LIGHTOL!ERWITH FRESNEL LENS 13W TWIN TUBE RECESSED DOWNLIGHT, SEE NOTE El, #3, #4 AND #5. E 1 LIGHT TRACK LIGHT TRACK 9108WH - SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT TRACK INSTALL IN/ CUP FORT- BAR INSTALLATION & CLIP FOR GWB MOUNTING. SEE NOTE #1. 8' NOMINAL TRACK MEASURES 7 EXACT LENGTH. INCLUDED WITH ONE 56430W71 DEAD END COVER. SEE NOTES #3, #4 AND 45. SEE DETAIL #1 SHT. E0.01 5 - 20R 3 LIGHTOLIER GRID CEILING CLIPS 9169 CASH REGISTER, +20" A.F.F. PROVIDE THREE PER 8' LENGTH OF TRACK SEE NOTE #1. 120 1 LIGHTOLIER VARIABLE ANGLE CONNECTOR 91531. PROVIDE AT EACH CORNER CONNECTION ON SALES FLOOR PERIMETER TRACK, IN DRESSING ROOMS. AND ON CORNERS AT BOB CEILINGS ONLY. SEE NOTE.. 5 - 20R, I.G. RECEPT. 6 LIGHTOLIER IN-LINE, CONNECTOR FEED 9155V. ESPRESSO GRINDER U KNOCK BOX, +20" A.F.F. PROVIDE ONE PER FEED POINT AT ACT CEILINGS WHERE 8098 IS USED. SEE NOTE #1. 120 1 LIGHTOLIER LIVE END FEED 9148WH - PROVIDE ONE PER FEED POINT AT GWB CEILING LOCATIONS. SEE NOTE #1. 5 - 20R 7 LIGHTOLIER MINI- COUPLER 914904-1 ESPRESSO MACHINE +20" A.F.F. PROVIDE AT EACH 8' LIGHT TRACK JUNCTION WHERE FEED POINTS DO NOT OCCUR. SEE NOTE #1. 220 1 LIGHTOLIER S SINGLE NGLE DIRECTION CANOPY FEED 9198WH - PROVIDE ONE PER FEED POINT AT ACT CEILINGS WHERE SINGLE DIRECTION FEED IS REQUIRED. SEE NOTE.. ELECT. TO PROVIDE CORD & PLUG 8 LIGHTOLIER DOUBLE DIRECTION CANOPY FEED DIR 9196WHX1 U NDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR - 27 , +12 A.F.F. PROVIDE ONE PER FEED POINT AT ACT CEILINGS WHERE DOUBLE DIRECTION FEED IS REQUIRED. SEE NOTE.. EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL SCHEDULE NO QTY DESCRIPTION SUPPLE VT PH AMP KW HP REMARKS 1 1 REFRIG. DISPLAY CASE - 31 ", +12" A.F.F. KES 120 1 8.5 - 1/4 5 - 20R 3 CASH REGISTER, +20" A.F.F. OWNER 120 1 2.0 5 - 20R, I.G. RECEPT. 6 2 ESPRESSO GRINDER U KNOCK BOX, +20" A.F.F. OWNERNES 120 1 8.0 - - 5 - 20R 7 1 ESPRESSO MACHINE +20" A.F.F. OWNER 220 1 28.0 - - ELECT. TO PROVIDE CORD & PLUG 8 1 U NDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR - 27 , +12 A.F.F. KES 120 1 5.5 - 1/4 5 - 20R 17 1 WHOLE BEAN COFFEE GRINDER, +48" A.F.F. OWNER 120 1 11.3 - 112 5 - 20R 12 2 UND REFRIGERATOR - 48 , +72 A.F.F. KES 120 1 5.5 - 1/4 5 - 20R 13 1 COFFEE MACHINE, +48" A.F.F. OWNER 120 208 1 31.0 6.3 - HW 14 2 BLE - COUNTERTOP STYLE, +48 A.F.F. KES 120 1 11.2 - 2 5 - 20R 15 1 FOUR SLICE TOASTER, +48" A.F.F. KES 206 1 13.5 2,8 - 6 - 20R 18 KT \--, f TWO SECTION REACH -IN REFRIGERATOR, +96" A.F.F. EXISTING 120 1 8.0 - 1/3 5 - 20R 20 ICE MACHINE, +7C" A.F.F. KES 120 1 12.9 - 3/4 HW P4 1 SUMP PUMP, +18" A.F.F. PLUMBER 120 1 14.5 - 3/4 PROVIDE TWISTLOCK 5-20R. REPLACE PUMP PLUG TO MATCHING TWISTLOCK. PROVIDE 120V CONN. TO WALL MOUNT HIGH WATER ALARM. 25 1 HOT WATER PLUMBER 120 1 - 1 ' 5 - COORD. LOCATION WITH PLUMBER RELOCATED FASHION SHOW LTG. PANEL. MAINTAIN AND EXTEND ALL ASSOCIATED WIRING TO NEW PANEL LOCATION. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL GROUP 1SW PROVIDE NEW TOGGLE SWITCH FOR STOCK ROOM FIXTURES AS INDICATED EB- 15,17,19,21 SD2 ( 1 ) 19 PT - ' 803 kKn 1 053 MAINTA :N BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING FOR CIRCUIT 1A -17 TO FIXTURE WHICH REMAIN. y' 1A -17 PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN NEW CONSTRUCTION - LIGHTING ESPRESSO BAR b4" = 1' -0" EXTEND EXISTING STOCK ROOM EMERGENCY CIRCUIT "EM -3" TO NEW EBAR FIXTURES E = ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR LIGHTING NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND PROVIDE COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF FIXTURE, LAMPS, MOUNTING AND CONNECTION COMPONENETS TO RENDER FIXTURE FULLY OPERATIONAL. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY VOLTAGE OF ALL BALLASTED FIXTURES. 3. MANUFACTURERS LABELS SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE FROM THE FLOOR FOR ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. 4. SDI , SD2, SD3 , SHALL BE LIGHTOLIER ITEM #MP2000VA MOMENTUM PRESET SLIDE DIMMERS FOR INDUCTIVE LOADS. 5. VERIFY LOCATION OF SPRINKLER PIPING AND HEADS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. FIXTURES SHALL BE LOCATED AS TO NOT OBSTRUCT SPRINKLER HEAD SPRAY PATTERNS. WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE COMPLIANCE STATEMENT THE REMODEL AREA IS AN EXEMPT LIGHTING SPACE PER SECTION 1512.1.4 OF THE WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE. THIS SPACE IS A FOOD PREPARATION AREA. ESPRESSO BAR EQUIPMENT NOTES: 1. PROVIDE ALL ROUGH -IN BOXES AND RINGS, CONDUIT, CONDUIT FITTINGS AND CONDUCTORS SUITABLE FOR CONNECTION OF THE EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED. PROVIDE RECEPTACLES AND COVERS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS INCLUDING INSTALLATION OF CORD-SETS FOR HOOK -UP OF THE EQUIPMENT. EACH ITEM SHALL BE FULLY CONNECTED AND FUNCTIONAL. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS AND COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT WITH KITCHEN INSTALLER PIOR TO, ROUGH -IN. 3. P.O.S. SYSTEM RECEPTACLE COVER PLATES SHALL BE ENGRAVED "P.O.S. ONLY ". 4. ALL ACCESSIBLE RECEPTACLES WITHIN 6 FEET HORIZONTALLY OF SINKS AND METAL DRAIN BOARDS SHALL BE GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER (GFCI) TYPE. 5. FOR EQUIPMENT PROVIDE COMPLETE CORD SET WITH MATCHING RECEPTACLE AND PLUG. 6. PROVIDE A SEPARATE GREEN GROUNDING WIRE IN EACH CONDUIT RUN FOR ALL EQUIPMENT GROUNDS. 7. ALL CONDUIT TO ESPRESSO DEVICES SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED WITHIN CASEWORK. SHEET FLAG NOTES: > FIXED SECURITY TELEVISION (FRY) CAMERA SURFACE MOUNTED ON WALL OR CEILING. PROVIDE ONE (1) WEST PENN #25815 CABLE FROM ABOVE CEILING AT CAMERA LOCATION TO PACKAGE/SECURITY (ESA) RM. 310 VIA T/ SECURITY BACKBOARD. CAMERA INSTALLER WILL TERMINATE CABLES. SEE DETAIL #2 ON SHEET 50.01. PROVIDE LOOP AT BACKBOARD. RUN 1" CONDUIT, CONCEALED WITHIN WALL OR COLUMN, UP TO ACCESSIBLE CLG. SPACE. ELECTRICAL CONTR. PROVIDE ONE PULL CORD FOR EACH CABLE REQUIRED. RUN ALL CABLE EXPOSED ABOVE CEILING. SENTROL #1078 DOOR ALARM CONTACT MOUNTED IN HEAD OF NEW OR EXIST. DOOR FRAME WITH MAGNET MOUNTED IN TOP OF DOOR. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING AND 4" FROM STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR CONTACT. PROVIDE 1/2" CONCEALED CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX STUBBED INTO HEAD OF. DOOR FRAME. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH SECURITY CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE POWER TO UNDER CABINET CASEWORK LIGHTS. CONCEAL J -BOX AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO U.C. LIGHTS WITHIN CASEWORK. VERFIY EXACT LOCATION OF J -BOX WITH CASEWORK CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PROVIDE BACKGROUND MUSIC AND PAGING TO ESPRESSO STORAGE PROVIDE BACKGROUND MUSIC ONLY TO ESPRESSO BAR. ENGRAVE LIGHT SWITCH COVERPLATES WITH CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS. ROUTE ALL ASSOCIATED HUA AND PIR WIRING TO ESA SECURITY BACKBOARD. B PROVIDE ONE CAT. 5 CABLE FROM MDF ROOM TO THE NEW P.OS. REGISTER LOCATION. MOUNT ORTRONICS CAT. 5 OUTLET ADJACENT TO P.O.S. OUTLET WITHIN CASEWORK. EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL GROUP 1SW EXISTING PANEL "1H1" EXISTING PANEL "1H" EXISTING PANEL "1D" 34 EB 16,18,20,22,24,26,28,32 1 "C.11 #10 THWN +48" A.F.F. TE ESPRES +20" A.F.F. t ESPRESSO #2 ESPRESSO #3 EXIST. EF #18 1H1-33. 1/15 H.P. 120V., 10 ESPRESSO BAR 1H1 -17 3S U 4' HIGH WATER ALARM PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN NEW CONSTRUCTION - ELECTRICAL V4" = 1' -0" NEW SURFACE MOUNTED "EB" PANEL. VERFIY EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT. EB- 2,4,6,8,10,12,14 1 1/4 "C. 3 #4, 7 #10 THWN EB- 1,3,5,7,9,11,13 1 "C. 2 #6, 7 #10 THWN MAINTAIN EXISTING HOMERUN FOR CIRCUITS 1H1- 15,17. First Floor Plan New Construction r ry HECE!VrC fI OPEN TO STRUCTURE (E.G. UPPER LVL. STOCK) NOTES: METAL STUD ✓) � L -� ti 1 DEVILAT ( I NOTED CE O N FLOO AS R PLAN I PLASTER RING � I � I DRY WALL CADDY #MF-2H4 RING / SUPPORT CLIP I I I l J O LOW VOLTAGE OUTLET MOUNTING DETAIL NO SCALE TELEPHONE, DATA, P.O.S. -CADDY BRIDLE RING #4BRT SERIES/BC-200 NOTE #3 & #4. / PULL CORD TO ABOVE CEILING OR AT STRUCTURE • P.O.S. START SECURITY 1/4" THREADED ROD TELEPHONE P.O.S. FINISH / - CADDY #4234 MULTI- FUNCTION CLIP CADDY BRIDLE RING #4BRT SERIES NOTE #3. 12" MIN CEILING LINE PROVIDE BRIDLE RING CABLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM INCLUDING SECURITY ALARM, FIRE ALARM, SOUND, CATEGORY CABLING, P.O.S. 'START ", P.O.S. "FINISH ". EACH SYSTEM TO BE INDEPENDENTLY SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL SUPPORT ROD AND BRIDLE RING AT 5' -0" 0.C. FOR ROUTING OF EACH LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR CABLE ROUTING. CADDY BRIDLE RING #4BRT SERIES, SIZE RINGS TO ACCOMMODATE NUMBER OF CABLES AT SPECIFIC I.00ATIONS IN PATHWAY; 2" MIN. LEAVE .25% SPACE CAPACITY FOR FUTURE CABLE INSTALLATION. PROVIDE BRIDLE RINGS ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO STRUCTURE IN AREAS WITH LOW CEILING HEIGHT. WHERE PASSING UNDER OR OVER DUCTWORK, TRANSITION TO A HORIZONTAL ARRANGEMENT, MAINTAINING PROPER CABLE SPACING. LOW VOLTAGE PATHWAY SYSTEM DETAIL NO SCALE E4.0511/B4I 1 INSULATED CONDUCTORS. CONDUCTOR INSULATION 2. ISOLATOR 3. DRAIN WIRE 4. SHIELD STANDARD STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE GANG WALL PLATE O 3/4" e D e D D O D 6 5 0 e e O 2 3/4" NOTES 1. REMOVE FOUR JUMPER PLUGS IN THE ADO BLOCK. 2. BREAK OFF TWO TABS ON BACK SIDE OF COVER. 3. BEND DOWN FOUR METAL TABS SO THEY ARE FLAT 4. PULL BOTH CABLES TOGETHER THRU ADO BLOCK. 5. STRIP ALL FOUR WIRES OF EACH CABLE AND TERMINATE ONTO TERMINALS OF ADO. 6: TERMINATE BLACK TO (1) YELLOW TO (4) RED TO (5) GREEN TO (7). 7. LEAVE 25' COIL OF'SPARE CABLE IN EACH CASHWRAP. TIEWRAP IN A NEAT & WORKMANLIKE MANNER. 8. ADO OUTLETS ARE FURNISHED BY NORDSTROM AND INSTALLED BY DATA CONTRACTOR. 9. LABEL EACH ADO W /OUTLET NUMBERS INDICATED ON THE P.O.S. FLOOR PLANS WITH THOMAS & BETTS "EZ CODER." 10. ALL CABLE LABELS SHALL FACE OUT FOR EASY READABILITY. ED RECESSED ADO DEVICE PLATE DETAIL NO SCALE THIS CABLE CONSISTS OF FOUR 22 AWG SOLID BARE COPPER CONDUCTORS INSULATED WITH EXTRUDED FEP & TWISTED INTO PAIRS. EACH PAIR IS WRAPPED WITH CLEAR MYLAR & AN ALUMINUM MYLAR SHIELD. THESE TWO SHIELDED PAIRS ARE CABLED TOGETHER WITH A CLEAR MYLAR & AN EXTRUDED FEP JACKET OVERALL. THERE IS A MARKER TAPE UNDER THE JACKET. CABLE No. IS TELEDYNE THERMATICS #13598. TYPE: BARE COPPER AWG: 22 -1 -22 O.D.: .0253" NOMINAL TYPE: EXTRUDED FEP 0.D.:.037 - .041" COLOR: TO BE SPECIFIED BY P.O. TYPE: CLEAR MYLAR THICKNESS: .001" OVERLAP: 25% NOMINAL TYPE: BARE COPPER AWG: 22 -1 -22 O.D.: .0253" NOMINAL TYPE: ALUMINUM MYLAR (ALUMINUM SIDE DOWN) THICKNESS: .00035 ALUMINUM 5.001" MYLAR OVERLAP: 25% NOMINAL TELEDYNE CABLE DATA O NO SCALE C BLACK YELLOW GREEN RED DRAIN DRAIN BLACK YELLOW GREEN RED 5. BINDER TYPE: CLEAR MYLAR THICKNESS: .001" OVERLAP: 25% NOMINAL 6. MARKER TAPE: TAPE INFORMATION: PLENAIR TELEDYNE THERMATICS TYPE CL2P 200 "C 22 AWG (UL) NON- CONDUIT TYPE: EXTRUDED FEP WALL THICKNESS: .014 - .017 COLOR: TO BE SPECIFIED BY P.O. FINISHED 0.0. : .175" NOMINAL 7. JACKET WIRE -GUIDE ELEMENT WIRE -GUIDE CHANNELS SNAPPED -IN WIRE IRE Mt ® Ell NMI TERMINALS BREAK CONTACTS BREAK ELEMENT SPLITTING PLUG G NOTE: PROVIDE ONE SIEMENS "UNIVERSAL WIRING TOOL" # C39407 - A139 - A9. TOOL TO BE USED TO TERMINATE ALL SNAPPED -IN WIRES AT MINI- DISTRIBUTOR PUNCH BLOCK. AT COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, PERMANENTLY ATTACH TOOL TO P.O.S. BACKBOARD WITH MINIMUM 4'- 0" LENGTH OF AIRCRAFT CABLE. PLAN VIEW 11. BLACK WIRES DRAIN WIRES YELLOW WIRES NOTE: ALL DATA CABLES TO BE PERMANENTLY LABELED WITH CABLE NUMBERS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLANS. LOCATE CABLES WITHIN ALL DATA CABLES. USE THOMAS & BETTS EZ CODER SYSTEM (# WD - 20). WSL VINYL SELF LAMINATING MARKERS # WTW 1112 VERIFY QUANTITY. DATA CABLE FROM MINI - DISTRIBUTOR PUNCH BLOCK IN P.O.S. ROOM. TO SYSTEM S.L.P. CABINET (BACKUP) (TYP. 1,4,7 & 5) TO SYSTEM S.L.P. CABINET (BACKUPS) TO REGISTER NOTES: 1. REMOVE FOUR JUMPER PLUGS IN THE ADO BLOCK. 2. BREAK'OFF TWO TABS ON BACK SIDE OF COVER. 3. BEND DOWN FOUR METAL TABS SO THEY ARE FLAT. 4. PULL BOTH CABLES TOGETHER THRU ADO BLOCK. STRIP ALL FOUR WIRES OF EACH CABLE AND TERMINATE ONTO TERMINALS OF ADO. 6. TERMINATE BLACK TO (1) YELLOW TO (4) RED TO (5) GREEN TO (7). 7. INSTALL ONE 220 OHM RESISTOR BETWEEN TERMINALS (1) AND (4) AND (5) AND (7). 8. LEAVE 25' COIL OF SPARE CABLE IN EACH CASHWRAP. TIEWRAP IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. 9 ADO OUTLETS ARE FURNISHED BY NORDSTROM AND INSTALLED BY DATA CONTRACTOR. 10. LABEL EACH ADO W /OUTLET NUMBERS INDICATED ON THE P.O.S. FLOOR PLANS WITH THOMAS AND BETTS " EZ CODER ". ALL CABLE LABELS SHALL FACE OUT FOR EASY READABILITY. - GREEN WIRES RED WIRES ADO BLOCK TERMINATION F /PnlnlT P(1IrIT` GREEN RACK BLACK RED 7. 0 0.9 U w a D D B Y G R R R L E R E A A A L E D I I C L E N N K O N W c a B • Y G R L E R E A L E S C L E K O N W 71® G R ° O D 8° G R= B v G R I D °81' 8 11 2 881_4888888 88888888 8888888888 8888888888 888888 888888888 8888 MIMIC 2 25 28 27 2 88 33 8888888 . 888888888 40 3. MINI -DISTRIBUTOR PUNCH BLOCK IS F.O.I.C. ELEVATION D OUTLETS I,I DISPLAY WINDOW LOCATION GREEN BLACK NOTES: I. TERMINATE DATA CABLE LOOPS ON EACH SIDE OF MINI- DISTRIBUTOR PUNCH- BLOCK. VERIFY EXACT. LOCATION OF EACH TERMINATION. AT PUNCH BLOCK WITH NORDSTROM DATA COMMUNICATION PERSONNEL 2. INDIVIDUAL WIRES ROUTE. THROUGH THE WIRE GUARD CHANNELS ON SIDES FOR TERMINATION AT TERMINAI.S IN FRONT OF MINI -DISTRIBUTOR PUNCH BLOCK. ( ) DISTRIBUTOR PUNCH BLOCK WIRING DIAGRAM (POINT TO POINT) NO SCALE T -STATS WHICH ARE IN SALES FLOOR ABOVE SHALL BE VIEW CONCEALED FROM MAIN AISLES. ENTRIES. & ESCALATOR AREAS. 2. COORDINATE SCONCE LOCATIONS WITH HORN /STROBES AND THERMOSTATS LOCATED ON SAME BUMP /WALL. ETC. 3. TYPICAL GUIDELINES OF LOCATION WITHIN DRESSING ROOMS /OFFICES: 6" HORN /STROBE +80" A.F.F. \ �I i c T-STAT +60" A.F.F. SWITCH( VOLUME CONTROL +48 F.F. 4. DO NOT LOCATE T -STATS AT END OF CORRIDORS IN DRESSING ROOMS. 6. HORN /STROBE COVERPLATES TO BE PAINTED THE SAME AS WALL FINISH IN PUBLIC AREAS. INCLUDING: a. ALL SALES FLOOR AREAS b. CUSTOMER SERVICE c. PUB /CAFE /RESTAURANT /ESPRESSO BAR d. DRESSING ROOMS AND RESTROOMS I I --T. S. 8. KEEP ELECTRICAL DEVICES OFF PRESENTATION RAIL WALLS. 9. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL INTERIORS. RESTAURANTS. KITCHEN AND NORDSTROM CASEWORK DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATION. 10. WHEN POSSIBLE. ALIGN VERTICALLY ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES. ng 2 PAIR P.O.S. CABLE OUT TO ADO CONNECTOR 1 - VA IN CASHWRAP ON SALES FLOOR TO SYSTEM S.L.P. CABINET MASTER (TYPICAL 7 & 5) TO SYSTEM S.L.P. CABINET MASTER (TYPICAL 7 & 5) TO REGISTER TO REGISTER 5. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES WITH FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS. SHELVING. PARTITIONS. DESKS. BULLETIN BOARDS. ARTWORK. ETC. DEVICES INCLUDE RECEPTACLES. SWITCHES. VOLUME CONTROLS. HORN /STROBES. AND TEMPERATURE SENSORS. DEVICE LOCATION COORDINATION CRITERIA NC LlJL 1I" \L It IN I .-_, Ln.L1JL1,,L sUPPL'R (i DESCRIPTION RI FR1G1 RAI ED DISPLAY CASE 31" KES . -_ 1 E SSE R'I' DISPLAY CASE OWNER 4 REGISTER I OWNER LIYI', CCP DISPENSER K. {TRASH RECEPTACLE OWNER - F'TPRESSO GRINDER & KNOCK BOX OWN /KESI ESPRESSO MACHINE OWNER 8 1 LNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR - 27" ICES B 2 ',ENDERCOUNTER ICE DRAWER KFS 10I I DIPPER WEL . & FAUCET KES 11 I , WHOLE BEAK COFFEE GRINDER „«'NER 121 2 IUNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR - 48" KES 13 ! 1 COF'F'EE MACHINE OWNER 14 '_ BLENDER - COUNTERTOP STYLE K. 15 I :FOUR SLICE 'COASTER KES , lC I I SOAP R PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER OWNER !DROP -IN HAND SINK G FAUCET KES 'TWO SECTION REACH iN REFRIGERATOR EXISTING 19� ItvATER FILTER KES 80 22, MACHINE 1,ES 1 2 I, 1 :IC:: BIN ICES w z = 1 Loy '.DRY .AGE SHELSING XISTING E 22 i. > I (DESK EXISTING 241 I !,HOT WATER TANK PLUMBER ;THREE COMPARTMENT POTSINK (EXISTING 26 , I ; WIRE WALL SHELF UNIT - 2 TIER K. P a -o j PR -O4 PR -04 EFL CR A'I R, >1,1 IGE I10'I NATER POT SINK M `tom flkfl9< i L EQUIPMENT AND UTENSILS MUST BE IN CONFORMANCE VIITf THE CURREN' c 'ARM AND LISTINGS OF THE NATIONAL SANITATION FOUNDATION (NSF) OR APPROVED ?=Ot.l(t'A' FBr, A DISH /UTENSIL WASHING. S .. :.UST SE EQUIPPED WITH A MINIMUM OF THREE COMPARTMENTS, A SPAC FOR SOILED UTENSILS AHEAD OF THE FIRST COMPARTMENT, AND DRA0 30ARDS FOR CLEAN UTENSILS. (DRAIN AT END SEC c9 LiSH UTENSIL WA 'fiINC. f.DUIPMEi'T (S- COMPARTMENT SINK OR COMMERCIAL ISHWAS REQUIRED TO BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ACCOMMODATE THE LARGEST 4TE `. "!AS9.F1] Hot water temperature a t t ia;*iiSSillks not to exceed 120'i COPYRIGHT 1,98 CALLISON ARO- II 11AII, INC. THE KING COUNTY HEALd N C. , TMENT F' REQUIRED P'P' TO CPEATION. ELICANTPLA ;E IS REQUIRED TO BE AVAILABL+ S ESA IAA - R ARP R OVED MAR 2 0 SEE Mika G.3 6 sg- C'' s�atnc�„ie� E ESPRESSO HA FLOOR ', A'EION PLAN RECEIVED GIST' O`F 7UKW ILA FO,I, PiNIEVF I,E EUECTRICAL SCHEDULE SUPPLE: PH L kW 1 HP ; REMARKS REFRIGER,TEI. DISPL CASE 31" ; KF 120 ; 8 51 — - 200 •= I DESSERT DI,P,..., , A, , OWNER -- : — i — — ; — ; -I :I Lrr:CUP DISPENSER , 3 ; !CASH REGISTER ,NER , OW:NER 120 : 1 : 2.0 -- : -- 5 - 20R , 000 j . , i 1 'IRA, RECEPTACLE I I ! , , 6 j 2 E,PRESSO GRINDER , KNOCN BON ,OWI KE, ., 120 4 : 0,0 __ , D5 _ 200 , 1 7 I ESPRESSO MACHINE , OWNER H2201 1 128.01 — --: dELEcis To PROVIDE CORD .S. PLUG 8 I. CNDERCOUNTER REYR:GERA,, 27- : 00, PO 1 1 I 0.5 — 11/ 4 - 2:0R , , -1-• ;UNDERCONNTER ICE P.RAWER , . NES — — -- — i -- I 1 [ I, 1 WOOLF BEAN COFFEE 00,DE0 OWNER 1120 ! 1 11 a — 11/215 - 200 I2 :2 3,DERCOUNTER 1,1,FRIGERAT, - , 48' 1 1,F, 120 : 1 05 — 1/4 :5 - 200 , 13 1 COEFEE VACHINE 1 OWNER : 12 ' 7' 1 31 6 3 1 — 1 HW r • 14 2 ,B, ENDER - CO UN ■ FRT., S : KES , 120 1 , 112 -- ! 2 5 - 200 _ ! :5 . i 'FOUR SLICE TOASTER , KES :200 1 135 2.8 : -- :6 - 200 18 1 TWO SE•CFfON RE:,, IN RBERIGER,OR ,„ I --1 1 E ; 120 : :1 10.6 — i 1. 50 I JUL MACHINE . 000 120 : 1 120 — ! 3 '1 HW 4- 21 I iCE BIN : KES 1 . I i : :23 I DESK _...,, i .110T WA,EP. TANN , PLUNIE3_LER CONFIRM 1,121-I HARGIS , . 1 25 . 1 iIIIREE COMP kR,IEVI PL,IN,. EXIS l'ING 1 ' ' 1 1 ! ! WALL PHONE 48" DUPLEX • 48", 11 CONV DUPLEX - 48", 120 VOLT, 1 PH. 20 AMPS DEDICATED CIRCUIT 1300 - 48", 3 13 DUPLEX - 12", 12 DUPLEX - 48", 14 DUPLEX r 43. = 14 DUPLEX • 12". 8 DUPLEX • 20". # 22410 UP A50 FRONT COUNTER • ELECTRICAL. AT THIS POINT L " = - - ' ff - ' 1 : 2 L 4 , , , 4 t. • ;7! _ DUPLEX • 20". 3 1 1LH L DUPLEX • 20. 0 DUPLEX - 20". DUPLEX • 12", . 1 7 XG DUPLEX • 12", 12; t ( 1 11, 1°1 • 7:7 11 , ‘1 " :11' ‘• [14E4 P 1-111 1 1 1 ' • T , 1 _ „., __ 1 , L CON DU / 48" 120 COLT. 3 PH. 1 50 AMP3 ,DISDICA f ED CIRCUIT I DUPLEX - 48" .-: 13 • I 3 (22 FEC CONE. DUPLEX • 12" DESK PHONE - 12" ELECTRICAL PANEL DUPLEX - 00, 318 DUPLEX - 96", 120 VOLT. 1 PH. 20 AMPS DEDICATED CIRCUIT 2 BOX -' 70", •. 26 TN) 1 D g SC.ALR4 • L - I o: 14. ,•\ • ELIGIIRI•' 10- rtF, CITY Ci ,i_ D ?_SI _.i =,EP.T DISPi.A REGISTER OWN F_ ^, CI: P D,PENSER f \;Ei2COl 7 -.R icE LF:A N'ER 1 DIPPER isE,;. FA RCE- F L I_ MBING SCHEDULE \t\TrR WASTEL WASTE GAS PPL R HOT COLDB1PEN1 WIZ ICON e1[ RE:MARK:S OWNER I. I' F,RCO - \T t(ZII — R'Etk,:ERATO of SCR —I is l - DRAIN 'CO - �� r - P1 FS SEE NOTE — DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK nE:S ;�. CO, _:' DER OWNER LA P.EF'R7GERAT. • -1.8" COI- LE MACHIN ; OWNER SLENDER - COGSTERTUP i.'tLE EOM; f �LfGE: TO A ?TE R SOAP PAPER TOWEL DIS., EN;E, OWNER DROP -IN HAND FAUCET KE` 1 _'L2 — I 1'2 — — TWO :SECTION EEACII EN REFRIGERATOR EXISTING: WATER 'R FILTER ! KEG rF MACHINE BIN R1 1 = ,:L!.\ 1 \C DESK ;EATER TAN, 1 "I hREE C0E1 Fa121'1l V WALL 2 TIER FCM - FILTERED COLD 11 :TER - DRAIN TO FS, SEE NOTE 'P11 —S E NOTE P1 PLUMBER: PI. PLUMBER TO PROVIDE H- CKFLO PREVENTION DEVICE PER LOCAL. JURISDICTION BD 4"h IP RAIN TO FLOOR SINK — iDPAIN TO FS, SEE NOTE PI' 'E PER HARGIS DRAWING', CONFIRM WITH HARGIS N TO FLOOR SINK FLOOR SINK. 7. D 10 STUB UP ALE FRONT COUNTER PLUMBING AT TEAS POINT 1 :..1_" FC - 18 ". DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK, . 10 - 18 ". DRAIN TO FLOOR SIAM.' 348" PC1P • 48 ". ° 1.1 FLOOR DRAIN FLOOR SINK, 9 3/4" 01'1 FILTER INLET 10ii 311A.IN TO FLOOR SINK. 19 Col' - 10 ". DRAIN TO PLOOR SINIi, 20 II E1 11" FC1 FILTER OUTLET - 102 PIDE _1_.-1IG111 142" H 1 C11 Hl DRAIN TO FLOOR N11_ NI 5 1 F' 0